IEEE Standards - draft standard template · Web viewAs defined in IEEE Std. C37.93 and IEEE Std....

P525D2 March 2014Draft Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations

P525tradeD2Draft Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations

Sponsor

Substations Committeeof theIEEE Power and Energy Society

Approved ltDate Approvedgt

IEEE-SA Standards Board

Copyright copy 2013 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IncThree Park AvenueNew York New York 10016-5997 USA

All rights reserved

This document is an unapproved draft of a proposed IEEE Standard As such this document is subject to change USE AT YOUR OWN RISK Because this is an unapproved draft this document must not be utilized for any conformancecompliance purposes Permission is hereby granted for IEEE Standards Committee participants to reproduce this document for purposes of standardization consideration Prior to adoption of this document in whole or in part by another standards development organization permission must first be obtained from the IEEE Standards Activities Department (stdsiprieeeorg) Other entities seeking permission to reproduce this document in whole or in part must also obtain permission from the IEEE Standards Activities Department

IEEE Standards Activities Department445 Hoes LanePiscataway NJ 08854 USA

1

2

3

4

56789

101112131415161718

19

2021222324252627

282930

31


Abstract The design installation and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are covered in this guide with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequencesKeywords acceptance testing cable cable installation cable selection communication cable electrical segregation fiber-optic cable handling power cable pulling tension raceway recommended maintenance routing separation of redundant cable service conditions substation transient protection

123456


Notice and Disclaimer of Liability Concerning the Use of IEEE Documents IEEE Standards documents are developed within the IEEE Societies and the Standards Coordinating Committees of the IEEE Standards Association (IEEE-SA) Standards Board IEEE develops its standards through a consensus development process approved by the American National Standards Institute which brings together volunteers representing varied viewpoints and interests to achieve the final product Volunteers are not necessarily members of the Institute and serve without compensation While IEEE administers the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in the consensus development process IEEE does not independently evaluate test or verify the accuracy of any of the information or the soundness of any judgments contained in its standards

Use of an IEEE Standard is wholly voluntary IEEE disclaims liability for any personal injury property or other damage of any nature whatsoever whether special indirect consequential or compensatory directly or indirectly resulting from the publication use of or reliance upon any IEEE Standard document

IEEE does not warrant or represent the accuracy or content of the material contained in its standards and expressly disclaims any express or implied warranty including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a specific purpose or that the use of the material contained in its standards is free from patent infringement IEEE Standards documents are supplied AS IS

The existence of an IEEE Standard does not imply that there are no other ways to produce test measure purchase market or provide other goods and services related to the scope of the IEEE standard Furthermore the viewpoint expressed at the time a standard is approved and issued is subject to change brought about through developments in the state of the art and comments received from users of the standard Every IEEE standard is subjected to review at least every ten years When a document is more than ten years old and has not undergone a revision process it is reasonable to conclude that its contents although still of some value do not wholly reflect the present state of the art Users are cautioned to check to determine that they have the latest edition of any IEEE standard

In publishing and making its standards available IEEE is not suggesting or rendering professional or other services for or on behalf of any person or entity Nor is IEEE undertaking to perform any duty owed by any other person or entity to another Any person utilizing any IEEE Standards document should rely upon his or her own independent judgment in the exercise of reasonable care in any given circumstances or as appropriate seek the advice of a competent professional in determining the appropriateness of a given IEEE standard

Translations The IEEE consensus development process involves the review of documents in English only In the event that an IEEE standard is translated only the English version published by IEEE should be considered the approved IEEE standard

Official Statements A statement written or oral that is not processed in accordance with the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual shall not be considered the official position of IEEE or any of its committees and shall not be considered to be nor be relied upon as a formal position of IEEE At lectures symposia seminars or educational courses an individual presenting information on IEEE standards shall make it clear that his or her views should be considered the personal views of that individual rather than the formal position of IEEE

Comments on Standards Comments for revision of IEEE Standards documents are welcome from any interested party regardless of membership affiliation with IEEE However IEEE does not provide consulting information or advice pertaining to IEEE Standards documents Suggestions for changes in documents should be in the form of a proposed change of text together with appropriate supporting comments Since IEEE standards represent a consensus of concerned interests it is important to ensure that any responses to comments and questions also receive the concurrence of a balance of interests For this reason IEEE and the members of its societies and Standards Coordinating Committees are not able to provide an instant response to comments or questions except in those cases where the matter has previously been addressed Any person who would like to participate in evaluating comments or revisions to an IEEE standard is welcome to join the relevant IEEE working group at httpstandardsieeeorgdevelopwg

Comments on standards should be submitted to the following address

Secretary IEEE-SA Standards Board445 Hoes LanePiscataway NJ 08854USA

Photocopies Authorization to photocopy portions of any individual standard for internal or personal use is granted by The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc provided that the appropriate fee is paid to Copyright Clearance Center To arrange for payment of licensing fee please contact Copyright Clearance Center Customer Service 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 USA +1 978 750 8400 Permission to photocopy portions of any individual standard for educational classroom use can also be obtained through the Copyright Clearance Center

1234567

89

10

11121314

15161718192021

2223242526

2728

2930313233

343536373839404142

43

44454647

4849505152


Notice to users

Laws and regulations

Users of IEEE Standards documents should consult all applicable laws and regulations Compliance with the provisions of any IEEE Standards document does not imply compliance to any applicable regulatory requirements Implementers of the standard are responsible for observing or referring to the applicable regulatory requirements IEEE does not by the publication of its standards intend to urge action that is not in compliance with applicable laws and these documents may not be construed as doing so

Copyrights

This document is copyrighted by the IEEE It is made available for a wide variety of both public and private uses These include both use by reference in laws and regulations and use in private self-regulation standardization and the promotion of engineering practices and methods By making this document available for use and adoption by public authorities and private users the IEEE does not waive any rights in copyright to this document

Updating of IEEE documents

Users of IEEE Standards documents should be aware that these documents may be superseded at any time by the issuance of new editions or may be amended from time to time through the issuance of amendments corrigenda or errata An official IEEE document at any point in time consists of the current edition of the document together with any amendments corrigenda or errata then in effect In order to determine whether a given document is the current edition and whether it has been amended through the issuance of amendments corrigenda or errata visit the IEEE-SA Website at httpstandardsieeeorgindexhtml or contact the IEEE at the address listed previously For more information about the IEEE Standards Association or the IEEE standards development process visit IEEE-SA Website at httpstandardsieeeorgindexhtml

Errata

Errata if any for this and all other standards can be accessed at the following URL httpstandardsieeeorgfindstdserrataindexhtml Users are encouraged to check this URL for errata periodically

Patents

Attention is called to the possibility that implementation of this standard may require use of subject matter covered by patent rights By publication of this standard no position is taken by the IEEE with respect to the existence or validity of any patent rights in connection therewith If a patent holder or patent applicant has filed a statement of assurance via an Accepted Letter of Assurance then the statement is listed on the IEEE-SA Website at httpstandardsieeeorgaboutsasbpatcompatentshtml Letters of Assurance may indicate whether the Submitter is willing or unwilling to grant licenses under patent rights without compensation or under reasonable rates with reasonable terms and conditions that are demonstrably free of any unfair discrimination to applicants desiring to obtain such licenses

Copyright copy 2013 IEEE All rights reservedThis is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft subject to change

iv

1

2

34567

8

910111213

14

151617181920212223

24

252627

28

2930313233343536


Essential Patent Claims may exist for which a Letter of Assurance has not been received The IEEE is not responsible for identifying Essential Patent Claims for which a license may be required for conducting inquiries into the legal validity or scope of Patents Claims or determining whether any licensing terms or conditions provided in connection with submission of a Letter of Assurance if any or in any licensing agreements are reasonable or non-discriminatory Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any patent rights and the risk of infringement of such rights is entirely their own responsibility Further information may be obtained from the IEEE Standards Association


v

1234567


Participants

At the time this draft Guide was completed the D2 Working Group had the following membership

Debra Longtin ChairSteve Shelton Vice Chair

Participant1Participant2Participant3



The following members of the ltindividualentitygt balloting committee voted on this Guide Balloters may have voted for approval disapproval or abstention

[To be supplied by IEEE]

Balloter1Balloter2Balloter3



When the IEEE-SA Standards Board approved this Guide on ltDate Approvedgt it had the following membership


ltNamegt ChairltNamegt Vice ChairltNamegt Past ChairltNamegt Secretary

SBMember1SBMember2SBMember3



Member Emeritus

Also included are the following nonvoting IEEE-SA Standards Board liaisons

ltNamegt DOE RepresentativeltNamegt NIST Representative

ltNamegtIEEE Standards Program Manager Document Development

ltNamegtIEEE Standards Program Manager Technical Program Development


vi

1

2

34

5678

91011

121314

15

1617

18

192021

222324

252627

28

2930

31

32333435

363738

394041

424344

4546

47

4849505152535455

56


Introduction

This introduction is not part of P525D2 Draft Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations

This revision of the guide makes the following changes

a) Annex P was added to describe a large station example

b) The communications cable information was expanded throughout the document

c) Miscellaneous updates were made throughout the document


vii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Contents

1 Overview111 Scope112 Purpose2

2 Normative references2

3 Definitions2

4 Control and instrumentation cable341 General342 Service conditions (see Annex B)443 Cable selection (see Annex C)444 Cable raceway design (see Annex E)745 Routing (see Annex F)746 Transient protection (see Annex G)847 Electrical segregation (see Annex H)848 Separation of redundant cable (see Annex I)949 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)9410 Handling (see Annex K)9411 Installation (see Annex L)9412 Acceptance testing (see Annex M)9413 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)9

5 Metallic Communication cables951 General952 Service conditions2053 Metallic cable selection2154 Cable system design2255 Transient protection2356 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)2557 Handling2658 Installation (see Annex L)2659 Acceptance testing27510 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)28

6 Fiber-optic cable2861 General2962 Service conditions3863 Cable selection3964 Cable system design4165 Transient protection4566 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)4667 Handling (see Annex K)4768 Installation (see Annex L)4769 Acceptance testing (see Annex M)48610 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)49

7 Power cable (ac and dc lt= 1 kV)4971 Service conditions (see Annex B)4972 Cable selection (see Annex C)4973 Cable raceway design (see Annex E)50


viii

1

234

5

6

789

1011121314151617181920

2122232425262728293031

3233343536373839404142

43444546


74 Routing (see Annex F)5075 Transient protection (see Annex G)5076 Electrical segregation (see Annex H)5077 Separation of redundant cable (see Annex I)5078 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)5079 Handling (see Annex K)50710 Installation (see Annex L)50711 Acceptance testing (see Annex M)51712 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)51

8 Power cable (1 kV to 35 kV)5181 Service conditions (see Annex B)5182 Cable selection (see Annex C)5183 Cable raceway design (see Annex E)5284 Routing (see Annex F)5285 Transient protection (see Annex G)5286 Electrical segregation (see Annex H)5387 Separation of redundant cable (see Annex I)5388 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)5389 Handling (see Annex K)53810 Installation (see Annex L)53811 Acceptance testing (see Annex M)53812 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)53

Annex A (informative) Flowchart54

Annex B (normative) Service conditions for cables55

Annex C (normative) Control and power cable selection63C1 Conductor63C2 Ampacity65C3 Voltage drop66C4 Short-circuit capability74C5 Insulation75C6 Jacket76C7 Attenuation76C8 Cable capacitance77

Annex D (informative) Design checklist for copper communication cables entering a substation78D1 Pre-design78D2 Communications requirements78D3 Cable protection requirements79D4 Site conditions79D5 Interface with telephone companyservice provider79D6 Cost considerations80D7 Communications system design80

Annex E (normative) Cable raceway design81E1 Raceway fill and determining raceway sizes81E2 Conduit82E3 Cable tray85E4 Cable tray installation87E5 Wireways88E6 Direct burial tunnels and trenches88


ix

123456789

10111213141516171819202122

23

24

252627282930313233

3435363738394041

42434445464748


Annex F (normative) Routing91F1 Length91F2 Turns91F3 Physical location and grouping91F4 Fire impact92

Annex G (normative) Transient protection of instrumentation control and power cable93G1 Origin of transients in substations93G2 Protection measuresmdashGeneral considerations95G3 Protection measuresmdashspecial circuits99

Annex H (normative) Electrical segregation104

Annex I (normative) Separation of redundant cables105I1 Redundant cable systems105I2 Design considerations105I3 Separation105

Annex J (normative) Cable pulling tension calculations107J1 Cable pulling design limits and calculations107J2 Design limits107J3 Cable-pulling calculations110J4 Sample calculation113

Annex K (normative) Handling118K1 Storage118K2 Protection of cable118

Annex L (normative) Installation119L1 Installation119L2 Supporting cables in vertical runs121L3 Securing cables in vertical runs121L4 Training cables121L5 Cable conductor terminations121

Annex M (normative) Acceptance testing123M1 Purpose123M2 Tests123

Annex N (normative) Recommended maintenance and inspection125N1 General125N2 Inspections125N3 Testing methods for metallic cables126N4 Maintenance126

Annex O (informative) Example for small substation128O1 General128O2 Design parameters128O3 Select cables construction130O4 Determine raceway routing131O5 Cable sizing134O6 Design cable raceway155

Annex P (informative) Example for large substation162P1 General162


x

12345

6789

10

11121314

1516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

3233343536

37383940414243

4445


P2 Design parameters162P3 Select cables construction166P4 Determine raceway routing169P5 Cable sizing176P6 Design cable raceway203

Annex Q (informative) Bibliography219


xi

12345

67


Draft Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations

IMPORTANT NOTICE IEEE Standards documents are not intended to ensure safety health or environmental protection or ensure against interference with or from other devices or networks Implementers of IEEE Standards documents are responsible for determining and complying with all appropriate safety security environmental health and interference protection practices and all applicable laws and regulations

This IEEE document is made available for use subject to important notices and legal disclaimers These notices and disclaimers appear in all publications containing this document and may be found under the heading ldquoImportant Noticerdquo or ldquoImportant Notices and Disclaimers Concerning IEEE Documentsrdquo They can also be obtained on request from IEEE or viewed at httpstandardsieeeorgIPRdisclaimershtml

1 Overview

The main clauses of the guide are organized by cable type and each of these clauses has been organized to match the general steps involved in the design process for a substation cable system (see Annex A for a flowchart diagram) Common information for each type of cable is placed in the annexes and is referenced from the body of the guide The rationale for organizing the guide in this manner is to make it easier for the user to find the information needed as quickly and efficiently as possible especially for those individuals unfamiliar with the design of cable systems in substations

11 Scope

This document is a guide for the design installation and protection of insulated wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences This guide is not an industry standard or a compliance standard

12 Purpose

The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance to the substation engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic and optical cables in electric power transmission and distribution


1

1

2

3

45678

910111213

14

151617181920

21

222324

25

2627


substations with the objective of minimizing premature cable failures and their consequences This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service and safety during the design life of the substation

Regarding cable performance no single cable characteristic should be emphasized to the serious detriment of others In addition to good installation design and construction practices a balance of cable characteristics is necessary to provide a reliable cable system

Solutions presented in this guide may not represent the only acceptable practices for resolving problems

This guide should not be referred to or used as an industry standard It is being presented to aid in the development of wire and cable system installations and is not a compliance standard

2 Normative references

The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document (ie they must be understood and used so each referenced document is cited in text and its relationship to this document is explained) For dated references only the edition cited applies For undated references the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments or corrigenda) applies

Accredited Standards Committee C2-2002 National Electrical Safety Codereg (NESCreg)1 2

IEEE Std 575 IEEE Guide for the Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single-Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in Cable Sheaths3 4

IEEE Std 835 IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables

3 Definitions acronyms and abbreviations

For the purposes of this document the following terms and definitions apply The IEEE Standards Dictionary Online should be consulted for terms not defined in this clause 0

ABS Conduit fabricated from acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene

ADSS All dielectric self supporting

Design life of the substation The time during which satisfactory substation performance can be expected for a specific set of service conditions based upon component selection and applications

EPC-40 Electrical plastic conduit for type DB applications fabricated from PE or for type DB and Schedule 40 applications fabricated from PVC

EPC-80 Electrical plastic conduit for Schedule 80 applications fabricated from PVC

EPT Electrical plastic tubing for type EB applications fabricated from PVC

FRE Conduit fabricated from fiberglass reinforced epoxy

IED Intelligent electronic device

0IEEE Standards Dictionary Online subscription is available athttpwwwieeeorgportalinnovateproductsstandardstandards_dictionaryhtml


2

12

345

6

78

9

10111213

14

1516

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

27

28

29

30

12


IMC Intermediate metal conduit

IRIG-B Inter-range instrumentation groupmdashtime code format B a serial time code format to correlate data with time

OPGW Optical power ground wire or optical ground wire

RMC Rigid metal conduit

ROW Right-of-way a leased or purchased corridor for utility lines

Schedule 40 Duct designed for normal-duty applications above grade

Schedule 80 Duct designed for heavy-duty applications above grade

Service life of cable The time during which satisfactory cable performance can be expected for a specific set of service conditions

STP Shielded twisted pair

Type DB Duct designed for underground installation without encasement in concrete

Type EB Duct designed to be encased in concrete

UTP Unshielded twisted pair

4 Control and instrumentation cable

41 General

Substation control cables are multiconductor cables used to transmit electrical signals with low voltage levels (less than 600 V) and relatively low current levels between apparatus [eg power transformers circuit breakers disconnect switches and voltage or current transformers (CTs) etc] and protection control and monitoring devices (eg relays and control switches status lights alarms annunciators etc) Substation control signals may be digital or analog [eg voltage transformer (VT) and CT signals] and the control signal may be continuous or intermittent Control signals may be ldquoonrdquo or ldquooffrdquo with short or long time delays between a change of state

The complete substation control cable assembly must provide reliable service when installed in equipment control cabinets conduits cable trenches cable trays or other raceway systems in the electric substation environment

Instrumentation cables are multiconductor cables used to transmit low-energy (power-limited) electrical signals with low voltage levels (typically less than 130 V) and relatively low current levels between equipment (usually electronic such as monitors and analyzers) and control equipment for apparatus Signals in instrumentation cables could be continuous or intermittent depending on application

As used in this guide instrumentation cables consist of cables transmitting coded information (digital or analog) for Supervisory Controls and Data Acquisition (SCADA) systems substation networks event recorders and thermocouple and resistance temperature detector cables


3

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

16

17181920212223

242526

27282930

313233


In the United States cables are usually designed and constructed in accordance with NEMA WC 57ICEA S-73-532 [B96]

As used in this guide leads from CTs and VTs are considered control cables since in most cases they are used in relay protection circuits

42 Service conditions (see Annex B)

43 Cable selection (see Annex C)

431 Conductor sizingThe function and location of the control and instrumentation cable circuits affect the conductor size A conductor that is used to connect the CT secondary leads may have different requirements than a cable that is used for the VT secondary leads Outdoor control cables may require larger conductor size to compensate for voltage drop due to the relatively long distance between the equipment and the control house especially for high-voltage and extra-high-voltage (EHV) substations Smaller size control cables can be used inside the control building due to the short runs between the panels

Because of new designs using microprocessor relays and programmable logic devices there has been a general trend to increase the number of wire terminals on individual panel segments and or racks This trend is limited by the practicality of decreasing terminal block and test switch size in order to accommodate the additional terminals Decreasing terminal size creates a practical limit of maximum wire size However violation of minimum wire size requirements could cause voltage drop that results in a failure to trip or current overload that damages the cable Consideration should also be given for minimum sizing for mechanical strength

4311 CT circuitsA multiconductor control cable is typically used for a CT secondary circuit which contains all three phases (or one phase only for a single phase CT circuit) and the neutral The CT cable conductor should be sized such that the CT standard burden is not exceeded The CT cable conductor should also be sized to carry the CT continuous thermal rating (eg 10 A 15A) and up to 20 times its normal load current from 01 s to 05 s during a fault (IEEE Std C57133-1983 [B75])

Excessive impedance in CT secondary circuits can result in CT saturation The loop lead resistance of a CT secondary should not exceed the required maximums for relay instrument and revenue metering circuits Long cable runs such as those found in large transmission stations can lead to increased impedance values Methods to reduce impedance of the CT secondary circuit include increasing the conductor size and though not preferred running parallel conductors The physical parameters of the termination points should be considered when utilizing large andor multiple conductors

4312 VT circuitsVT secondary circuits connect the VT secondaries to the protective and metering devices The load current for these devices is very small however the voltage drop should be considered The conductor size should be selected such that the VT standard burden is not exceeded and so that the voltage drop is very small in order to provide the protective and metering devices with the actual voltage at the location of the VTs


4

12

34

5

6

789

10111213

14151617181920

212223242526

272829303132

3334353637


4313 Trip and close coil circuitsAmpacity and voltage drop requirements should be considered when determining the size of the control cables that connect to the trip and close coils of the circuit breakers The conductor size should be capable of carrying the maximum trip coil current and allow for adequate voltage drop based on the trip coil rating To ensure that actuation of a circuit protective device does not result in a failure to trip the circuit protection should be selected with a trip rating that is significantly higher than the expected duty The trip and close cable conductor should have an ampacity that exceeds the trip rating of the fuse or circuit breaker protecting the circuit

4314 Circuit breaker motor backup powerSome high-voltage circuit breakers use an acdc spring-charging motor connected to the dc control circuit These motors can run on dc if the normal ac station service voltage supply to the circuit breaker is lost The circuit breaker motor supply cable should be selected with a continuous duty ampacity that equals or exceeds the expected ac and dc motor current The conductor should be sized such that the voltage drop at the minimum expected ac and dc supply voltage provides a voltage at the motor within the motor rating

The load characteristic of a typical spring charging motor is shown in Figure 1 The typical current draw is much higher than the specified ldquorunrdquo current and should be considered in the design

Figure 1mdashSpring charging motor load characteristic

4315 Alarm and status circuitsAlarm and status circuits carry very small current and voltage drop is not a concern As a result a smaller size conductor can be used for these circuits

4316 Battery circuitsThe station battery will have an operating range with a minimum terminal voltage The battery cable conductors should be selected so that the voltage drop from the battery terminals to the utilization equipment for the expected load current does not result in a voltage below the minimum voltage rating of the utilization equipment DC utilization equipment such as breaker trip coils and protective relays will have a minimum voltage rating for operation A designer should use end of discharge voltage for critical


5

12345678

91011121314

1516

1718

192021

222324252627


circuits These would include circuit breaker trip and close coils that are required to operate at the end of a batteryrsquos discharge period

432 Voltage ratingLow-voltage control cable rated 600 V and 1000 V are currently in use For control cables applied at 600 V and below 600 V rated insulation is most commonly used Some engineers use 1000 V rated insulation because of past insulation failures caused by inductive voltage spikes from de-energizing electromechanical devices eg relays spring winding motors The improved dielectric strength of todayrsquos insulation materials prompted some utilities to return to using 600 V rated insulation for this application

433 Cable constructionThe principal components of substation control cables include conductors conductor insulation shielding tape and filler and jacket

Conductors for substation control cables may be solid or stranded and may be uncoated copper tin-coated copper or leadlead alloy coated wires Stranded conductors usually consist of 7 or 19 wires for Class B stranding Conductor size usually ranges from 9 to 14 AWG (American Wire Gauge) but conductor size as small as 22 AWG may be utilized Caution should be exercised before using such small conductors because of the possibility of mechanical damage

Insulation for each conductor in a control cable is made from an extruded dielectric material suitable for use in either wet or dry locations or dry-only locations and at maximum conductor temperatures ranging from 60 degC to 125 degC depending on the type of insulation material utilized Common insulation materials include but are not limited to polyethylene (PE) cross-linked PE (XLPE) Types 1 and 2 silicone rubber (SR) synthetic rubber (SBR) and ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) Types 1 and 2 and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) The thickness of insulation varies with the type of insulation material conductor size and voltage rating

Shielding is used in some control and instrumentation cables to reduce or eliminate electrostatic interference from outside sources on cable conductors or groups of conductors or to reduce or eliminate electrostatic interference between cable conductors or groups of cable conductors within a cable Cable shields typically consist of metal braid or tapefoil that encloses the insulated conductor or group of conductors The shield type can affect the physical characteristics of the cable (flexibility weight etc) and should be considered in relation to the installation requirements A drain wire is frequently found on shielded cables using metal tapefoil to aid in the ease of shield termination Shields and drain wires are usually constructed of copper copper alloy or aluminum

Tape consisting of dielectric material is utilized to bind and separate layers of construction and fillers made from thermoplastic or other materials are utilized to form a cylindrical shape for most cable assemblies

Control and instrumentation cables are provided with an outer jacket that can provide mechanical protection fire resistance or moisture protection Care should be taken to utilize a jacket material that is suitable for the environment in which is installed Factors to consider include moisture chemicals fire temperature UV exposure personnel occupancy etc

Methods for identification of control cable conductors by number with base and tracer colors on each conductor are discussed in Appendix E of NEMA WC 57-2004ICEA S-73-532 [B96] Inner jackets for multi-conductor cables may be color-coded as well (reference Table E-1 Table E-2 and Table E-3 of NEMA WC 57-2004ICEA S-73-532 [B96] for guidance)


6

12

345678

91011

1213141516

17181920212223

2425262728293031

3233

34353637

38394041


44 Cable raceway design (see Annex E)

45 Routing (see Annex F)

All control circuits in a substation should be installed in a radial configuration ie route all conductors comprising a control circuit in the same cable and if conduit is used within the same conduit

Radial arrangement of control circuitry reduces transient voltages Circuits routed into the switchyard from the control house should not be looped from one piece of apparatus to another in the switchyard with the return conductor in another cable All supply and return conductors should be in a common cable to avoid the large electromagnetic induction possible because of the very large flux-linking-loop arrangement otherwise encountered Also this arrangement helps avoid common impedances that cause differential and common-mode voltages This recommendation is especially important for supply and ground circuits

If the substation has a capacitor bank all control cables not specifically associated with capacitor controls or protection should be removed from the immediate area around the capacitor bank to avoid induction of surges into relaying systems or possible control cable failure during capacitor bank switching The routing of control cables from capacitor bank neutral CTs or VTs should be kept at right angles with respect to the common neutral for single point grounding and in parallel with the tie to the substation ground for peninsular grounding to minimize induction (ldquoShunt capacitor switching EMI voltages their reduction in Bonneville Power Administration substationsrdquo [B26]) Control cables entering the capacitor bank area should be kept as close as possible to the ground grid conductors in the cable trench or on top of the duct run or in contact with the ground grid conductor if directly buried (see IEEE Std C3799-2000 [B74])

All dc circuits are normally ldquoradialrdquo ie the positive and negative leads (ldquogordquo and ldquoreturnrdquo circuits) are kept within the same cable In alarm and relay circuits where there might be one positive and several negative returns all leads should be in the same jacket

In circuits where the positive and negative are in separate cables for specific reasons the positive and negative should be physically close together wherever practical Measures should be taken to avoid shorting the positive and negative such as barriers insulation separate conduits etc The positive and negative could be in separate cables due to the required size of the conductors or the physical location of the connected positive and negative terminals such as the circuit between the station battery and the battery charger or DC panel board

Where dc motors are connected to the substation control battery as for motor operated disconnect switches the voltage may be provided by a ldquoyard busrdquo The yard bus is a single pair of large conductors that are sized to supply several or all of the connected motor loads simultaneously

46 Transient protection (see Annex G)

High energy transients may cause failures in low-voltage substation equipment such as solid-state relays transducers measuring instruments and remote terminal units (RTUs) connected at the ends of control or instrumentation cables In a substation environment the high energy sources typically include power- frequency fault currents lightning or switching transients Sometimes these influences are also responsible for erroneous operations of relays causing partial or entire substation shutdown The overvoltages may even damage transient surge suppressor devices such as metal oxide varistors or gas discharge tubes at the terminals Shielded cables are typically applied in higher voltage substations (voltages at 230 kV and higher) or at lower voltages for specific applications


7

1

2

34

56789

10

111213141516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

32

3334353637383940


47 Electrical segregation (see Annex H)

Segregation of control cables in the substation cable trench or cable tray system is generally not necessary

Control cables should not be installed in ducts or trenches containing medium-voltage cables (greater than 1000 V)

48 Separation of redundant cable (see Annex I)

49 Cable pulling tension (see Annex J)

410 Handling (see Annex K)

411 Installation (see Annex L)

412 Acceptance testing (see Annex M)

Control cables should be insulation-resistance tested prior to connecting cables to equipment They may be tested as part of the system checkout

413 Recommended maintenance (see Annex N)

5 Metallic Communication cables

This clause covers the following for metallic communication cables within and to substations

1) General

2) Service conditions

3) Cable selection

4) Cable system design

5) Transient protection

6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation

9) Acceptance testing

10) Recommended maintenance


8

1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24


51 General

Substation communications may require multi-conductor metallic communication cables to transfer communication signals at low voltage and current levels using a protocol to the substation andor within the substation Those cables that enter the substation either overhead or underground are addressed by other IEEE standards such as

IEEE Std 487 This standard presents engineering design practices for special high-voltage

protection systems intended to protect wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric

supply locations IEEE 487-2007 has been broken down into a family of related documents (ie

dot-series) segregated on the basis of technology Std 487 contains the General Considerations

common to the entire lsquodot-series The documents in the entire series are

a) IEEE Std 487 General Considerations

b) IEEE Std 4871 for applications using On-Grid Isolation Equipment

c) IEEE Std 4872 for applications consisting entirely of optical fiber cables

d) IEEE Std 4873 for applications of hybrid facilities where part of the circuit is on metallic

wire-line and the remainder of the circuit is on optical fiber cable

e) IEEE Std 4874 for applications using Neutralizing Transformers

f) IEEE Std 4875 for applications using Isolation Transformers

IEEE Std 789 This standard covers the appropriate design requirements electrical and mechanical

parameters the testing requirements and the handling procedures for wires and cables used

principally for power system communications and control purposes that are to be installed and

operated in high-voltage environments where they may be subjected to high voltages either by

conduction or induction coupling or both Coaxial and fiber optic cables except for those used in

Ethernet applications are specifically excluded

This guide addresses the design and installation of metallic cable types wholly contained within a substation

a) Telephone cables and other multiconductor communications cables that are not serial Ethernet or

coaxial cables

b) Serial cables (RS232 RS485 and Universal Serial Bus (USB))

c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


9

1

2

3456

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

29

30

31

32

Zook Adam 030814
DKH FOSC GENERAL COMMENT Telephone Cable (POTS or 4-WIRE LEASED) Ethernet and Coaxial cables are generally run between buildings within substation Serial (RS232RS485USB) cables are generally run for short distances and within a building (with some exceptions) and between racks in the same roon Ethernet and Coaxial can be both but Coaxial range is limited These should perhaps be mentionedAdd a category Multiconductor Cables 20-22-24 AWG for relay and control signal communication between multiple relay buildings Often called ldquohouse pairsrdquoCMP ResponseThe premise developed in the earlier text is that 525 will deal with cables wholly within a substation and other standards address cables that come into a substation from someplace else I have added new text to better discuss this I disagree that Ethernet and coax are run between buildings within a substation Ethernet LANs are very often contained within one control house and the coaxial cable used to distribute IRIG-BTelephone cable will terminate from outside the substation at a demark location Then additional cables used to extend those circuits to their endpoints in the control house I believe that the internal cable from the demark to the end device is what is ldquohouse pairrdquo cable It is also a very old term predating the 1980s Whether or not what it is called it is a multiconductor cable
Zook Adam 030814
DKHFOSC This entire section (51 to54 including all sub-sections) could fall in the informative categoryCMP Response This is a guide and clauses 51-54 were written to be informative just like other similar clauses in the existing text
Zook Adam 030814
DKHFOSC New developments in IEEE STD P789 Approved by IEEE-SA on June 142013 Would IEEE 487x also apply here


This clause also addresses the different terminations used for these types of cables Metallic communication cables are typically unshielded twisted pairs (UTP) such as many types of Ethernet and serial telephone and Ethernet cables Shielded twisted pairs are also common IEC 11801 attempts to standardize the definitions for different combinations of cable screening (unscreened foil screened braid screened braid and foil screened) and pair shielding (unscreened or foil screened) and number of twisted conductors (twisted pair and twisted quad)

511 Telephone cable and multiconductor communication cablesThese types of cables have been essential for providing voice and data circuits to substations for decades Phone cable types can be dictated by whether the connection is dial-up or leased line In many cases two copper wires (tip and ring) for each dial-up telephone line are run from a substation to a local telephone companyrsquos point of presence (POP) usually addressing the GPR design issues in IEEE Std 487 Tip and ring refers to the two wires or sides of an ordinary telephone line where tip is the ground side (positive) and ring is the battery (negative) side

Phone circuits are typically identified with the Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) or voice grade communications which are limited in bandwidth to between 300 and 3400 Hz so modems provide digital service over the analog phone lines POTS lines are part of the public switched telephone network (PSTN) Today the PSTN has migrated from the original days of copper telephone lines to include fiber optic cables microwave transmission links cellular networks communications satellites and undersea cables The PSTN connects these together in switching centers allowing any telephone in the world to communicate with any other The PSTN is now almost entirely digital in its core and includes mobile as well as fixed telephones

Multiconductor communication cables may also be used for pilot wire protection using pilot wires which may use any combination of private wires and telco wires Pilot wire connects together two or more protective relays where dc or ac signals are connected together using pilot wires where ac pilot wire protection is mostly akin to modern line differential protection A relay at each end of the protected circuit converts the current flow at one line terminal to a composite single-phase quantity Because the two relays are connected by pilot wires the quantity at one terminal can be electrically compared with the quantity at the other terminal If the correct match between terminals does NOT occur a trip of the circuit breakers at each terminal will be initiated More information on pilot wire systems exists in IEEE Std 487 and IEEE Std C37236 Once inside a substation pilot wire cables will be run from some terminal point to the end device

In addition to POTS lines and pilot wires multiconductor communications cables are used for dedicated four-wire leased line phone circuits typically providing low-speed serial SCADA communications and teleprotection applications as described in IEEE Std C37236 Unlike dial-up connections a leased line is always active is not connected to a telephone exchange (no phone number) does not provide DC power dial tone busy tone or ring signal The fee for a connection is a fixed monthly rate The primary factors affecting the monthly fee are distance between end points and the speed of the circuit Because the connection is dedicated the carrier can assure a given level of quality typically considered class A B or C service As defined in IEEE Std C3793 and IEEE Std 487 Class A is non-interruptible service performance (must function before during and after the power fault condition) class B is self-restoring interruptible service performance (must function before and after power fault condition) and class C is interruptible service performance (can tolerate a station visit to restore service) Not all leased lines are four wire circuits Leased lines can transmit full duplex (transmit and receive at the same time) or half duplex (transmit or receive one at a time) Leased lines can be synchronous where the data is transmitted at a fixed rate with the transmitter and receiver synchronized Leased lines are not just limited to low-speed serial communications

Phone cable conductors regardless of dial-up or leased line are individually insulated The conductors range in size from 22 to 26 AWG copper The conductors are twisted and may be shielded in pairs from as few as 2 pairs up to hundreds of pairs and in groups of 25 pairs The twisted pairs also have a de-facto


10

123456

789

10111213

1415161718192021

22232425262728293031

323334353637383940414243444546

474849

Zook Adam 030814
DKHFOSC DEDICATED FOUR WIRE CIRCUITS AND TELEPROTECTION EQUIPMENT ARE ALSO USED TO CARRY VARIOUS TRIPPING SCHEMES (INCLUDING TRANSFER TRIP) BETWEEN STATIONSCMP ResponseGeneralized to teleprotection applications and added reference to other standard
Zook Adam 030814
DKHFOSC IS THIS CORRECT ldquoWhen the phone system is private it is commonly called pilot wirerdquoPILOT WIRE In this scheme the currents are compared on the incoming and outgoing ends of the zone and if they are not equal the difference current is used to operate an overcurrent relay The term PILOT WIRE is derived from the fact that the comparison between line terminals is made over a pilot wire pair that connects together the terminal relays PILOT WIRE pairs are either leased telephone circuits or utility owned communication pairs PILOT WIRE scheme uses a relay at each end of the protected circuit to convert the current flow at the line terminal to a composite single-phase quantity The quantity at one terminal is then compared with the quantity at the other terminal over the pilot wires If the correct match between terminals does NOT occur a trip of the circuit breakers at each terminal will be initiatedCMP ResponseAdded text about pilot wires and how they related to phones and other standards Disagree that private phone systems are pilot wire as the technology is completely different


standard color code for up to 25 pairs Cables over 25 pairs have the first 25 pairs isolated with ribbons using the colors of the color code starting with the first color code the second 25 pairs with a ribbon with the second color code and so on until all cables are identified into a ldquosuperrdquo binder Those super binders can then be combined using the same color code scheme too forming even larger cables

512 Serial cablesSerial cables have traditionally been essential for the transfer of basic digital data signals to and within a substation Typically serial cables do not enter a substation but can be abundant within a substation The conductors are twisted and can be shielded twisted pair (STP) or unshielded twisted pair (UTP) with or without overall shielding Serial communications is commonly known as ldquoRS232rdquo and ldquoRS485rdquo The official standards for each (TIA-232-F and TIAEIA-485-A) do not define specific cable construction requirements only cable characteristics such as capacitance Both RS232 and RS485 cables are typically unshielded but there may be an overall cable shield andor braid The cables may have twisted pairs (more typical of RS485) or not (more typical of RS232)

Serial cables may need to support baud rates between 1200 to 115 kbps for RS232 and can extend to over 1 Mbps for RS485 Baud rates are typically limited by several factors including cable length and capacitance See IEEE C371

5121 Serial RS232 cablesRS232 cables typically have between 2 and 9 conductors depending upon what signals are required by the devices being connected together The standard actually specifies 20 different signal connections typically substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) today use only transmit data (TX) receive data (RX) and signal ground others that may be included are request to send (RTS) and clear to send (CTS) and are commonly referred to as ldquohardware handshakingrdquo signals When RTS and CTS are not present software flow control or handshaking is used Connections with modems will typically have even more signals and conductors Cables must be properly selected in tandem with the connectors used (discussed later)

RS232 devices are classified as either data communications equipment (DCE) or data terminal equipment (DTE) DCE devices are digital devices that connect to a communications line for the purpose of data transfer without regard to its content (eg a modem) DTE devices are digital devices that transmit or receive data and require communications equipment for the data transfer DTE devices terminate a communication line and require DCE equipment for the data transfer DCE devices are connected directly to the communication circuit used between two DTE devices DTE devices usually use a male plug connector and DCE devices a female connector As a general rule nine pin DTE devices transmit on pin 3 and receive on pin 2 and nine pin DCE devices transmit on pin 2 and receive on pin 3 Avoiding the use of DCE equipment is very common between two devices This is accomplished through the use of a null modem cable that acts as a DCE between the devices by swapping the corresponding signals (such as TX-RX and RTS-CTS)

5122 Serial RS485 cablesTrue RS485 cables have three conductors two for the communication bus and one for signal ground There does exist ldquo4 wirerdquo RS485 but these do not strictly adhere to the TIAEIA-485-A standard RS485 has three signal wires typically denoted as

a) ldquoArdquo ldquo-ldquo and ldquoTxD-RxD-rdquo

b) ldquoBrdquo ldquo+ldquo and ldquoTxD+RxD+rdquo

c) ldquoSCrdquo ldquoGrdquo

This does not mean that all vendors denote them the same way which means care is required in wiring together devices that are from different vendors Re-wiring an RS485 circuit is not uncommon because of


11

1234

56789

10111213

141516

1718192021222324

2526272829303132333435

36373839

40

41

42

4344


this labeling problem and good documentation is recommended especially when vendorsrsquo implementations do not agree and the A line must be connected to the B line for the circuit to work Care should be used to not use the shield as the third conductor (ldquoSCrdquo or ldquoGrdquo) as this may introduce noise into the communications circuit and cause the communications to fail when noise becomes an issue Optical isolation provided in many devices may remove the need for the signal ground and circuits may combine devices that use optical isolation and those that do not

Serial cable conductors are typically individually insulated and range in size from 22 to 26 AWG copper The cables may be assembled with terminations may be twisted may have shielded pairs may have an overall shieldfoilbraid and may have armor - in any combination The shield protects the signal conductors from interference A bare drain conductor may be present to provide a grounding connection for the shield

5123 USB cablesUSB was designed to standardize the connection of typical computer peripherals such as keyboards pointing devices and printers but also digital cameras portable media players disk drives and network adapters USB is used to communicate and to supply low-voltage dc power It has become commonplace on other devices such as smart phones and video game consoles USB has effectively replaced a variety of earlier communication interfaces such as serial and parallel ports as well as separate power sources for portable devices because of the power supply allowed in the specification USB USB 20 USB 30 and USB wireless specifications are maintained by the USB Implementers Forum and are available for download

USB 20 is most common today where the specification specifies a cable with four conductors two power conductors and two signal conductors plus different connector styles The cable impedance must match the impedance of the signal drivers The specification allows for a variable cable length where the maximum cable length is dictated by signal pair attenuation and propagation delay as well as the voltage drop across the ground conductor The minimum wire gauge is calculated from the current consumption There are differences between high-full speed cables and low-speed cables most notably the required shield in the former and an optional shield in the latter also the required drain wire in the latter The specification requires a shield be terminated to the connector plug for completed assemblies The shield and chassis are bonded together The user-selected grounding scheme for USB 20 devices and cables is to be consistent with accepted industry practices and regulatory agency standards for safety and EMIESDRFI

USB cable may be used for applications of RS232 andor RS485 communication provided there is a proper converter from USB to RS232RS485 These converters are commonplace today Other applications which may be critical are for peripheral connections from computers to keyboards pointing devices and touch screens Care should be used in selecting USB cables and converters that meet the environmental requirements of the application Rugged USB cables and connectors are available but the connectors may be vendor-specific and may not be supported by devices Cable lengths should be carefully considered given the performance-based length specification It is possible to convert USB to Ethernet or extend USBrsquos range by converting to Ethernet cable given the proper converter

513 Ethernet cablesThere are several designations for communication cables which originally started out as ldquolevelsrdquo and eventually became known as categories and then abbreviated to ldquoCATrdquo (for category) designations that today primarily apply to Ethernet cables Some are still official categories maintained by the TIAEIA Cable category characteristics and use are listed below


12

123456

789

1011

121314151617181920

21222324252627282930

3132333435363738

3940414243


Table 1mdashCable characteristics or ldquoCATrdquo cables

Category Use Standard Frequency Bandwidth

1

2 4 MHz 4 Mbps

3 16 MHz 10 Mbps

4 20 MHz 16 Mbps

5 100 MHz

5e 100 Mhz

6 250 MHz

6A 500 MHz

Known as ldquovoice graderdquo UTP copper circuits used for POTS (plain old telephone service)

No standard exists

Originally called Anixter

level 1

Less than 1 MHz

Low speed UTP cabling for older computer networks telephone networks and is no longer commonly used

No standard exists

Originally called level 2 by Anixter

Typically UTP cabling although also available in screened twisted pair commonly called ldquostation wirerdquo that was the first cabling category standardized by the TIAEIA and commonly used on 10BaseT Ethernet networks in the 1990s

TIAEIA-568-C

100 Ethernet 10BASE-T

UTP cabling briefly used for 10BaseT networks that was quickly superseded by CAT55e cable that is no longer recognized by the TIAEIA

Cabling that is typically UTP but also could be STP can also carry video telephony and serial signal and is no longer recognized by the TIAEIA

Originally defined in

TIAEIA-568-A

10 Mbps 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps


100Base-TX 1000BaseT

Enhanced CAT5 cabling that can be 24-26 awg UTP or STP which improved upon CAT5 cablersquos performance and resulted in CAT5 cable being no longer recognized by the TIAEIA


TIAEIA-568-A-5 in 1999




Standard cabling for gigabit Ethernet networks is 22-24 awg UTP or STP

TIAEIA-568-C

10 Mbps 100 Mbps 1000 Mbps 10GBaseT


100Base-TX 1000BaseT 55

10GBaseT

Augmented CAT6 cabling can be UTP or STP

TIAEIA-568-C


100Base-TX 1000BaseT 10GBaseT


13

1

2


Cat 7 cable with four individually-shielded pairs inside an overall shield has been proposed but is not in common use today Cat 7 is designed for transmission frequencies up to 600MHz which should enable it to carry 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10GBaseT) but requires a redesigned RJ-45 connector (called a GG45) to achieve this speed 10GBaseT networks are not yet widely available and may not be able to compete with fiber optic networks

514 Coaxial cablesCoaxial cable consists of

a) An outer jacket

b) An outer shield consisting of one or more layers of braid andor foil

c) A dielectric insulator such as polyethylene (PE)

d) An inner solid or stranded conductor

The outer shield of foil andor braid acts as both a shield and a return path conductor An ideal shield would be a perfect conductor without bumps gaps or holes and connected to a perfect ground However a smooth solid and highly conductive shield would be heavy inflexible and expensive Thus cables must compromise between shield effectiveness flexibility and cost Braided copper wire for the shield allows the cable to be flexible but it also means there are gaps in the shield layer thus reducing the shieldrsquos effectiveness Foil improves the coverage when combined with the braid

There are names for coaxial cables originating from military uses in the form ldquoRG-rdquo or ldquoRG-Urdquo The RG designation stands for Radio Guide the U designation stands for Universal These date from World War II and were listed in MIL-HDBK-216 published in 1962 which is now withdrawn The RG unit indicator is no longer part of the military standard now MIL-C-17 Some of the new numbers have similar characteristics as the old RG numbers One example is Mil-C-172 and RG-6 cables These cables are very similar however Mil-C-172 has a higher working voltage at 3000 V (versus 2700 V for RG-6) and the operating temperature of Mil-C-172 is much higher at 185degC (versus 80degC for RG-6)

The RG designations are still common Cable sold today under any RG label is unlikely to meet military MIL-C-17 specifications Subsequently there is no standard to guarantee the electrical and physical characteristics of a cable described as ldquoRG- typerdquo Today RG designators are mostly used to identify compatible connectors that fit the inner conductor dielectric and jacket dimensions of the old RG-series cables Because of these issues care should be used to select the proper cable based upon the application and installation requirements for temperature and other environmental factors

Most coaxial cables have a characteristic impedance of 50 52 75 or 93 Ω

Table 2mdashCommon coaxial RG designationsCable type UseRG-6 A 75 ohm cable type

Commonly used for cable television (CATV) distribution coax used to route cable television signals to and within homes CATV distribution coax typically has a copper-clad steel (CCS) center conductor and an aluminum foilaluminum braid shield with coverage around 60RG-6 type cables are also used in professional video applications carrying either base band analog video signals or serial digital interface (SDI) signals in these applications the center conductor is ordinarily solid copper the shielding is much heavier (typically aluminum foil95 copper braid) and


14

1

23456

78

9

10

11

12

131415161718

19202122232425

262728293031

32

33


tolerances are more tightly controlledRG-8 RG-8 is a 50 ohm cable used in radio transmission or in computer networks

RG-58 is a larger diameter cable than RG-8RG-11 A 75 ohm cable typeRG-58 RG-58 is a 50 ohm cable used in radio transmission computer networks or

power line carrier applications RG-58 is a smaller cable than RG-8RG-59 A 75 ohm cable originally used for CATV but is being replaced by RG-6RG-213 A 50 ohm cable used for power line carrier applications

Advantages of coaxial cable include the following high bandwidth low signal distortion low susceptibility to cross-talk and noise low signal losses and greater information security However coaxial cable is more difficult to install heavier and does not have the flexibility offered by twisted pair cables

The shield of a coaxial cable is normally grounded so if even a single bit of shield touches the center conductor the signal will be shorted causing significant or total signal loss This occurs at improperly installed end connectors and splices In addition the connectors require proper attached to the shield as this provides the path to ground for the interfering signal Despite being shielded coaxial cable can be susceptible to interference which has little relationship to the RG designations (eg RG-59 RG-6) but is strongly related to the composition and configuration of the cable shield Foil shielding typically used with a tinned copper or aluminum braid shield with anywhere from 60 to 95 coverage The braid is important to shield effectiveness because the braid

a) Is more effective than foil at preventing low-frequency interference

b) Provides higher conductivity to ground than foil and

c) Makes attaching a connector easier and more reliable

For better shield performance some cables have a shield with only two braids as opposed to a thin foil shield covered by a wire braid ldquoQuad-shieldrdquo cables use four alternating layers of foil and braid which is typically used in situations involving troublesome interference Quad-shield is less effective than a single layer of foil and single high-coverage copper braid shield Other shield designs reduce flexibility in order to improve performance

Typical uses of coaxial cable are for transmission of radio frequency signals The most common uses in substations are for antenna connections to satellite clocks and satellite clock timing signal distribution Other substation uses include microwave radio and power line carrier (PLC) applications Equipment manufacturers should be contacted to provide guidance on application-specific cable selection

515 TerminationsTerminations are used to connect communication cables to the various IEDs for the purpose of communications There are various types of terminations A different type of termination can be used on either end of the cable Regardless of the terminations used for communication cables care should be taken to match each signal assigned to each conductor terminal or pin on each end of the communication cable This ensures that the communications works properly Terminals and signals should be identified clearly on drawings typically in common details especially when a custom cable and termination are required for the application These are typically referred to pin-out diagrams Also note that while there are common connectors for serial cables and Ethernet cables as discussed the presence of the one of these connectors does not guarantee the port signaling is the typical type This is especially true for RJ45 ports which are commonly used for Ethernet RS232 or RS485 communications


15

1

234

56789

101112

13

14

15

1617181920

21222324

2526272829303132333435


5151 Punchdown blocksPhone cables are typically terminated to a 66-block punchdown block common to telephone systems or a 110-block punchdown block common to higher speed cable terminations for CAT 5 and 6 cables A punchdown block is named because the solid copper wires are ldquopunched downrdquo into short open-ended slots that are a type of insulation-displacement connectors These slots typically cut crosswise across an insulating plastic bar with two sharp metal blades that cut through the wirersquos insulation as it is punched down These blades hold the wire in position and make the electrical contact with the wire as well A punchdown tool is used to push the wire firmly and properly into the slot making the termination easy because there is no wire stripping and no screw terminals Patch panels are commonly replacing punchdown blocks for non-voice applications because of the increasing performance demands of Ethernet cabling

5152 TerminalsA terminal strip may be used to land the communication conductors These types of connections are typically used for terminating RS485 cables but may also be seen for RS232 connections and rarely for Ethernet connections or coaxial connections Care should be used to properly identify the conductor signals and terminal block labels so as to properly associate them with the signals for the terminal connection being used

5153 DB connectorsRS232 cables are typically terminated in connectors commonly called DB9 or DB25 today The original RS232 connector was a 25 pin connector but that connector is much larger than the connector associated with the DB25 connector seen today The D-subminiature connector was invented by Cannon 1952 with an operating temperature between -54degC and 150degC The product had a standard series prefix of ldquoDrdquo and different shell sizes (A B C D E) followed by the number of pinssockets Connectors of six different sizes were later documented in MIL-24308 (now withdrawn) with a temperature range from -55 degC to +125 degC A similar 25 pin connector is defined in ISOIEC 60211 without any temperature range The DB connectors with crimp connectors are standardized in IEC 60807-3 and solder style connectors in IEC 60870-2 both with five shell sizes for 9 15 25 37 and 50 pins The temperature ranges from -55 degC to +125 degC and -55 degC to +100 degC for IEC 60870-3 IEC 60870-2 adds another temperature range from -40 degC to +100 degC

Each DB connector is designated as male (plug) or female (jack) The pins may be crimped or soldered onto the conductors in the cable The most common connectors are 9 pins (DB9) 15 pins (DB15) 25 pins (DB25) 37 pins (DB37) and 50 pins (DB50) though others are used Serial cables have various combinations of gender and pins such as a DB9 female connector on one end (DB9F) and a DB25 male connector on the other (DB25M) In addition just because a cable has connectors with nine pins on both ends this does not mean all nine pins are actually connected through the cable How the pins are connected through the cable may only be discoverable by pinning out the cable with a simple ohm meter to test connectivity between one pin on one end with each pin on the other end The pin out may be specified on a specification sheet or drawing Providing a pin out diagram is typically required when requesting a custom cable from a cable manufacturer A pin out diagram also validates that the selected cable will actually work with the signals on the pins for the connected IEDs

Extreme care must be performed when connecting serial ports together via serial cables because the signals on the pins may not be properly connected by the cable resulting in damage to the communication port that may be beyond repair

Please reference the vendorrsquos documentation to properly identify the pin signal definitions for both cable connectors and IEDs


16

123456789

1011

121314151617

181920212223242526272829

3031323334353637383940

414243

4445


Figure 2mdashTypical serial DB-style connectors

5154 RJ (registered jack) connectorsRegistered jack (RJ) connectors typically terminate communication cables and jacks located on devices The RJ designation describes the physical geometry of the connectors and a wiring pattern in the jack inspection of the connector will not necessarily show which registered jack wiring pattern is used The same modular connector type can be used for different registered jack connections While registered jack refers to both the female physical connector (modular connector) and its wiring the term is often used loosely to refer to modular connectors regardless of wiring or gender The six-position plug and jack commonly used for telephone line connections may be used for RJ11 RJ14 or even RJ25 all of which are names of interface standards that use this physical connector The RJ abbreviations only pertain to the wiring of the jack (hence the name registered jack) it is commonplace but not strictly correct to refer to an unwired plug connector by any of these names

The types of cable connectors are a plug type of connector when the device has a receptacle They are typically used for telephone and network type applications but can be used for serial ports and other ports as well Some common designations are shown below TIA-1096-A specifies some temperature range for the connectors based upon change in contact resistance between -40 degC and +66 degC under varying humidity conditions There is no specification for vibration only mating and unmating cycles

IEC 60603-7 specifies a temperature ranges and vibration conditions The temperature range is between -40 deg C and +70 deg C for 21 days based upon climatic category 4007021 from IEC 61076-12006 The vibration requirements are taken from IEC 60512 with a frequency range between 10 Hz to 500 Hz Amplitude at 035 mm acceleration at 50 ms-2 and 10 sweeps per axis

For Ethernet cables TIA-598-C requires connecting hardware be functional for continuous use over the temperature range from -10 to 60 degC

Table 3mdashCharacteristics of RJ connectorsCommon Name

Wiring Connector Usage

RJ11 RJ11C RJ11W 6P2C For one telephone line (6P4C if power on second pair) RJ11W is a jack from which you can hang a wall telephone while RJ11C is a jack designed to have a cord plugged into it

RJ45 8P8C 8P8C modular connectors are typically known as ldquoRJ45rdquo an informal designation for TIA-568A or TIA-568B jacks including Ethernet that is not the same as the true RJ45RJ45S The shape and dimensions of an 8P8C modular connector are specified in TIA-1096-A but this standard does not use the term 8P8C (only as a miniature 8 position plug unkeyed and related jack) and covers more than just 8P8C modular connectors however the 8P8C modular connector type is described in TIA-1096-A with eight contacts installed The international standard for the 8P8C plug and jack for ISDN is ISO-8877 For Ethernet cables the IEC 60603-7 series specifies not only the same physical dimensions as the 8P8C for shielded and unshielded versions but also high-frequency performance requirements for shielded and unshielded versions of this connector for frequencies up to 100 250 500 600 and 1000 MHz

RJ48 RJ48 8P8C Used for T1 and ISDN termination and local area data channelssubrate


17

12

3

456789

1011121314

1516171819

20212223

2425

26


Common Name


digital servicesRJ48 RJ48C 8P8C Commonly used for T1 lines and uses pins 1 2 4 and 5RJ48 RJ48S 8P8C keyed Commonly used for local area data channelssubrate digital services and

carries one or two linesRJ48 RJ48X 8P8C with

shorting barA variation of RJ48C containing shorting blocks in the jack creating a loopback used for troubleshooting when unplugged The short connects pins 1 and 4 and 2 and 5 Sometimes this is referred to as a ldquosmart jackrsquo

Figure 3 shows a generic 8P8C receptacle

Most vendors do not provide detailed specifications on the RJ45 jack provided in their devices In some situations where temperature or vibration is a concern the vendor should be consulted regarding their specifications

Figure 3mdashGeneric 8P8C receptacle

5155 Coaxial connectorsCoaxial cables are frequently terminated using different styles of connectors including BNC (Bayonet Neill Concelman) TNC (threaded NeillndashConcelman) and N The BNC connectors are miniature quick connectdisconnect connectors that feature two bayonet lugs on the female connector mating is achieved with only a quarter turn of the coupling nut BNCs are ideally suited for cable termination for miniature-to-subminiature coaxial cable (RG-58 RG-59 etc) The BNC was originally designed for military use and is widely used in substations for IRIG-B time distribution signals The connector is widely accepted for use up to 2 GHz The BNC uses a slotted outer conductor and some plastic dielectric on each gender connector This dielectric causes increasing losses at higher frequencies Above 4 GHz the slots may radiate signals so the connector is usable but not necessarily stable up to about 11 GHz BNC connectors exist in 50 and 75 ohm versions matched for use with cables of the same characteristic impedance BNC connectors are typically found on IEDs for IRIG-B input although terminal blocks are also used on some IEDs for IRIG-B input

The TNC connectorrsquos impedance is 50 Ω and the connector operates best in the 0ndash11 GHz frequency spectrum and has better performance than the BNC connector TNC connectors can be found on some satellite clocks for the coaxial cable connection to the antenna

The N connector is a threaded connector used to join coaxial cables It was one of the first connectors capable of carrying microwave-frequency signals Originally designed to carry signals up to 1 GHz todayrsquos common N connector easily handles frequencies up to 11 GHz and beyond

MIL-PRF-39012 covers the general requirements and tests for RF connectors used with flexible cables and certain other types of coaxial transmission lines in military aerospace and spaceflight applications

Also used with coaxial connectors are tee connectors that allow coaxial cable runs to be tapped These are commonly found in IRIG-B time distribution systems There also may be a need to convert from coaxial cable to TSP cable which can be accomplished by using breakout connectors Care should be used in


18

1

2

345

67

8

9101112131415161718192021

222324

252627

2829

303132


properly terminating the coaxial cable with a termination resistor Work is underway to create a recommended practice for cabling the distribution of IRIG-B signals within substations

52 Service conditions

For typical service conditions (or environmental performance) for metallic communication cables serving and within substations and switching stations see Annex B Typical environmental ratings are discussed in Annex B but the specific types of metallic communication cables (ie serial and Ethernet cables) and terminations are discussed previously in this clause

Environmental performance for indoor and outdoor cable will likely impact the cable jacket For indoor cables the NEC divides a buildingrsquos inside area into three types of sections plenums risers and general purpose areas A plenum area is a building space used for air flow or air distribution system which is typically above a drop ceiling or under a raised floor that is used as the air return for the air handling Cables burning in the plenum space would give off toxic fumes and the fumes would be fed to the rest of the building by the air handling system injuring people who may be a long way from the fire A riser area is a floor opening shaft or duct that runs vertically through one or more floors Anything that is not riser or plenum is general purpose

The NEC 2011 designates the following metallic communication cable types

a) CMP as communications plenum cable

b) CMR as communications riser cable

c) CMG as communications general-purpose cable

d) CM as communications general-purpose cable

e) CMX as communications cable limited use

f) CMUC as under-carpet communications wire and cable

Note that none of these specifically include ldquotray cablerdquo in the name Tray-rated metallic communication cable is a complicated topic as the 2011 NEC allows CMP CMR CMG and CM cables to be installed in cable trays without any ratings However there is no exact specification of tray rated cable leaving the user to define the requirements of tray rated cable Ultimately a tray rated metallic cable (and perhaps fiber optic cable) is likely to conform to

a) NEC Article 318 ldquoCable Traysrdquo and Article 340 ldquoPower and Control Cable Type TCrdquo

b) Flame tests per UL 1277 ICEA T-29-520 ICEA T-30-520 and the 70000 BTU ldquoCable Tray

Propagation Testrdquo per IEEE Std 383

c) Rated 600 V

Outside plant cable can be run inside a building per the NEC requirements up to 50 feet Outside plant cables generally differ from inside plant cables in the jacket and any filling compound or gel used to limit the ingress of water into the cable Conductor deterioration from water will cause noise on metallic communication cables either from the cable or from the termination

Service conditions include ground potential rise (GPR) for metallic communication cables originating from outside the substation


19

12

3

4567

89

101112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324252627

28

29

30

31

32333435

3637

Zook Adam 031014
KB comment I believe you want this to be IEEE 1202 Flame tests removed from IEEE 383


Any metallic communication cable connection to a substation or switchyard from outside the substation is where IEEE Std 487 applies Here GPR should be considered in order to protect sensitive equipment This consideration requires close coordination with the engineering staff of outside entities (eg telephone company) to ensure appropriate isolation equipment is installed As a result offsite equipment is adequately protected from unacceptable voltage increases in the event of a fault See IEEE Std 487 for the IEEE recommended practice for protecting wire-line communication facilities serving substations or switchyards

Even inside a substation GPR and other environmental effects may also be a concern when using metallic communication cables IEEE Std 1615 provides recommendations on when to use fiber and metallic cables within a substation

53 Metallic cable selection

Selection of metallic communication cable types depends upon the application used for the cable for example RS232 RS485 or Ethernet communications In selecting a cable generally the larger conductor sizes help reduce the effects of resistance on signal transmission but many standards dictate the size range of the conductors as indicated previously

Ultimately metallic cable selection depends upon meeting the installation requirements as noted above and compliance with the type of communication circuits involved This clause specifically addresses the following types

a) Telephone cable (and multiconductor cable that is not serial Ethernet or coaxial)

b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable

Note that it is now common to use Ethernet cable for both serial cables and telephone cables Using Ethernet cable in this manner requires extreme care to insure not only the proper termination of the cable but the connection of the cable to the correct communication port (ie it becomes very easy to connect a cable used for serial communications into an RJ45 plug function as an Ethernet port)

Selection of RS232 and RS485 serial cables depends upon how many signal wires are required by the communication ports what shielding is required the transmission speed the distance and the environmental requirements The RS232 and RS485 standards are protocol agnostic not defining any kind of message structure These standards were only designed to connect devices together so they could communicate using protocols RS232 is typically used for point to point communications that may be just a simple ASCII protocol or more complex masterslave protocol RS485 is selected for point to multipoint communications using a protocol that is masterslave in function See Annex H of IEEE Std C371-2008 for more information on RS232 and RS485 circuits including their distance limitations correct shield termination practices and the options available for extending the cable length

Selection of the termination method is heavily dependent upon end devices Some devices provide serial port connections that are DB9F terminal strips or RJ45 connectors There may or may not be a difference between what signals are present in each termination type It is highly recommended to use the termination form factor most common with the implementation DB9F when using serial RS232 terminal block when using RS485 and RJ45 when using Ethernet However this may not be the optimum approach for a particular application because signal pins are not available in one form factor versus another


20

1234567

89

10

11

12131415

161718

19

20

21

22

23242526

272829303132333435

363738394041


In other cases such as IRIG-B distribution there may be multiple port types supported by the IEDs and satellite clock For example the satellite clock IRIG-B output may only support a BNC connector and the IEDs support a variety of BNC terminal block and DB9 connectors One approach here might be to use coaxial cable as the main distribution bus with breakout cables to support the connection to the IEDs Use of a coaxial cable may provide added noise immunity and provide differentiation between other communication cables It may also be decided that STP cable is the better approach with appropriate converters to each of the IEDs and satellite clock

54 Cable system design

Cable system design includes issues related to raceway routing segregation and separation

541 Raceway designAnnex E contains more details on electrical cable raceway design noting that when metallic communication cables are installed in raceway without other electrical cables raceway fill is not required (Article 800 of NEC 2011) Fill ratios for metallic Ethernet cables may be in accordance with TIA-569-C pathway percent fill requirement when installed in a raceway without current carrying conductors

The metallic communication cable raceway will be different inside and outside the substation control house Inside the control house use of cable tray and conduit is common When installed in its own raceway that raceway should be supported per TIA-569-C NEC Article 800 contains the installation requirements for raceways that support metallic communication cables

In the substation yard use of cable tray conduit underground duct and a trench system is common Conduit and duct offers protection from crushing ground disruption rodents and other environmental abuse In addition the cable is easier to replace or upgrade in the future Several methods and types of conduit systems are used For example one configuration includes pre-manufactured segregated ducts or large ducts with multiple plastic high-density PE ldquoinner ductsrdquo installed inside The inner ducts can be smooth walled or corrugated either longitudinally or horizontally

One of the types of conduit used for buried communication cable is the continuous-reeled type Such continuous duct is popular because it is inexpensive and offers enough protection to allow the use of the less expensive cable constructions

542 RoutingMetallic communication cables are typically routed in a manner to increase electrical segregation as well as physical damage in order to maintain a high level of availability Also see Annex F for more routing information common to communication cables regardless of type Routing for diversity or redundancy is discussed in Annex I

543 Electrical segregationIf it is necessary to run communications cable in parallel with control or power cable it is recommended that the separation be as great as possible and consideration given to using a shielded cable While separation standards exist for Ethernet cabling it is good practice to follow the same requirements for all other metallic communication cables Metallic communication cables can be installed in a route that is parallel to control cable and AC power distribution cables TIA-569-C provides general guidelines for separation of metallic Ethernet cabling from branch power circuits in an office environment or a MICE E1 classification where pathway separation is generally not required TIA-1005-1 addresses separation in industrial spaces with an E2 and E3 MICE classification However power circuit types are not typical of a substation environmentrsquos CT and PT circuits


21

1234567

8

9

1011121314

15161718

192021222324

252627

2829303132

33343536373839404142

Zook Adam 030814
DKH FOSC Regional Coordination (eg NERCC) and NPCC Requirement with respect to physical and geographical route diversityCMP ResponseRedundancy is addressed in Annex I which I added a reference to in Annex F Also added text here


Co-installation of telecommunications cable and power cable is addressed by TIA-569-C and the NEC where minimum separation requirements of electrically conductive telecommunications cable from typical branch circuits requires

a) Separation from power conductors

b) Separation and barriers within raceways and

c) Separation within outlet boxes or compartments

Zero pathway separation distance is permitted when the electrically conductive telecommunications cables the power cables or both are enclosed in metallic pathways that meet the following conditions

a) The metallic pathway(s) completely enclose the cables and are continuous

b) The metallic pathway(s) are properly bonded and grounded per TIA-607-B and

c) The walls of the pathway(s) have a minimum thickness 1 mm (004 in) nominal if made of steel or

15 mm (006 in) nominal if made of aluminum

No separation is required between power and metallic telecommunications cables crossing at right angles

In addition metallic communication cable should not be installed near fluorescent lights TIA-1005-1 requires metallic Ethernet cabling be separated from fluorescent lamps and associated fixtures by a minimum of 5 in

Also see Annex H for more information on electrical segregation common to communication cables regardless of type


55 Transient protection

551 High-speed data circuitsThe following guidelines are provided for computer circuits and the circuits for high-speed data logging applications using low level analog signals

a) The circuits should be made up of STP cables For noncomputer-type applications such as annunciators shielding may not be required

b) Twisting and shielding requirements for both digital input and digital output signals vary among different manufacturers of computerized measuring systems Separation of digital input cables and digital output cables from each other and from power cables may be required Where digital inputs originate in proximity to each other twisted pair multiple conductor cables with overall shield should be used or multiple conductor cable with common return may be permitted and overall shielding may not be required Digital output cables of similar constructions may also be permitted Individual twisted and shielded pairs should be considered for pulse-type circuits

c) Cable shields should be electrically continuous except when specific reasons dictate otherwise When two lengths of shielded cable are connected together at a terminal block an insulated point on the terminal block should be used for connecting the shields


22

123

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

141516

1718

19

20

212223

2425

26272829303132

333435


d) At the point of termination the shield should not be stripped back any further than necessary from the terminal block

e) The shield should not be used as a signal conductor

f) Use of STP cable into balanced terminations greatly improves transient suppression

g) Use of a common line return both for a low-voltage signal and a power circuit should not be allowed (Garton and Stolt [B22])

h) Digital signal circuits should be grounded only at the power supply

i) The shields of all grounded junction thermocouple circuits and the shields of thermocouple circuits intentionally grounded at the thermocouple should be grounded at or near the thermocouple well

j) Multi-pair cables used with thermocouples should have twisted pairs with individually insulated shields so that each shield may be maintained at the particular thermocouple ground potential

k) Each resistance temperature detector (RTD) system consisting of one power supply and one or more ungrounded RTDs should be grounded only at the power supply

l) Each grounded RTD should be on a separate ungrounded power supply except that groups of RTDs embedded in the windings of transformers and rotating machines should be grounded at the frame of the respective equipment as a safety precaution A separate ungrounded power supply should be furnished for the group of RTDs installed in each piece of equipment

m) When a signal circuit is grounded the low or negative voltage lead and the shield should be grounded at the same point

552 Metallic cablesMetallic communication cable is vulnerable to transients that occur within a substation IEEE Std 1615 recommends metallic cable only within the same panel in all circumstances fiber or metallic cable between panels and fiber optic cable for cables leaving the control house and terminating in the substation yard Communication ports can be protected against transients when compliant to standards such as IEEE Std 1613 or IEC 61850-3 but error-free communications before during and after the transient is only specified by IEEE Std 1613

Cable shielding using metal braid or Mylar film is an important requirement for telephone cabling within a substation Crosstalk electromagnetic interference (EMI) and transient spikes can seriously affect the transmission of digital signals The most effective method to provide a low signal to noise ratio is to shield the individual pairs An overall shield limits exterior interferences but will not protect against internal coupling and cross-talk In general communications cable shields are grounded at one end to prevent ground loop potentials and the associated noise In cases where equipment designs require grounds at both ends capacitors can be used between the shield and ground to block dc voltages Isolation amplifiers have also been employed

Isolation devices may be used to protect communication ports that are not rated for substation transients per IEEE Std 1613 This can be accomplished using surge protection devices that are commonly available for RS485 circuits or fiber optic transceivers that are commonly available for RS232 RS485 and Ethernet ports


23

12

3

4

56

7

89

10

1112

1314

15161718

1920

21222324252627

2829303132333435

36373839


553 Isolation of telephone cablesIn general the local telephone company provides or requires the electric utility to provide one or more isolating devices in the substation When provided by the telephone company they may lease and leases the protection interface including its maintenance to the electric utility One or more of the following protection devices may be installed to protect against power-frequency GPR

Typically the following isolation equipment is used

a) Drainage unit (drainage reactormutual drainage reactor) is a center-tapped inductive device designed to relieve conductor-to-conductor and conductor-to-ground voltage stress by draining extraneous currents to ground

b) Isolating (insulating) transformers provide longitudinal (common mode) isolation for the facility They can also be used in a combined isolating-drainage transformer configuration

c) Neutralizing transformers introduce a voltage into a circuit pair to oppose an unwanted voltage They neutralize extraneous longitudinal voltages resulting from ground voltage rise or longitudinal induction or both while simultaneously allowing ac or dc metallic signals to pass

d) Optical couplers (isolators) provide isolation using a short-length optical path

For additional information on these methods see IEEE Std 487-2000 [B56] IEEE Std 1590 [B71] IEEE Std C3793 for cables carrying voice grade telephone circuits and the most current version of IEEE Std 789


The pull tension of the communication cable being installed shall not be exceeded For metallic Ethernet cable this is 110 N (25 lbf) per TIA-568-C There are no cable specifications for RS232 and RS485 cables while USB cables are typically too short for pulling and the USB standard does not include any specification for cable pulling tensions For all cables always follow the vendor specifications on maximum cable pulling tension

TIA-569-C states that the following will impact cable pulling tension

a) Conduit size

b) Length of conduit

c) Location and severity of bends

d) Cable jacket material

e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants

i) Direction of pull

j) Firestopping

Conduit sizing is directly related to the planned diameter of the cable and the maximum pull tension that can be applied to the cable without degradation of the cable transmission properties It also depends upon


24

12345

6

789

1011

121314

15

161718

19

2021222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

Zook Adam 030814
DKH FOSC Could have reference to Appropriate TIA or IEEE standardsCMP ResponseOne is given for Ethernet and there are no cable standards for RS232 and RS485 This has been added to the text
Zook Adam 030814
DKH FOSC Should be referenced to IEEE 487x series of standards eg 4871CMP Response487 is referenced and as far as I can tell 4871 is not published yet so we would need to provide a current draft version to put in as a reference Added text at the end to discuss without including 4871 because I could not find anything on 4871


whether the cable termination is pulled with the cable or not The pull tension limit is based on the strength of the conduit (including sidewall pressure) the tensile strength of the pull line the geometry of the conduit system and the tensile strength of the cable The position of the bends and length of the conduit system will affect the pull tension that will be imposed on a cable Pulling cables from different directions may result in different pulling tensions Lubricants can be used to reduce pulling tensions but care should be practiced in lubricant selection taking into consideration compatibility with cable jacket composition safety lubricity adherence stability and drying speed

57 Handling

The conductors in communications cable are typically twisted pairs Cable performance will degrade when the cable is improperly handled Cable stress such as that caused by tension in suspended cable runs and tightly cinched bundles should be minimized Cable bindings if used to tie multiple cables together should be irregularly spaced and should be loosely fitted (easily moveable) The cable shall not be subjected to pulling tension exceeding the pulling strength rating of the cable The cable bend radius shall be greater than or equal to the minimum bend radius requirement during and after installation

See Annex K for common requirements for cable handling


In order to support the full speed and capability of communication cables it is essential that the cables be installed with care to avoid kinks excessive pulling tension and exceeding the minimum bend radius of the cable TIA-568-C provides cabling installation requirements for Ethernet cabling

Communication cable installation shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) (Accredited Standards Committee C2-200211) Although the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70 2007 Edition [B100]) is not applicable to substations under the exclusive control of electric utilities it provides valuable guidance

Probably the most common installation mistake is making tight bends in any communication cable Tight bends kinks knots etc in communication cable can result in a loss of performance The minimum bending radius should be considered by the engineer when specifying the communication pathway

Specific coefficients of friction depend on cable jacket type conduit type and the lubricant

59 Acceptance testing

Note that Annex M is not applicable to communication cables This clause covers test procedures for metallic communication cables

591 Ethernet cablesCommunication cable performance is dependent upon the quality of the terminations Unlike power and control cable the number of connectors available can vary greatly for communication cables Ethernet cables should be terminated per TIA-569-C Termination of other communications cables are generally not governed by standards Proper termination is usually confirmed by monitoring the communication channel for errors and finding no errors over an extended period of time such as days or weeks after termination


25

1234567

8

91011121314

15

16

171819

20212223

242526

27

28

2930

313233343536

Zook Adam 031014
KB Comment What about coax cable testing under IEEE 643 ndash 2004 section 10122 500 VDC Megger


Many Ethernet cables in substations should be tested to meet TIA-1005-A which is for telecommunications cabling in industrial premises This standard provides additional requirements to the tests in TIA-568-C2 However this only covers Category 3 5e 6 and 6A and there are a variety of ldquoEthernet cablesrdquo so acceptance testing may be specified by any of the following

Category 3 5e 6 and 6A per ANSITIA-568-C2

Category 5 (1000BaseT) per TIA TSB-95

Category 6 per TIAEIA-568B2-1

TIA TSB-155 (for installed Category 6 cable to support 10GBaseT)

ISO TR 24750 (for installed channels to support 10GBaseT)

ISOIEC 11801 (for Category 1 2 3 5e 6 6A 7 and 7A in general purpose cabling systems)

EN 50173 as the European equivalent to ISOIEC 11801

IEEE 8023 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX 1000BASE-T

IEEE 8023an 10GBASE-T

For all other Ethernet cables follow the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

592 USB cablesUSB cables are tested to the USB specification but can be tested by third parties using the ldquoCables and Connectors Class Documentrdquo available from the USB website

593 Other cablesBecause of the low voltage requirements of non-Ethernet communication systems a continuity check for all conductors is all that is typically required but this can be difficult when the cable connectors are not located near each other In addition continuity does not mean that a communications cable will function properly There can be additional issues causing the problem such as improper

a) Cable shield connections

b) Cable ground connections

c) Signal wire connections

d) Connector installation

e) Cable selection

f) Cable capacitance

g) Termination (RS485 and IRIG-B typically exhibit these problems)

h) Power to connected devices andor port-powered converters

i) Application layer protocol configuration (ie Modbus IEEE 1815 (DNP3) etc)

This is typically why these cables are only checked when there is a communication problem


26

1234

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

1819202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32



6 Fiber-optic cable

This clause covers the following for fiber optic communication cables within and to substations

1) General information regarding fiber optic cable types

2) Fiber types

3) Cable construction

4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General

Fiber optic cables are commonly used inside the substation fence because a substation typically has an electrically noisy environment (see IEEE Std 1613 and IEEE Std 1615) Fiber optic cables rely on the principle of the total internal reflection of light This means that fiber optic cables ldquoconductrdquo light (infrared or visible) over distances that depend upon the cable construction installation and transmitter strength and receiver sensitivity

Inside the substation fence fiber optic cable is commonly used to connect together substation IEDs instrumentation such as optical CTs and PTs and communication devices These devices are commonly located in the control house or somewhere within the substation yard typically in yard equipment cabinets Fiber optic cables are typically used in point-to-point links however one point may be a passive or active and allow the creation of multipoint fiber optic loops Metallic armored fiber optic cable should not be installed within a substation See clause 64

Fiber optic cables are also used to connect the substation IEDs to other equipment located outside the substation transporting communications between protective relays for protective relay applications between substations and interconnecting simple to large substation networks to utility enterprise and operational networks Refer to IEEE Std 1590 for fiber optic cable entering a substation and crossing the zone of influence (ZOI)

IEEE Standard Std 4872 (published in 2013) and IEEE Std 4873 as referencewill replace the existing IEEE Std 1590


27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920212223

242526272829

3031323334

3536

Zook Adam 010414
IEEE Standard 4872 and 4873 as reference
Zook Adam 030814
DKHFOSC This entire section (6 and all sub-sections) could fall in the informative category It would perhaps be better suited for an AnnexCMP ResponseSee previous comment response in clause 5BRATOPNFOSC BBRATON FOSC 61 (d) - Metallic armoring in


All fiber cables have the same basic components that vary with the type of fiber core and cable construction as shown in Figure 4

a) Core The core is transparent to light and is typically made from glass or plastic

b) Cladding The cladding consists of an optical material on the layer outside the core that reflects or

bends the light back into the core Cladding is typically 125 μm thick

c) Buffer The buffer can be made of multiple layers that do not carry light The buffer protects the

inner layers from moisture and damage where moisture inhibits the performance of the core The

buffer also includes strength members typically made of aramid yarn to prevent the fiber from

breaking

d) Jacket The jacket provides the outermost layer or layers of protection for the fibers The jacket

materials depend on the application and serves as mechanical protection to the fiber core and

cladding inside Metallic and non-metallic armoring can be considered part of the cable jacket

Common types of fiber optic cable jackets with and without armoring are discussed in clause 64

Cable color and fiber colors have color codes per TIA-598-C when containing a single type of fiber

Figure 4mdashTypical fiber cable construction

62 Fiber types

Three types of optical fibers find common usage singlemode glass multimode glass and plastic Comparisons between cabled versions of glass fiber are shown in Table 4 based upon amendment 2 of IEC 11801 (for glass fiber) with TIA and IEC cross references Distances shown are typical

Table 4mdashFiber type characteristicsSpecification Multimode Singlemode

Plastic OM1 OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1 OS2ITU-T NA NA G6511 G6511 G6511 G652

Table 2G655C G655D

TIA NA 492AAAA

492AAAB 492AAAC-B 492AAAD 492CAAA 492CAAB

IEC 60793-2-10 Type (MM)IEC 60793-2-50 Type (SM)

NA A1b A1a1 Type A1a2 Type A1a3 B13 B4C B4D

Core μm NA 625 50 50 50 9 9


28

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

1617

18

192021

22


Cladding μm NA 125 125 125 125 125 125Laser Optimized NA No No Yes Yes No NoWavelength of transmitted light nm

NA 8501300

8501300

8501300

8501300

13101550

1310 1383 1550

Maximum attenuation dBkm NA 3515 3515 3515 3515 10 04Minimum modal bandwidth-length for overfilledlaunch at 850 nm(MHzmiddotkm)

NA 200 500 1500 3500 NA NA

Minimum modal bandwidth-length for overfilledlaunch at 1300 nm(MHzmiddotkm)

NA 500 500 500 500 NA NA

Minimumeffective modal bandwidth-length at 850 nm(MHzmiddotkm)

NA Not specified

Not specified

2000 4700 NA NA

100 MB Ethernet channel distance m

NA 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

1 GB Ethernet channel distance m

NA 275 550 550 1000 2000 2000


NA 33 82 300 550 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000

Other types of fiber exist that are not in Table 4 Plastic fibers are not shown because there are no standards for plastic fiber optic cables Bend-insensitive fiber has been introduced for singlemode (BISMF) and multimode fiber (BIMMF) Bend insensitive fiber is of interest when tight bends can not be avoided in the cable installation Any bend insensitive fiber only addresses the optical performance at tight bends and does not change the fiberrsquos other capabilities Bend insensitive fibers are generally available in OM2 OM3 and OM4 multimode versions and singlemode versions Some manufacturers have decided to make all multimode fiber as bend-insensitive fiber Care should be used when testing bend insensitive fibers and when installing both normal and bend insensitive fiber It is still being argued within industry whether or not interoperability exists between standard and bend-insensitive fibers Standards for BIMMF and BISMF are

a) ITU-T G657 provides two categories of single mode fiber

1) Category A fiber that is ITU-T G652 compliant

i) A1 provides a minimum 10 mm bending radius

ii) A2 provides a minimum 75 mm bending radius

2) Category B fiber that is not ITU-T G652 compliant

i) B2 provides a minimum 75 mm bending radius

ii) B3 provides a minimum 5 mm bending radius

b) IEC 60793-2-10 for multimode fiber provides a 375 mm bending radius

c) ITU-T G6511 for multimode fiber provides a 15 mm bending radius

Table 5 compares the different fiber alternatives


29

1

23456789

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21


Table 5mdashComparison of fiber types

Consideration Singlemode fiber Multimode fiber Plastic fiber (HCS)Distance Longest Moderate ShortestCost Moderate Moderate LowestUse Inter-substation fiber Intra-substation fiber

Moderate distances to outside substation

Intra-substation fiber of short length

621 Singlemode fiber Singlemode glass fiber has a fiber core diameter of about 9 microm which is much closer in size to the wavelength of light being propagated about 13 microm The result is that only a light ray at a 0deg incident angle can pass through the length of fiber without much loss The core is small enough to restrict transmission to a singlemode This singlemode propagation happens in all fibers with smaller cores when light can physically enter the fiber The mode depends on the wavelength of the light used as calculated by EIATIA-455-191 (FOTP-191) Singlemode fiber typically has a core diameter of 8 to 10 μm and uses near infrared wavelengths of 1310 nm and 1550 nm Because of a singlemode of light transmission the number of light reflections created as the light passes through the core decreases lowering attenuation and creating the ability for the signal to travel faster and farther than multimode

Because of the small core singlemode fiber transmitters require very precisely mounted lasers and the receivers require very precisely-mounted photodiodes The cost of the laser and associated driver circuitry contributes to the cost of fiber links Singlemode is used for high data rates or distances longer than a few kilometers

Cable performance classifications of singlemode fiber are unclear

OS1 is dispersion-unshifted singlemode fiber that has a nominal zero-dispersion wavelength at 1310 nm OS1 is appropriate to internal tight buffered cable construction OS1 is an old specification for singlemode fiber traceable to ISOIEC 11801 published in 1995 The term OS1 was introduced around 2002 OS1 is a general term used to specify singlemode optical fibers that comes under the heading of ITU-T G652

OS2 is dispersion-unshifted singlemode fiber that has a nominal zero-dispersion wavelength in the 1310 nm transmission window The origins of OS2 fiber are in the industrial premises standard ISOIEC 24702 and OS2 was introduced in 2006 These fibers are characterized by having a low environmentally stable attenuation coefficient in the vicinity of 1383 nm which is traditionally referred to as the ldquowater peakrdquo The low attenuation values of OS2 fiber are typically only realistic in loose tube cables or blown fiber where the original optical fiber is almost unaltered by the cabling process

There is a slight problem of guaranteed interoperability between OS1 and OS2 fibers because an OS1 cable is not simply an indoor version of an OS2 cable When using the OS1OS2 performance specifications make sure they are for the constructed cables and not just the optical fibers contained within them

622 Multimode fiberMultimode fiber has a core diameter that is relatively large compared to a wavelength of light 50 to 1000 microm compared to lightrsquos wavelength of about 1 microm Light can propagate through the fiber in many different ray paths or modes for this reason the name is multimode There are two types of multimode fibers the simpler and older step-index multimode and graded-index

Step-index fiber has same index of refraction (the ability of a material to bend light) all across the core Modal dispersion causes pulses to spread out as they travel along the fiber the more modes the fiber


30

1

2

3456789

101112

13141516

17

181920212223242526272829

303132

3334353637

3839

Zook Adam 030814
MBOXTERFOSC The fiber optic section should be updated with a sectionparagraph on the newer bend-insensitive fiber cables Reference should be made to ITUG657A1 and G657A2 which are the standards for bend-insensitive fibersG657 A (G652 compliant) A1 fibrefor 10 mm bending radius A2 fibre for 75 mm bending radiusG657 B(not G652 compliant) B2 fibre for 75 mm bending radius B3 fibre for 5 mm bending radiusCMP ResponseAdded but put it prior to split of discussion on multimode and singlemode as BIMMF and BISMF exist and have commonalities between them


transmits the more pulses spread out Different rays travel different distances taking different amounts of time to transit the fiberrsquos length When a short pulse of light is transmitted the various rays emanating from that pulse arrive at the other end of the fiber at different times and the output pulse will be longer in duration than the input pulse This is called modal dispersion or pulse spreading which limits the number of pulses per second that can be transmitted down a fiber and still be recognizable as separate pulses at the other end This limits the bit rate or bandwidth of a multimode fiber A typical step-index multimode fiber with a 50 microm core is limited to approximately 20 MHz for one kilometer or a bandwidth of 20 MHzbullkm

Graded index multimode fiber has a gradual change in the index of refraction across the core from a maximum at the center to a minimum near the edges This design leverages the phenomenon of light traveling faster in a low-index-of-refraction material than in a high-index material The graded index allows light rays that travel near the edges of the core travel faster for a longer distance thereby transiting the fiber in approximately the same time as other rays traveling more slowly near the center of the core A typical graded-index fiber may have bandwidth between 200 MHzbullkm and 3 GHzbullkm Subsequently multimode fiber allows high data rates at long distances (for example 100 Mbps at approximately 2000 m) Multimode fiber transmitters typically use precision-mounted LEDs and the receivers use precision-mounted photo-diodes The main limitation of the media is the optical pulse dispersion which is predominant at high data rates and long distances

High performance multimode fibers are also available for use with gigabit Ethernet networks utilizing laser light sources Laser optimized cables are specifically designed for these networks because of the smaller optical budget limits or link loss budgets By optimizing the link loss of the cable longer cable runs are possible

The OM designations are to specify the cabled performance of the fiber and are as follows

OM1 is a legacy grade fiber originally was designed for use with 1300 nm LEDs that operate at speeds of 100 Mbps

OM2 fiber enables extension of legacy 50 μm MMF cabling and is typically used for entry-level 1 Gb speed performance

OM3 laser-optimized fiber is the minimum recommended performance level for new installations today OM3 is fully compatible with legacy OM2 installations

OM4 is a laser-optimized fiber that further extends the capabilities of OM3 and is fully compatible with legacy OM3 and OM2 installations OM4 is recommended when OM3 distance ranges are exceeded or it is anticipated they will be exceeded in the future

Using two different types of fiber in the same run should be avoided because it can cause severe losses Connecting a 50125 multimode fiber to a 625125 multimode fiber results in easy coupling of the smaller core of the 50125 to the 625125 fiber and is very insensitive to offset and angular misalignment However the larger core of 625125 fiber overfills the core of the 50125 fiber creating excess loss

623 Plastic fiberPlastic fiber optic cable as a general term can be organized into the following types of multimode cables

a) hard-clad silica (HCS)

b) polymer-clad fiber (PCF)

c) hard plasticpolymer clad silica (HPCS)

d) plastic clad silica (PCS)


31

1234567

89

1011121314151617

18192021

22

232425262728293031323334

35363738

3940

41

42

43

44


These plastic cables have a glass core and plastic cladding These typically have a step index profile and exhibit a limited bandwidth of approximately 20 MHzbullkm to 30 MHzbullkm The most successful implementation is HCS of a 200 microm or 230 microm size

There is also polymerplastic optical fiber (POF) that is made out of plastic with the core material as polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) and fluorinated polymers used for the cladding material POF could also be based on perfluorinated polymers (mainly polyperfluorobutenylvinylether) that offer greater bandwidth performance POF is transparent to light within the visible spectrum from 400-780 nm where the most commonly used LEDs and photodiodes work with red light at 650 nm The POF core size can be up to 100 times larger than the core of glass fiber

Plastic fiber losses are extremely high but the material is very inexpensive Plastic fiber selection can be driven by very low-cost LEDs and detected by inexpensive photo-transistors but the fiber can only be used over shorter distances that are also very typical in substation applications However there are no standards for plastic fiber

POF and HCS characteristics make it more suited for some applications over traditional glass fiber such as applications that require

very tight bend radius where these products may have a bend radius as low as 20-25 mm without excessive attenuation

visual troubleshooting where the assemblies transmit the signal using visible light making the user aware of its attachment to an active laser and allowing them to avoid associated dangers

wide tolerance for scratching and contamination (when using higher frequencies) that allows performance at an acceptable level despite some compromise in physical condition

resistance to an environment that includes strong vibration

POF is typically used for illumination and medical applications where communications is a specialty application and there are no standards for this POF as there are for multimode and singlemode fibers Care should be used when using POF from different vendors to ensure they are compatible

624 Cable constructionThere are a wide variety of fiber optic cable constructions using the fiber types discussed in the previous clause In addition to choices of fiber type the number of fibers can range from two to hundreds

In addition there is an internal dielectric tension member aramid strength member a duct that is integral with the cable and armor The cable diameter is a function of the construction and ranges from 4 mm to more than 20 mm Additional information about available cable constructions is available from various manufacturers Cable types are loose tube tight buffer and ribbon types

625 Loose tube cablesLoose tube cables are composed of several fibers inside a small plastic tube each tube is wound around a central strength member surrounded by aramid strength members and jacketed

The buffer tubes are color-coded A gel filling compound or water absorbent powder impedes water penetration through the loose tube and the fiber can freely move within the tube This construction provides a small high fiber count cable This provides less strain and the fiber expands and contracts with changes in temperature Loose tube fiber can be used in conduits strung overhead or buried directly into the ground In addition the fibers have better bending performances as the fiber inside can wander inside the loose tube cable Loose tube cables can be stretched more during installation without stressing the optical fiber Loose tube cables are most widely used in outside plant applications because it offers the best protection for the


32

123

456789

10111213

1415

16171819202122

232425

262728

29303132

333435

36373839404142


fibers under high pulling tensions and can be easily protected from moisture with water-blocking gel or tapes Some outdoor cables may have double jackets with a metallic armor between them to protect from chewing by rodents or kevlar for strength to allow pulling by the jackets Loose tube fibers can be constructed into cables that are armored all dielectric self supporting (ADSS) or optical ground wire (OPGW)

626 Tight buffered cablesTight buffered cables have the buffering material in direct contact with the fiber which tightly wraps around the optical fiber This provides a rugged cable structure for better mechanical protection of fibers during handling and installation The strength members are placed either after the outer cable jacket or around each individual fiber optic jacket which is often referred to as sub-jackets

Tight buffer cables are typically used when cable flexibility and ease of termination are important with the following types

Simplex and zipcord are used mostly for patch cord or jumper applications where the fiber is installed between patch panels between end devices or between end devices and patch panels Simplex cables are one fiber tight-buffered (coated with a 900 micron buffer over the primary buffer coating) with aramid fiber strength members and jacketed The jacket is usually 3mm (18 in) diameter Zipcord is simply two of these joined with a thin web Simplex and zipcord cable constructions may allow for indoor andor outdoor installations

Distribution cable is a very popular indoor cable because it is small in size and light in weight They typically contain several tight-buffered fibers bundled under the same jacket with aramid strength members and sometimes fiberglass rod reinforcement to stiffen the cable and prevent kinking These cables are used for short dry conduit runs riser and plenum applications The fibers are typically double buffered and can be directly terminated but because their fibers are not individually reinforced these cables need to be broken out or terminated inside a patch panel or junction box to protect individual fibers

Breakout cable is very popular for rugged applications for direct termination without patch panels Breakout cables consist of several simplex cables bundled together inside a common jacket This provides a strong rugged design however the cable is larger and more expensive than distribution cables Breakout cable is suitable for conduit runs riser and plenum applications Breakout cable can be more economic in some situations because there they require much less labor to terminate

627 Ribbon cablesRibbon cable is preferred where high fiber counts and small diameter cables are needed Ribbon cable has the most fibers in the smallest cable because all the fibers are laid out in rows in ribbons and the ribbons are laid on top of each other Ribbon cable is usually the lowest cost and 144 fibers may have only a cross section of about 32 mm 6 mm for the fiber and 13 mm for the jacket Ribbon cable is outside plant cable and can be filled with gel or water absorbent powder to prevent harm to the fibers from water

628 Overall jacketsThis includes temperature sunlight and exposure to water

Some available constructions include cables designed for the following

a) Indoor (plenum and riser)

b) Outdoor including

1) OPGW (see IEEE Std 1138)


33

12345

6789

10

1112

1314151617181920212223242526272829303132

333435363738

3940

41

42

43

44

Zook Adam 010414
BBRATONFOSC 615 - Again metallic armor should be avoided616 - Add to end of description for FC connectors for high density installations Also in the table under name ldquoFCrdquo originally stood for ldquoface contactrdquo


2) all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) (see IEEE Std 1222)

3) wrapped (see IEEE Std 1594)

4) direct-bury armored

c) Multi-use or indooroutdoor

629 Indoor cable jacketsIndoor cables use flame-retardant jackets cables may have double jackets with metallic or non-metallic armor between them to protect from chewing by rodents or aramid for strength allowing the jacket to be pulled Indoor-outdoor cables have a PE outer jacket that can be removed to expose a flame-retardant inner jacket for use within buildings

The overall jacket should be suitable for the conditions in which the fiber optic cable will be installed The NEC 2011 designates the following indoor fiber optic cables

Optical Fiber Nonconductive Plenum (OFNP) cables have fire-resistance and low smoke production characteristics They can be installed in ducts plenums and other spaces used for building airflow This is the highest fire rating fiber cable and no other cable types can be used as substitutes

Optical Fiber Conductive Plenum (OFCP) cables have the same fire and smoking rating as OFNP cables but they have a conducting armor or central strength member which is usually steel OFCP cables must be properly grounded at both ends As a result OFCP cables can not be installed in the same cable tray or conduit as power cables

Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser (OFNR) cables are used in riser areas that are building vertical shafts or runs from one floor to another floor OFNR cables can not be installed in plenum areas since they do not have the required fire and smoking rating as plenum cables

Optical Fiber Conductive Riser (OFCR) cables have the same fire rating characteristics as OFNR cables but they have conducting armor or central strength member such as steel OFCR cables should be properly grounded at both ends OFCR cables can not be installed in the same cable trays or conduits as power cables

Optical Fiber Nonconductive General-Purpose (OFNG) cables are typically used in horizontal cabling single floor applications OFNG cables can not be used in plenums or risers

Optical Fiber Conductive General-Purpose (OFCG) cables have the same fire characteristics as OFNG cables but they have conducting armor or central strength members such as steel OFCG cables should be properly grounded at both ends They should not be installed in the same cable tray or conduits as power cables

Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable (OFN)

Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable (OFC) Some fiber optic installations may require extra protection for the cable due to an installation environment with congested pathways damage due to rodents construction work weight of other cables and other factors Both metallic and dielectric armored options exist Inside a substation control house or other building use of indoor rated cables with metallic armor is avoided For discussion of armor see clause 642

When jacket coloring is used for indoor cable the color coding typically follows the following for indoor cable of a single fiber type for non-military applications per TIA-598-C

Yellow ndash singlemode optical fiber (TIA-492C000TIA-492E000) Orange ndash multimode optical fiber (50125 TIA-492AAAB 625125 TIA-492AAAA 100140) Aqua ndash Laser optimized 50125 micrometer multi-mode optical fiber (TIA-492AAAC) Grey ndash outdated color code for multimode optical fiber Blue ndash polarization-maintaining fiber


34

1

2

3

4

56789

1011

12131415161718192021222324252627282930313233

3435363738

3940

4142434445


Other jacket colors may be used as long as they are agreed to by the user and manufacturer

The cable can also be installed in a colored conduit (or innerduct) in lieu of the jacket coloring to better differentiate the cable from the other substation cables

6210 Outdoor cable jacketsOutdoor rated cable requires protecting the fibers from the environment especially water Either a gel or absorbent tape or powder is used to prevent water from entering the cable and causing harm to the fibers Generally this applies to loose tube or ribbon cables but dry water-blocking is used on some tight buffer cables used in short outdoor runs Outside cables generally have black polyethelene (PE) jackets that resist moisture and sunlight exposure sometimes these jackets are color-coded like indoor cable when they indooroutdoor rated The cable can also be installed in a colored conduit (or innerduct) in lieu of the jacket coloring to better differentiate the cable from the other substation cables

Some outdoor cables may have double jackets with metallic or non-metallic armor between them to protect from chewing by rodents or aramid for strength allowing the jacket to be pulled Indoor-outdoor cables have a PE outer jacket that can be removed to expose a flame-retardant inner jacket for use within buildings

Fiber optic cable installed in underground applications may have an overall metallic armored jacket Metallic armored fiber optic cables are often installed for added mechanical protection Two types of metallic armor exist

Interlocked armor is an aluminum armor that is helically wrapped around the cable and found in indoor and indooroutdoor cables It offers ruggedness and superior crush resistance

Corrugated armor is a coated steel tape folded around the cable longitudinally It is found in outdoor cables and offers extra mechanical and rodent protection

Use of metallic armoring in fiber cables is avoided in substations and power plants The use of metallic armoring for fiber cables is a carryover from the phone companies that were not familiar with installations where there is substantial ground potential rise Metallic armored cable is terminated outside the substation to transition to another fiber cable type that is more appropriate for installation in a substation See IEEE Std 4872

OPGW is not considered metallic armored cable but when used should not be used for building entrance Even with the best grounding practices it is possible for a severe ground potential rise to vaporize a section of the fiber cable and damage other cables andor equipment or personnel in its proximity Typically OPGW cable is terminated in an outdoor cable enclosure where it is spliced to another cable type more suitable for building entrance

Dielectric-armored cable options exist offering the protection of armor without the requirement for grounding and bonding the armor and without the need for a conduit

6211 TerminationsLoose tube cables with singlemode fibers are generally terminated by splicing pigtails onto the fibers and protecting them in a splice enclosure Multimode loose tube cables can be terminated directly by installing a breakout kit or fan-out kit which sleeves each fiber for protection In each case the fibers are ultimately terminated with connectors

There are hundreds of fiber optic connectors that can be used to terminate fiber optic cables The ones in common use are shown in the Table 6 Multimode connectors typically follow the cable color code Singlemode connectors are blue when angle-polished singlemode are green Outlets are also similarly color coded In most cases the choice of a devicersquos fiber termination is done by a vendor who may


35

1

23

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19202122

2324252627

2829303132

3334

3536373839

40414243


provide no or limited options The introduction of the SFP (small form-factor pluggable) transceivers allows the user to install the transceiver appropriate for each application (fiber type and distance) SFP transceivers may usually use the LC connector but in some instances different connector types may be available to provide the desired connector type

Table 6mdashFiber optic cable connectors

Acronym

Name Standard Description SM MM POF Ferrulemm

ST 1 Stab and Twist2 Straight Tip3 Square Tip

1 IEC 61754-22 FOCIS 2

EIATIA-604-2

The most common connector used in substations that features an individual bayonet locking system for each fiber Similar in appearance to a BNC connector

Rare X 25

SC 1 Square Connector2 Stick and Click3 Subscriber

Connector4 Standard Connector

1 IEC 61754-42 TIA-568-A3 FOCIS 3

EIATIA-604-3

Contains housing for both fibers and has a push-pull locking mechanism Snaps into place Can be a single ferrule or duplex Replaced by LC connector

25

MT-RJ 1 Mechanical Transfer Registered Jack

2 Media Termination Recommended Jack

1 IEC 61754-182 FOCIS 12

EIATIA-604-12

Uses a latch mechanism similar to the 8P8C connector There are male and female connectors Only allows removal of both fibers

X 245times44 mm

LC 1 Little Connector2 Lucent Connector3 Local Connector

1 IEC 61754-202 FOCIS 10

EIATIA-604-10

Allows independent removal of the fibers Snaps into place Used for high density applications Commonly found on small form pluggable (SFP) transceivers Replaced the SC connector

X X 125

FC 1 Ferrule Connector2 Fiber Channel3 Face Contact

1 IEC 61754-132 FOCIS

EIATIA-604-4

A legacy competitor to the ST with better performance for single-mode fiber Have been replaced by SC and LC connectors Used for high density installations

X 25

SMA 1 Sub Miniature A Screws into place Considered obsolete

X X Varies

VPIN Snaps into place with push-pull coupling Used in industrial and electrical utility applications

X 22

V-pin (VPIN) Versatile Link and VersaLink and are all names given to the proprietary fiber optic connector originally developed by Hewlitt-Packard which is now owned by Avago These are connectors are not typically used on singlemode and multimode fiber cables

Single-mode fiber typically uses FC or ST connectors expect LC on high bandwidth equipment Multimode fiber typically uses ST connectors expect LC on high-bandwidth products (Ethernet) equipment


The service conditions listed in fiber optic cable specifications likely differ from the service conditions experienced in substations See Annex B for the general discussion of the mechanical ingress climatic or electromagnetic (MICE) characteristics IEC TR 62362 offers additional guidance on the selection of optical fiber cable specifications relative to MICE


36

1234

5

6

7

89

10

111213

14

15161718


Mapping the MICE characteristics onto existing fiber optic cable standards will likely change the cable construction so the cable can perform within the required environment Fiber optic cables are typically classified as outside plant (OSP) or inside plant Environmental requirements are specified in several fiber optic cable standards where operating temperature is a typical concern in substations Telcordia GR-20 and ICEA S-87-640 contain reliability and quality criteria to protect optical fiber in all operating conditions installed as outside plant Outdoor cable standard ANSIICEA S-87-640 defines very low temperatures as -50 degC with normal operation of -40 to 70 degC

For indoor plant Telcordia GR-409 and ICEA S-83-596 define the environmental requirements ICEA S-83-596 defines normal operating temperature ranges for different types of indoor cable 0 to 70 degC for backbone horizontal and all interconnect cables -20 to 70 degC for riser and general purpose vertical backbone and 0 to 70 degC for vertical plenum The 2011 NEC Article 770179 requires all indoor optical fiber cables have a temperature rating of not less than 60 degC (140 degF) The TIA standards for multimode and singlemode fiber also contain temperature performance requirements over the range of -60 to +85 degC

For OPGW IEEE Std 1138 references TIAEIA-455-3 for a temperature range of at least ndash40 ordmC to at least 85 ordmC For ADSS IEEE Std 1222 references a temperature range of ndash40 ordmC to +65 ordmC For wrapped fiber IEEE Std 1594 references TIAEIA 455-3A for a maximum temperature range of ndash40 ordmC to 85 ordmC These standards also include other environmental requirements and tests for these types of cables

In addition to the service conditions for the cable service conditions for the optical connectors are also important The IEC 61754 series and the TIA-604 series have no temperature requirements for fiber optic connectors Annex A of TIA-568-C3 requires fiber optic connectors perform from -10 degC to 60 degC using TIA-455-4 (FOTP-4) and TIA-455-188 (FOTP-188) The referenced TIA-455 standards actually allow wider temperature ranges from -65 degC to 500 degC Connectors and cable used in the same environment should be rated for the same temperature range

64 Cable selection

Each fiber optic cable is typically specified with the following information for proper application Before starting the selection process determine the options available in the end devices for each fiber run including fiber type connectors wavelength and bandwidth These will likely impact the selection of fiber cables to be used as designated by

a) Fiber type

b) Buffer tube configuration

c) Number of total fibers

d) Cable jacket

e) Terminations

641 Fiber typeSelecting the proper fiber type (plastic multimode singlemode) typically follows the following steps

a) Calculate the distance involved (route)b) Determine the required bandwidthc) Determine the attenuation requirements


37

1234567

89

10111213

14151617

181920212223

24

25262728

29

30

31

32

33

3435

363738

Craig Preuss 030814
Re-worked section and put discussion and standards laterDKHFOSC (
116725 030814
to ITUG657A1 and G657A2 which are the standards for bend-insensitive fibersG657 A (G652 compliant) A1 fibrefor 10 mm bending radius A2 fibre for 75 mm bending radiusG657 B(not G652 compliant) B2 fibre for 75 mm bending radius B3 fibre for 5 mm bending radiusAdded but put it prior to split of discussion on multimode and singlemode as BIMMF and BISMF exist and have commonalities between themNote to editor the indent problem appears to end hereDKHFOSC OPGW (see IEEE Std 1138 Please remove reference to IEEE Std 15911) ADSS (see IEEE Std 1222) Wrapped (see IEEE Std 1593)IEEE Std 1138 is now primarily a testing document for OPGW 15911 is testing requirements for OPGW hardware Both should be referenced in the testing clause Only 1138 hereIEEE 1594 is actually the correct reference for wrapped and the hardware spec is 15913


If possible consideration should be given to using the same type of fiber and wavelength and mode-type throughout the substation This will minimize the number of converters needed but it is likely that all three fibertypes are required for different applications

Fiber type selection results in the specification of the following

a) Fiber type glass that can be single mode or multimode or plastic with the following

specifications

1) Corecladding diameter

i) Singlemode 9125 μm

ii) Multimode 50125 or 625125 μm

2) Fiber performance designation (including attenuationloss performance) as listed in the table

above

i) OM1 OM2 OM3 and OM4 for multimode

ii) OS1 and OS2 for singlemode

3) Wavelength of transmitted light

i) Singlemode is typically 1310 or 1550 nm

ii) Multimode is typically 850 or 1300 nm

642 Buffer tube configurationsLoose or tight

643 Total number of fibers and tubesCables with more than two fibers (ie patch cables) require selecting the total number fibers and number of tubes and number of fibers per tube requires color coding per TIA 598-C Total fiber cable capacity and the number of fibers per tube both typically contain even number of fiber counts based upon powers of two 2 4 8 16 32 64 etc This is not always the case and no standard exists for how many fiber strands are allowed per tube andor per cable

When fiber cables are terminated on each end by patch panels the total number of fibers and fibers per tube should be matched with the patch panel capacity so that any one fiber cable is not terminated across different patch panels

Consideration should be given in the final fiber count in providing adequate spare capacity Enough capacity ensures that the failure of individual strands can be easily replaced by using an available spare strand But this may also increase the number of supporting equipment (patch panels splice trays enclosure size etc) that will increase installation and maintenance costs

644 Cable jacketSelect the cable jacket characteristics required for the application These are typically based upon the following

1) Environmental considerations such as temperature2) Bend requirements3) Installation requirements such as low installation andor operating temperature


38

123

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

192021222324

252627

28293031

323334

353637


4) Armoring but for safety as well as dependability avoid using any metallic armor in the fiber cable anywhere near a substation

5) Other

Cable jacket selection depends upon the installation location such as indoor outdoor or indooroutdoor See IEC TR 62362 for guidance on the selection of optical fiber cable specifications relative to mechanical ingress climatic or electromagnetic characteristics See Annex B for the applicable characteristics for a substation

Plastic fiber cables are typically the most inexpensive cables and connectors but are distance limited that may or may not impact their selection in the substation Multi-mode cables are less expensive to install less efficient than single-mode cables and are used for shorter runs within substations and outside substations The termination devices are less expensive than for single-mode Regardless of fiber the transmission distance is impacted by the optical loss of the cable the insertion loss of any splices or connectors the reflection loss of any splices or connectors and the transmitter power and receiver sensitivity


Because fiber optic cables typically have many strands of fiber in them they differ from other communication cables and require more planning and design Consideration should be undertaken at the start of the design for

a) Future expansion

b) Type of splicing to be used (fusion andor mechanical)

c) Type of connectors to be used

d) Patching of fiber strands to complete a communication path and subsequent location of patch

panels and splice enclosures

e) Level of system reliability required that may impact the routing

f) Pole clearance requirements when run overhead within or exiting a substation

g) Right of way or easements for boring or installing underground conduit when exiting a substation

With fiber cable system designs the use of lasers in equipment designed for long fiber runs may result in overdriving the receiver photodiode on shorter runs which can cause the fiber link to fail

Impurities in the glass fibers degrade the light signal within the fiber depending upon the wavelength of the transmitted light and the distance between transmitter and receiver When the signal is transmitted over great distances optical regenerators may be required to boost signal strength

The following clauses specifically address cable route design routing electrical segregation and separation of redundant cable

651 Cable route designFiber optic cable route design is more than just a raceway design where Annex E contains more details on electrical cable raceway design and Annex I contains information on diversityredundancy

Fiber optic cable route design includes raceway support hardware splice enclosures and patch panels Splicing is integral to the enclosures and patch panels


39

123

4567

89

1011121314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

293031

3233

343536

3738

Zook Adam 010414
DKHFOSC NPCC considerations with respect to route diversity and minimum separation of cables should be mentioned
Zook Adam 010414
BBRATON FOSC64 - For best transient avoidance use non-metallic cable within a 2- inch PVC conduit where rodent protection is required For larger rodents use larger (4-inch conduit) conduit For safety as well as dependability it is highly recommended avoiding any metallic components in the fiber cable anywhere near a substation


6511 RacewayWhen fiber optic cables are installed in raceway without electrical conductors raceway fill is not required (NEC 2011) raceway fill is only required when optical fiber is located within the same raceway as electrical cable (NEC 2011)

The substation fiber optic cable raceway will be different inside and outside the substation control house Inside the control house use of cable tray and conduit is common Trays and conduit dedicated for fiber runs may be colored yellow or orange for the specific application When installed in its own raceway that raceway should be supported per TIA-569-C NEC Article 770 contains the installation requirements for raceways that support fiber optic cables and compositehybrid cables which combine optical fibers with current-carrying metallic conductors


One of the types of conduit used for buried fiber optic cable is the continuous-reeled type Such continuous duct is popular because it is inexpensive and offers enough protection to allow the use of the less expensive cable constructions

Transitions from indoor plant to outdoor plant require careful planning when not using indooroutdoor rated fiber optic cable Proper patch panel placement is required to ensure proper transitioning between outdoor only cable to indoor only cable

For best transient avoidance use all-dielectric cable within a two inch PVC conduit where rodent protection is required For larger rodents use larger four inch conduit

6512 Support hardwareSupport hardware is used for connecting the cable to support structures such as poles or towers Fiber optic cable can include a messenger wire when not using ADSS cable trunions with a cushion for a typical pole connection deadend ties storage loops etc

For OPGW hardware can be dependent on existing transmission line structures and design if it is replacement of an existing static wire For a new transmission line there are different types of supports available

For OPGW hardware see IEEE Std 1591 For ADSS hardware see IEEE Std P15912

For storage loops there are H frames cross arms or spools available for poletower mounting that can be used with or without a splice enclosure mounting These are typically used to store the extra cable needed to remove the splice enclosure and bring it down to a hut or splice trailer for additional splicing or testing Other types of storage units exist that are typically for slack storage that can be utilized for restoration and repairs It is preferred to have stored fiber built into the design

Particular care for the cable jacket is very important with fiber optic cables Tight tie wraps staples clamps and such that may be acceptable for electrical cables should not be used with fiber cables Non-metallic cable straps (with ultraviolet protection and other proper environmental ratings) may be used without issue


40

1234

56789

10

111213141516

171819

202122

2324

25262728

293031

32

3334353637

38394041

Zook Adam 010414
There are other options that can be used that are not H frames but allow independent storage of cable They could be referenced as cross arms or spools
Zook Adam 010414
The IEEE Fiber optic working group is going to release IEEE Std 15912 for ADSS hardware Although it is not relased yet perhaps it could be referenced here as available in the future


6513 Splice enclosuresSplice enclosures are sealed canisters that mount on distribution or transmission poles with a storage loop or can also be hung from a cable These contain splice trays for splicing between two or more fiber optic cables There are multiple sizes of enclosures depending on the cable types counts and number of splices to be housed in the enclosure Bullet resistant covers are available for these as well if required Splice enclosures for fiber optic applications are required to seal so they prevent moisture from entering the closure Moisture is detrimental to the fiber splices Splice installation procedures may include a pressure test to verify that the assembly has been executed properly and that there are no leaks For example 5 psi may be pumped into the closure through an air valve and soapy water sprayed in the sealing areas to identify any leaks

Qualified products can withstand use in a variety of environments such as inside plant outside plant below ground above ground etc

Splice enclosures may also be required in an underground location either in a handhole or splice vaults GR-902 provides requirements for handholes and other below-ground non-concrete splice vaults

6514 Patch panelsPatch panels come in a variety of types from very small housing only 4 count cables to very large housing multiple large count cables and 96 or more terminations Patch panels can be ordered with pre-terminated fiber pigtails pre-terminated fiber cable of specified length or no pre-terminated connectors to the patch panel The pre-terminated type is preferred as field termination of fiber is very tedious and requires high precision for acceptable losses at the connectors Larger patch panels are typically located in a communications rack in substations and smaller patch panels in yard cabinets

Patch panels typically include connectors splice trays splice protectors hook and loop cable tie-downs fiber management spools and built-in strain relief lugs for securing fiber cable

When patch panels are installed on the front of cabinets the front rails should be recessed at least 4 inches to provide room for cable management between the patch panels and cabinet doors and to provide space for cabling between cabinets Similarly if patch panels are to be installed on the rear of cabinets the rear rails should be recessed at least 4 inches

Patch panels shall not be installed in a manner that prevents service access

Some implementers believe patch panels to be potential points of failure and prefer to minimize or avoid such connections as much as possible Patch panels and the additional connections can impact the overall systemrsquos reliability

Patch panels should be used to maintain system flexibility in a substation to accommodate frequent adds moves and changes Patch panels may require additional space in racks and cabinets They are also used to provide a centralized location for testing and monitoring

6515 SplicingThe most common type of splicing although the machines are expensive is fusion splicing due to accuracy and speed Mechanical splices are cheaper but generally require more time for installation and typically have losses ranging from 02 to over 10 dB depending on the type of splice Fusion splicing have lower losses usually less than 01 dB where a loss of 005 dB or less is usually achieved with good equipment and an experienced splicing crew

Mechanical splicing is also performed but these can be larger and take up more space in a splice tray When mechanical splices are used the size of the splice tray needs to be confirmed to properly contain the splices


41

123456789

10

1112

1314

15161718192021

2223

24252627

28

293031

323334

353637383940

414243

Zook Adam 010414
Mechanical Splices can be larger and take up more space in the splice tray One should verify that the splice holder will be properly sized to retain the mechanical splice
Zook Adam 030814
BBRATON FOSC413 - Splice enclosures are sealed but not necessarily pressurized 6413 - Bullet resistant enclosures are also available


Splicing of all fibers in a cable may or may not be required The number of splices required balances current needs against splicing time and costs

652 RoutingFiber optic cable routing follows the same principles as described in Annex F However unlike electrical conductors fiber optic cables have patch panels for interconnecting fibers that are similar to termination cabinets or terminal blocks However there is a significant difference because optical fibers are commonly spliced as an accepted practice

Plan the route using a detailed written plan of installation for each required run of fiber cable This plan includes the fiber cable specification location of equipment patch plans splice details testing requirements data forms for testing personnel experience level and assignment installation methods identification of potential problem areas safety issues etc

Ensure that the cable length is always long enough for the run because fiber splicing is expensive and complicates the design installation and testing Ensure that the route does not include any bends that exceed the cable bend radius

Ensure that patch panels are used to terminate cables inside the control house and inside yard cabinets

Fiber optic cable routing should follow the requirements of TIA-569-C regardless of support for Ethernet Care should be used when routing fiber cables through areas with different environmental requirements

NEC 2011 Article 77048 provides guidance on optical fiber cable that enters a building Unlisted conductive and nonconductive outside plant optical fiber cables are permitted in building spaces other than risers ducts used for environmental air plenums used for environmental air and other spaces used for environmental air This is allowed only when the length of the cable within the building from its point of entrance does not exceed 50 ft the cable enters the building from the outside and the cable is terminated in an enclosure like a patch panel or splice enclosure This exception allows for reasonable conversion from outdoor cable to indoor cable at a convenient location Nonconductive fiber optic cable does not need to be listed and marked where the cable enters the building from the outside and is run in raceway consisting of Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC) Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit (PVC) and Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)

Once the cable system is completely designed calculate the link loss budget or power link budget or optical budget This calculation is based upon the fiber characteristics number of splices and connectors and transmitter power and receiver sensitivity If the losses are too great the design process needs to start again looking for ways to decrease losses such as reducing the number of splices or improving the fiber performance If the fiber run is too short the transmitter power may overwhelm the receiver causing the link to fail

653 Electrical segregation Electrical segregation is not required for non-conductive and conductive fiber optic cable but may be considered whenever copper and fiber cables reside in the same raceway In this case use of innerduct or other means of providing a dedicated raceway can be considered It is becoming more common to install a separate cable tray system for communication cables in substations thereby segregating control and power cable from communication cables This is required in other types of buildings such as data centers and IT rooms By segregating the two types of cables the installation reduces the risk of bend radius and crush-load violations of the fiber optic cables

In cable tray and trench fiber optic cable may be subjected to stress due to the weight of other cables which can induce micro-bending into the fiber optic cable Therefore it is a common practice to place the fiber optic cable in a separate duct installed in the tray trench or conduit (usually plastic) or use a cable


42

12

34567

89

1011

121314

15

1617

18192021222324252627

282930313233

3435363738394041

424344

Zook Adam 010414
DKHFOSC Section 642 643 can be part of the body of the standard


construction with an integral duct This not only protects the cable but also allows easier identification from metallic cables

654 Separation of redundant cable (see Annex I)Since fiber optic cables also include splice closures and patch panels consideration should be given to keeping these facilities separated as well as the redundant cable


Transient protection is not required due to the inherent properties of the fiber unless metallic armored cable is used Unless armored fiber is used Annex G is not applicable Use of armored cable should be avoided within the substation due to the grounding requirements for the armor Armored fiber optic cable may be exposed to lightning induced AC voltage or other foreign electrical surges To protect personnel and equipment a low resistance path to ground or ldquogrounding pointrdquo is provided at any location where the cable armor is exposed such as splice joints and cable ends

Bonding and grounding of metallic armored fiber optic cable is often misunderstood or overlooked The NEC and several industry standards promote safe and effective bonding and grounding practices NEC Article 770 classifies a fiber optic cable containing non-current-carrying metallic components such as armor or metallic strength members as conductive This is why conductive fiber optic cables are bonded and grounded as specified in NEC-2011 Article 770114 Besides the NEC ANSITIA-568-C ANSITIA-569-B and ANSITIA-607-B also provide additional guidance Data centers have also relied on ANSITIAEIA-942 Some locations may have specific local codes for grounding and bonding that may differ from the NEC and industry standards Always consult the local authority having jurisdiction with specific questions regarding compliance

Understanding how to bond and ground a fiber optic system with armored cable can be confusing When all the components of a system are properly bonded together and grounded to the earth the risk associated with electrical current harming personnel or damaging property and equipment is reduced The first step is to bond the cable armor to the bonding conductor when the armor is exposed A bonding conductor is typically a short length of copper wire that can be strandedsolid insulatedcovered or bare such as 6-AWG copper strand that complies with both the NEC and ANSITIA-607-B

The bonding conductor can be attached to the armor by the use of a listed clamp lug or connector as stated in the NEC Once the clamp is installed vinyl tape can be applied around the clamp and exposed armor to protect the installer and the fiber from any sharp edges where the armor is exposed

For the metallic armor fiber optic cable to be fully grounded the bonding conductor is bonded ultimately to earth by connecting the bonding conductor to a dedicated path back to a ground grid or ground rod When inside a substation control house the dedicated path can be a direct run or created by attaching to a rack or cabinetrsquos bonding system that eventually connects to the substation ground grid


There may be special design considerations requiring maximum pulling tension or minimum bending radius that cannot be calculated using the guidelines in Annex J Fiber optic cable pulling should follow the requirements of TIA-568-C In other situations follow the guidelines from the cable manufacturer

Depending on the cable construction the maximum allowable pulling tension on fiber optic cable on short runs of non-self supporting cable can vary from 200 N (45 lb) to more than 3000 N (680 lb) The maximum allowable tension for a particular fiber optic cable should be obtained from the cable manufacturer This


43

12

345

6

789

101112

131415161718192021

222324252627

282930

31323334

35

363738

394041

Zook Adam 010414
DKHFOSC Cable pulling tensions are cable-specific Most of the information here would be best suited for an Appendix
Zook Adam 010414
DKHFOSC Parts of this section (65) may be part of the body of the standard


maximum recommended pulling tension should be noted on any drawings installation instruction etc The theory of pulling tension is the same for fiber optic cable as it is for metallic conductor cable Pulling tension can be calculated based on cable weight conduit system design and coefficient of friction

Fiber optic cables are often pulled for much longer distances than metallic conductor cables especially OPGW and ADSS runs originating from outside the substation These long pulls minimize the number of splices in fiber optic cable which introduce losses and reduce fiber performance The light weight of the cable internal tension members and tube or duct in the cable itself makes these long pulls possible Proper lubrication and good conduit installation are also necessities

The special nature of fiber optic cable pulling ie long pull lengths and longer pull durations require unique lubricants Lightweight fiber optic cable rubs on all sides of the conduit through the natural undulation of long straight runs Many common lubricants flow to the bottom of the raceway and lose effectiveness in this type of pulling

For ADSS cable tension see IEEE Std 1222 For OPGW cable tension see IEEE Std 1138 For wrapped cable tension see IEEE Std 1594


Since optical fibers have only a thin buffer coating the fibers alone must be carefully handled and protected to prevent damage The glass fibers are usually well protected by buffer tubes duct armor etc which are part of the cable construction Even though the glass in the fiber is actually stronger (higher tensile strength per unit area) than a metal conductor there is very little cross-sectional area in a fiber available for strength and support For this reason most fiber optic cables have other components to provide the strength for cable support during pulling handling etc

For ADSS cable handling see IEEE Std 1222 For OPGW cable handling see IEEE Std 1138 For wrapped cable handling see IEEE Std 1594


In order to support the full speed and capability of fiber optic cables it is essential that the fiber cables be installed with care to avoid kinks and excessive attenuation whenever the cables are placed vertically or bent Avoiding kinks and sharp bends is essential to the life of the fibers as well as their performance TIA-568-C provides cabling installation requirements for fiber optic cables used for Ethernet which can also be applied to other non-Ethernet applications (ie serial communications)

Fiber optic cable installations in the US should meet the requirements of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) (Accredited Standards Committee C2-200211) Although the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70 2011 Edition [B100]) is not applicable to substations under the exclusive control of electric utilities it provides valuable guidance

Fiber optic cables in substations can be installed in the same manner as metallic conductor cables however this practice requires robust fiber optic cables that can withstand normal construction handling and still protect the fibers inside There are important differences to be considered in the handling and installation of fiber optic cable as compared to metallic conductor cable

Probably the most common installation mistake is making tight bends in the cable Tight bends kinks knots etc in fiber cable can cause micro-cracking or growth of flaws in the fiber with resulting loss of performance Minimum bending radius in fiber optic cable is typically in the range of 20 times the cable


44

123

45678

9101112

1314

15

161718192021

2223

24

2526272829

30313233

34353637

383940

Zook Adam 010414
DKHFOSC Installation issues may be best suited for another standard As a minimum most of the information here suited for an Appendix
Zook Adam 010414
BBRATON FOSC 68 paragraph 1 - Avoiding kinks and sharp bends is essential to the life of the fibers as well as their performance


diameter This bending radius should be considered by the engineer when specifying conduit bends and pull box openings or sizing guide pulleys sheaves mid-assist capstans etc

As with metallic conductor cable specific coefficients of friction depend on cable jacket type conduit type and the lubricant as well

Short-length fiber optic cable pulls may not require lubricant however for long or complex cable pulls lubricant is critical to making an efficient high quality installation The requirements for fiber-optic cable pulling lubricant are the same as those for metallic conductor cable

a) Compatibility with cable outer covering tube or duct

b) Complete and even coating on the cable for friction reduction at all friction points

c) Consistent low coefficient of friction (over time)

The eventual bandwidth available is highly dependent upon the quality of the workmanship exhibited in termination of fiber optic cables Glass fiber optic connector performance is affected both by the connector and by the glass fiber Concentricity tolerances affect the fiber fiber core and connector body The core optical index of refraction is also subject to variations Stress in the polished fiber can cause excess return loss The fiber can slide along its length in the connector The shape of the connector tip may be incorrectly profiled during polishing The connector manufacturer has little control over these factors so in-service performance may well be below the manufacturers specification

For installation of OPGW (see IEEE Std 1138-2009 [B66]) For ADSS installation see IEEE Std 1222 For wrapped cable installation see IEEE Std 1594


Testing fiber optic cables connectors splices and closures fall into two categories factory testing and field testing Factory testing is sometimes statistical for example a process check A profiling system may be used to ensure the overall polished shape is correct and a good quality optical microscope to check for blemishes Optical Loss Return Loss performance is checked using specific reference conditions against a reference-standard singlemode test lead or using an ldquoEncircled Flux Compliantrdquo source for multimode testing Testing and rejection (ldquoyieldrdquo) may represent a significant part of the overall manufacturing cost

Field testing is usually simpler depending on the fiber run and splicing A special hand-held optical microscope is used to check for dirt or blemishes and an optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) used to identify significant point losses or return losses A power meter and light source or loss test set may also be used to check end-to-end loss Fiber optic cable should always be tested on the reel prior to installation after installation after splicing and then each fiber strand end-to-end Damage can occur to the fiber during any one of these operations which may make one or more fibers unusable if the problem can not be fixed

Prior to commissioning each fiber strand should be tested from both ends for both attenuation and light levels although IEEE Std 1138 does not require every strand of OPGW be tested It is imperative to test both directions to avoid the ldquoblindrdquo spots associated with the cable terminations If these cable test records are stored for future reference degradation of the network can be identified during maintenance

The IEC 61300 series provides basic test and measurement procedures for interconnecting devices and passive components such as connectors splices and closures GR-771 provides testing requirements for fiber optic splice closures

For optical Ethernet cables splices are allowed a maximum of 03 dB loss per the EIATIA-568-C standard This loss per splice may also be applied to any optical cable


45

12

34

567

8

9

10

11121314151617

1819

20

212223242526

272829303132

33343536

373839

4041


The use of lasers in equipment configured for long fiber runs may result in overdriving the receiver photodiode on shorter runs which can cause data errors In addition to checking the received optical power level for excessive attenuation the installer must also ensure that the maximum receive level is not exceeded If this occurs the use of an inline attenuator may be required

Care must also be exercised when using laser transmitters at long wavelengths and high speeds such as 1300 nm 1000BASE-LX over multimode fiber A phenomenon known as differential mode dispersion (DMD) can cause received data errors even when the optical power is within limits Mode conditioning cables can be used to reduce or eliminate these effects Decade-old 625125 micron cable is especially susceptible to DMD

For testing of OPGW see IEEE Std 1138 and IEEE Std 15911 for OPGW hardware For testing of ADSS see IEEE Std 1222 For wrapped cable testing see IEEE Std 1594


7 Power cable (ac and dc lt= 1 kV)

Low-voltage power cables are designed to supply power to utilization devices of the substation auxiliary systems rated 1000 V or less

71 General

Low-voltage power cables are designed to supply power to utilization devices of the substation auxiliary systems rated 1000 V or less This may include but is not limited to low voltage power for station lighting receptacles control room auxiliary power motors switches transformers batteries etc Substation services include both AC and DC voltages

Cables range in size from 14 AWG to 2000 kcmil Triplex single conductor and three conductors per cable are typical cable constructions Both copper and aluminum conductors are used with copper cables being more common

In the United States cables are usually designed and constructed in accordance with NEMA WC 70ICEA S-95-658 [B97] UL 44 UL 83 or UL 854


Differing conditions within a substation need to be examined to determine the appropriate cable to be used Some considerations are ambient temperature length and location of cables nominal system voltages expected fault levels normal and emergency loading conditions and expected lifetime of the systems or substations

Station service cable is likely to be exposed to open air at the transformer connections to the tray or weatherhead (REWRITE)

(WILL LIKELY BE MOVED TO ANNEX B)


46

1234

56789

1011

12

13

1415

16

17181920

212223

2425

26

27282930

3132

33

Adam Zook 040713
THIS SECTION NEEDS MODIFICATION ndash DEFINE POWER CABLE ARE LIGHTING CABLES INCLUDED RE-EVALUATE INFORMATION IN SECTION 4 VS SECTION 7
Zook Adam 010414
THIS SECTION NEEDS MODIFICATION ndash DEFINE POWER CABLE ARE LIGHTING CABLES INCLUDED RE-EVALUATE INFORMATION IN SECTION 4 VS SECTION 7 (FROM KIM NUCKLES REVIEW)



731 Conductor sizingSee IEEE Std 835 for sizes based on ampacity and other factors

732 Voltage ratingIn the past some users found it prudent to install cables with insulation rated at a higher voltage level of 1000 V to prevent failures caused by inductive voltage spikes from de-energizing electromechanical devices eg relays spring winding motors The improved dielectric strength of todayrsquos insulation materials prompted most utilities to return to using 600 V rated insulation for this application Low-voltage power cable rated 600 V and 1000 V is currently in use





Consideration should be given to minimize insulation deformation when cable diameters differ greatly Consideration should also be given when dealing with cables that do not have compatible operating temperatures andor different voltage ratings When cable classifications are mixed the power cable ampacity is calculated as if all the cables were power cables

Segregating low-voltage power cables in the substation cable trench or cable tray system is generally not necessary In areas where low-voltage power cables are not normally expected it may be necessary to segregate or identify these cables so as to increase personnel safety


47

1

23

456789

10

11

12

13

14151617

181920

21






When single conductors are used in trays for two-wire or three-wire power circuits cables should be trained and securely bound in circuit groups to prevent excessive movements caused by fault-current magnetic forces and to minimize inductive heating effects in tray sidewalls and bottom

Consideration of circuit voltage drop may lead to cables larger than the available space in typical service panels and connectors Typical enclosure sizes and entryways may be replaced with larger enclosures and entryways in the design phase to account for the larger cable sizes or multiple conductors per phase This may reduce the possibility of for example having to use conductor reducing terminal connectors within an enclosure due to limited interior space or bending radius constraints


Consideration should be given to using stress cones or stress relief at termination points for cables operating at circuit voltages greater than 600 volts


Low-voltage power cables may be insulation-resistance tested prior to connecting cables to equipment These cables may be tested as part of the system checkout

The low-voltage power cable insulation resistance tests should measure the insulation resistance between any possible combination of conductors in the same cable and between each conductor and station ground with all other conductors grounded in the same cable

8 Medium voltage power cable (1 kV to 35 kV)

Medium-voltage power cables are designed to supply power to substation utilization devices other substations or customer systems rated higher than 1000 V

NOTEmdashOil-filled and gas-insulated cables are excluded from this definition and are not covered in this guide

The proper design of medium voltage power cable systems is dependent on many factors including system nominal voltage system fault level voltage drop conductor material insulation and shielding material type of ductwork (whether direct buried or in duct) phase spacing (and conductor spacing) phase arrangement number of conductors installed method of shield grounding earth thermal resistivity ambient temperature current loading load cycling and load factor These factors make it prudent to consult industry codes


48

1

2

3

4

567

89

101112

13

1415

16

1718

192021

22

2324

25

262728293031




821 Conductor sizingPhase transposition andor proximity heating should be considered for long runs of medium-voltage power cables See IEEE Std 835

822 Voltage rating and insulation levelFor medium-voltage cables it is usual practice to select an insulation system that has a voltage rating greater than the expected continuous phase-to-phase conductor voltage For solidly grounded systems (with rapid fault clearing) the 100 insulation level is typically selected The 133 insulation level is typically applied on systems where clearing time exceeds one minute but does not exceed one hour The 173 insulation level is typically applied where de-energization can exceed one hour or is indefinite The delayed clearing times are typically used with high-impedance-grounded or ungrounded systems (such as a delta system) where continuity of operations or an orderly shutdown is critical The 133 and 173 insulation levels may also be selected where the application meets the requirements of a lower level but additional thickness is desired

823 Cable constructionA shielded construction is typically used for 5 kV and higher rated cables The use of shielding and shield grounding of medium-voltage power cables minimizes deterioration of cable insulation or jackets caused by surface discharges (electrical stress) reduces the hazard of shock to personnel and confines the electric field within the cable

A shield screen material is applied directly to the insulation and in contact with the metallic shield It can be semiconducting material or in the case of at least one manufacturer a stress control material At the high voltages associated with shielded cable applications a voltage gradient would exist across any air gap between the insulation and shield The voltage gradient may be sufficient to ionize the air causing small electric arcs or partial discharge These small electric arcs burn the insulation and eventually cause the cable to fail The semiconducting screen allows application of a conducting material over the insulation to eliminate air gaps between insulation and ground plane

Various shield screen material systems include the following

a) Extruded semiconducting thermoplastic or thermosetting polymer

b) Extruded high-dielectric-constant thermoplastic or thermosetting polymer referred to as a stress control layer


Medium-voltage power cable circuits are recommended to be installed in dedicated raceways Control protection instrumentation and communications circuits should not be installed in the same raceway as the medium voltage cables unless separated by a solid fixed barrier When installing cables in cable trays medium-voltage power cables should be installed in a single layer The sum of the cable diameters should not exceed the cable tray width


49

1

2

345

6789

101112131415

1617181920

21222324252627

28

29

3031

32

3334353637




An additional function of shielding is to minimize radio interference The selection of the shield grounding locations and the effects of single and multiple grounds are points to be considered for the proper installation of shielded cable The shielding recommendations contained in IEEE Std 575 should be followed


Medium-voltage power cables should be segregated from all other cables and installed so that their voltage cannot be impressed on any lower voltage system Methods for achieving this segregation include the following

c) Installation of medium-voltage cables in raceways that are separated from low-voltage power and control cables and from instrumentation cables Installation of different voltage classes of medium-voltage power cables in separate raceways is also recommended Cables installed in stacked cable trays should be arranged by descending voltage levels with the higher voltages at the top

d) Utilization of armored shielded cables (separate raceways are still recommended)



For additional information on pulling of dielectric power cables see AEIC CG5-2005 [B1]



The ends of medium-voltage power cables should be properly sealed during and after installation


Shielded and unshielded medium-voltage cables should not be subjected to high-voltage dc tests insulation resistance tests are recommended (IEEE Std 400-2001 [B53])



50

1

2

3456

7

89

10

1112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26


Annex A

(informative)

Flowchart

Figure A1 shows the flowchart process for design and installation of cable systems in substations

Figure A1mdash Flowchart process for design and installation of cable systems in substations

51Copyright copy 2008 IEEE All rights reserved

START

Determine Service Conditions

Cable Selection

Determine Voltage Rating

Determine Cable Charactiristics Required

Determine Cable Construction Required

Are Communication Cables Applied

Is a New Cable Raceway Design Required

Route Cables in Raceway

Recheck that Conductor Sizing Cable Characteristics and Cable Construction

are Still Appropriate

Does Electrical Segregation Need to be

Considered

Is a Redundant Separate Cable Required

Are Cable Pulling Tensions Required

Ensure Proper Handling

Installation

Acceptance Testing

Determine Recommended Maintenance

Finish

User Design Checklist

Undertake Cable Raceway Design

Determine Electrical Segregation Required

Determine Separate Cable Requirements

Undertake Cable Pulling Tension Calculations

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Determine Transient Protection

Annex B

Annex C

Annex D

Annex E

Annex F

Annex G

Annex H

Annex I

Annex J

Annex G

Annex K

Annex L

Annex M

Annex N

No

No

No

No

1

2

3

45

678

12


Annex B

(normative)

Service conditions for cables

The service conditions for electrical cables are as follows

a) Cables should be suitable for all environmental conditions that occur in the areas where they are installed (see ICEA and NEMA standards on cable for information concerning cable ratings)

b) Cable operating temperatures in substations are normally based on 40 degC ambient air or 20 degC ambient earth Special considerations should be given to cable installed in areas where ambient temperatures differ from these values as noted below

c) Cables may be installed in a variety of methods including direct buried duct banks conduits and trenches below ground or in cable trays conduits and wireways above ground or any combination thereof Cable may be required to be suitable for operation in wet and dry locations

d) Where practical the service life of the cable should be at least equal to the service life of the equipment it serves or the design life of the substation

e) Consideration should be given to the expected duration of emergency loading and fault levels

Items c and d also apply to communication cables Note that environmental conditions that are contained within IEEE Std 1613-2009 and IEC 61850-32002 should be carefully considered for any cables connecting to devices that are compliant to these standards especially communications cables An IED whose performance exceeds that of a connected communications cable is likely to suffer communication performance issues when the temperatures exceed the ratings of the cable but not the IED In this case depending upon the applications and function of the IED a cable failure may be just as serious as an IED failure When selecting the cabling for IEDs specifically communication cable careful consideration ensures that the cablersquos temperature ratings and IED temperature ratings are within the same acceptable range This allows the cable to perform when each IED is operating within its specified range

Note that some communications specifications include specific cable requirements For example the USB 20 cable specification requires an operating temperature range from 0 degC to +50 degC and be UL listed per UL Subject 444 Class 2 Type CM for Communications Cable Requirements Copper and fiber cables used for Ethernet have specific cable requirements in TIA 568-C0 where additional requirements are found in TIA 1005 for industrial premises

TIA 1005 and TIA 568-C0 include a ldquoMICErdquo classification for Mechanical Ingress ClimaticChemical and Electromagnetic environments The MICE concept was founded in Europe during the development of EN 50173-3 but is now completely harmonized at the international level in IEC 247022006 IEC 61918 TIA 1005 and TIA 568-C0 The MICE concept allows the description of the environmental conditions in a precise and unambiguous way But it should be noted that the MICE classification system is not a


1

2

3

4

567

89

10

11121314

1516

1718

1920212223242526272829

303132333435

363738394041

12


component test specification does not replace existing international or national standards and existing international or national standards for components contain the test requirements and schedules for product qualification Note that MICE does not cover all environmental characteristics as security problems such as protection against manipulation and attack safety for people and animals fire hazard and explosion risks are not covered by the MICE classifications In every case national laws and standards as well as safety regulations are taken into consideration

Substation communication cabling may traverse areas with a wide range of environments or may be localized along a cabling channel The MICE environmental classification is stated with the use of subscripts (MaIbCcEd) where a b c and d are sub-classifications that are numbered from 1-3 These sub-classifications relate to the severity of the environmental parameter where the most benign environmental classification is described as M1I1C1E1 and the harshest environmental classification is described as M3I3C3E3 For example the parameters for the climatic (C) element may be C1 in one parameter and another parameter may be C3 Since the harshest parameter severity applies the climatic classification would be C3 This applies to the other classifications so if the ingress classification is I1 the climaticchemical classification is C3 and the electromagnetic element is E2 this mixed environmental classification could be stated as M1I1C3E3 The severity of each MICE element is based upon the parameter with the worst-case harshness within the element Tables in this annex show a complete listing of elements and parameters except for the chemical characteristics See TIA TSB-185 for tutorial information on the MICE classification system

Table B1mdashReference for specific parameter boundaries for the mechanical classification

Parameter M1 M2 M3

Shock and bump in peak acceleration Note that for bump the repetitive nature of the shock experienced by the channel shall be taken into account

IEC 60721-3-3Class 3M2



40 msminus2 100 msminus2 250 msminus2

Applies to areas in a commercial office building where products are mounted on light structures subject to negligible vibration

Applies to areas close to heavy machinery

Applies to areas on with extremely high vibrations such as power hammers

IEEE Std 1613 not specifiedIEC 61850-32002 references IEC 60870-2-2 clause 4 which

states class Bm applies to substations and references IEC 60721-3 Value is 100 msminus2 with a half sine duration of 11 ms

Vibration in displacement amplitude (2 Hz to 9 Hz) and acceleration amplitude (9 Hz to 500 Hz)




15 mm 70 mm 150 mm5 msminus2 20 msminus2 50 msminus2






1234567

89

10111213141516171819202122

2324

12


states class Bm applies to substations and references IEC 60721-3 Ranges are

10-15 msminus2 over a frequency range of 2 ndash 9 9 ndash 200 200 ndash 500 Hz with a displacement of 30 mm

Crush (TSB-1852009)

IEC 61935-2 and IEC 61935-2-20Test IEC 61935-2-20

There is no specific difference in the referencesCrush (ISO 24702-2006)

45 Nover 25 mm (linear)min

1 100 Nover 150 mm (linear)min


IEEE Std 1613 not specifiedIEC 61850-32002 not specified

Impact (TSB-1852009)

IEC 61935-2-20There is no specific difference in the references

Impact (ISO 24702-2006)

1 J 10 J 30 JIEEE Std 1613 not specified

IEC 61850-32002 not specified

Tensile force (TIA-568-C)

This aspect of environmental classification is installation-specific and should be considered in association with IEC 61918 and the appropriate component specification


Bending flexing and torsion (TIA-568-C)



From the comparisons in the tables above the MICE mechanical element for a substation can be M2 if using IEC 61850-32002 but when using IEEE 16132009 no specific requirements results in a user specification of the mechanical element

The I classification or ingress can be related to IP (ingress protection) code defined in IEC 60529 that uses a system of two numerical digits to define the level of both foreign object and moisture protection The highest level for MICE I3 designates environments that can be correlated to both IP codes and NEMA enclosures

Table B2mdashDescription of Protection Level for First Number in IP CodeNumber Description Definition0 Not protected1 Protected against solid foreign objects of 50 mm diameter and

greater2 Protected against solid foreign objects of 125 mm diameter

and greater3 Protected against solid foreign objects of 25 mm diameter


and greater5 Dust protected Protected from the amount of dust that would interfere with


123

4567

8

12


normal operation6 Dust tight No ingress of dust

Table B3mdashDescription of Protection Level for Second Number in IP CodeNumber Description Classification0 Not protected1 Protected against vertically falling

water dropsProtected against vertically falling water drops

2 Protected against vertically falling water drops when enclosure tilted up to 15deg

Protected against vertically falling water drops when enclosure is tilted up to 15deg

3 Protected against spraying water Protected against water sprayed at an angle up to 60deg on either side of the vertical

4 Protected against splashing water Protected against water splashed against the component from any direction

5 Protected against water jets Protected against water projected in jets from any direction

6 Protected against powerful water jets

Protected against water projected in powerful jets from any direction

7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water up to 1 m

Protected against temporary immersion in water up to 1 m under standardized conditions of pressure and time

8 Protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water

Protected when the enclosure is continuously immersed in water under conditions that are agreed between manufacturer and user but are more severe than for classification 7 This may not mean that water does not enter the cabinet only that entering water produces no harmful effects

Table B4mdashReference for specific parameter boundaries for the ingress classification

Parameter I1 I2 I3

Particulate ingress (empty max)

No class No class No class125 mm 50 μm 50 μmIP2xMay be NEMA 1

IP4x IP4x and IP5xMay be NEMA 4 4X

IEEE Std 1613 not specifiedIEC 61850-32002 references IEC 60654-4 as an applicable

guideline

Immersion IEC 60529 and IEC 60664-1No class No class No classNone Intermittent liquid

jetle125 lminge63 mm jetgt25 m distance

Intermittent liquid jetle125 lminge63 mm jetgt25 m distance andimmersion(le1 m for le30 min)

IPx0 IPx5 IPx5 IPx6 and IPx7May be NEMA 4 4X 6 6P


1

23

12



guideline

The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 250 standard includes protection ratings for enclosures similar to the IP code However the NEMA 250 standard also dictates other product features not addressed by IP codes such as corrosion resistance gasket aging and construction practices So it is possible to map IP codes to NEMA ratings that satisfy or exceed the IP code criteria it is not possible to map NEMA ratings to IP codes as the IP code does not mandate the additional requirements

Table B5mdashCross reference between IP Codes and NEMA EnclosuresIP Code Minimum NEMA Enclosure

rating to satisfy IP CodeIP20 1IP54 3IP66 4 4XIP67 6IP68 6P

From the comparisons in the tables above the MICE ingress element for a substation can be I1 I2 or I3 if using IEC 61850-32002 as a guideline when using IEEE 16132009 there is no guidance

The C element climaticchemical is shown here for climatic only Chemical environments are not typical to substations where the definition in IEC 60654-4 for Class 1 environments are those sufficiently well controlled so that corrosion is not a factor in determining corrosion See ISO 24702 for the complete definitions of the chemical characteristics

Table B6mdashReference for specific parameter boundaries for the climatic classification

Parameter C1 C2 C3

Ambient temperature

ISOIEC 11801 IEC 60721-3-3Class 3K8H

IEC 60721-3-3Class 3K7

minus10deg C to +60 degC (connector only for C1)Note cable in referenced standard is minus20deg C to +60 degC

minus25deg C to +70 degC minus40deg C to +70 degC


123456

7

89

10

1112131415

1617

12


Parameter C1 C2 C3

Applies to commercial premises that may consist of either a single building or of multiple buildings on a campus

Applies to entrances of buildings some garages in sheds shacks lofts telephone booths buildings in factories and industrial process plants unattended equipment stations unattended buildings for telecom purposes ordinary storage rooms for frost-resistant products and farm buildings

Applies to weather-protected locations having neither temperature nor humidity control

IEEE Std 1613-2009ndash20 degC to +55 degC



IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C1 (3K51K3)ndash5 degC to +45 degC

IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C2 (3K6)ndash25 degC to +55 degC


Temperature gradient



IEC 61131-2

01deg C min 10deg C min 30deg C minApplies to occupied offices workshops and other rooms for special applications

IEEE Std 1613 not specifiedIEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C1 (3K51K3)05deg C min

IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C2 (3K6)05deg C min

IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C3 (3K71K5)01deg C min

Humidity IEC 60721-3-3Class 3K3



5 to 85 (non-condensing)

5 to 95 (condensing)



12


Parameter C1 C2 C3

Applies to normal living or working areas offices shops workshops for electronic assemblies and other electro-technical products telecommunications centers storage rooms for valuable and sensitive products

Applies to kitchens bathrooms workshops with processes producing high humidity certain cellars ordinary storage rooms stables garages For the more humid open-air climates they may also be found in living rooms and rooms for general use

Applies to some entrances andstaircases of buildings garages cellars certain workshops buildings in factories and industrial process plants certain telecommunications buildings ordinary storage rooms forfrost-resistant products farm buildings etc

IEEE Std 1613-2009 states 55 relative humidity outside of the device or enclosure or cover for a temperature within the defined operational and nonoperational ranges with excursions up to 95 without internal condensation for a maximum of 96 hIEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C1 (3K51K3)20 to 75

IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C2 (3K6)10 to 100

IEC 61850-32002IEC 60870-2-2Class C3 (3K71K5)10 to 100

Solar radiation IEC 60721-3-3Class 3K3-3K6

IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K7 IEC 60068-2-51975contains a table covering wavelengths from UV to IR that totals 1 120 Wmminus2

700 Wmminus2 1120 Wmminus2 1120 Wmminus2


From the comparisons in the tables above the MICE climatic element for a substation can be C1 C2 or C3 if using IEC 61850-32002 but when using IEEE 16132009 C3 should be used

Table B7mdashReference for specific parameter boundaries for the environmental classification

Parameter E1 E2 E3

Electrostatic discharge IEC 61000-6-1IEC 61326

Electrostatic discharge ndash Contact (0667 μC) 4 KVElectrostatic discharge ndash Air (0132 μC) 8 KV

No descriptionIEEE Std 1613-2009 specifies tests at all of the following levels

contact discharge of 2 4 and 8 kVair discharge of 4 8 and 15 kV


Radiated RF ndash AM IEC 61000-2-53 Vm at (80 to 1000) MHz 10 Vm at (80 to


123

45

12


3 Vm at (1400 to 2000) MHz1 Vm at (2000 to 2700) MHz

1000) MHz3 Vm at (1400 to 2000) MHz1 Vm at (2000 to 2700) MHz

No description No description

IEEE Std 1613-2009 specifies 20 Vm rms The waveform shall be amplitude modulated with a 1 kHz sine wave Modulation

shall be equal to 80 with the resulting maximum field strength not less than 35 Vm rms The test carrier frequency shall be swept or stepped through the range of 80 MHz to 1000 MHz IEC 61850-32002 specifies either IEC 61000-4-3 class 3 (10 Vm) or IEEE C37902 (same reference as IEEE Std 1613)

Conducted RF IEC 61000-6-1IEC 61326

IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326

3 V at 150 kHz to 80 MHz 10 V at 150 kHz to 80 MHz

No description No descriptionIEEE Std 1613-2009 does not specify

IEC 61850-32002 does not specify

Electrical fast transientBurst (EFTB) (comms)

IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-2-5IEC 61131-2

IEC 613262001 Annex A Table A1

500 V 1000 V 1000 VNo description No description No descriptionIEEE Std 1613-2009 defines oscillatory and fast transient surge withstand capability (SWC) tests as distinct tests oscillatory is 2500 V and fast transient is 4000 VIEC 61850-32002 specifies oscillatory waves per IEC 61000-4-12 class 3 (2000 V line to ground and 1000 V line to line) and common mode disturbances up to 150 kHz as per IEC 61000-4-16 level 4 (not shown here) and fast transient waves per IEC 61000-4-4 class 4 and above (4000 V on power ports and 2000 V on signal and control ports) IEC 61850-32002 specifies surges as per IEC 61000-4-5 (test levels to class 4) with waveforms 1250 micros and 10700 micros and peaks up to 4000 V

Surge (transient groundpotential difference) ndashsignal line to earth

IEC 61000-6-2500 V 1000 V 1000 VNo description No description No description

IEEE Std 1613-2009 does not specifyIEC 61850-32002 does not specify

Magnetic field (5060 Hz)

IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326

1 Amminus1 3 Amminus1 30 Amminus1

No description No description No descriptionIEEE Std 1613-2009 does not specify


Magnetic field(60 Hz to 20000 Hz)

No reference No reference No referenceffs ffs ffsNo description No description No description



12


ldquoffsrdquo (for further study) are preliminary and are not required for conformance to ISO 24702

Note the ISO 24702 provides guidance for the classification of electromagnetic environments in Annex F where distance from fluorescent lights is the most common for application to substations When the distance is less than 015 m this is classified as E3 greater distances may be classified as E2 or E1 Resistance heating can also be common to substation cabinets where a distance less than 05 m is classified as E2 and distances greater may be classified as E1 From this information and from the comparisons in the tables above the MICE electromagnetic element E for a substation can be E3 when using IEC 61850-32002 and IEEE 16132009

Note that for all above comparisons with IEC 61850-32002 where equipment forms an integral part of high voltage switchgear and control gear clause 2 of IEC 60694 applies and is not taken into consideration here

To summarize a substation environment could be classified as M2I1-3C1-3E3 but this depends significantly on the localized conditions and requirements for each substation There also may be several different ratings for a substation environment one for the control house and other for other areas like outdoor cabinets associated with circuit breakers transformers capacitor banks and other outdoor electrical equipment Applying the MICE concept to communication cables may allow for better selection of cables that are appropriate for the substation environment Care should be used to identify when cables are rated with their connectors or just the cables themselves It is common that communication cable connectors are provided separate from the cable so the ratings of the connectors also needs to be investigated because a connector failure can also lead to communication degradation and even to complete failure


12345678

91011

1213141516171819202122

12


Annex C

(normative)

Control and power cable selection

This annex provides guidance for selection of metallic type cables for various types of installations and applications The proper design of cable systems requires the consideration of many factors These factors include circuit application ambient temperature conductor temperature earth thermal resistivity load factor current loading system fault level voltage drop system nominal voltage and grounding method of installation and number of conductors being installed

C1 Conductor

The cable conductor is selected based upon cost-efficient material industry sizes ampacity requirements voltage drop and short-circuit criteria The selection of power cables may also include consideration of the cost of losses

C11 Material

One of the most important properties of a conductor material is its conductivity In 1913 the International Electrotechnical Commission adopted the International Annealed Copper Standard (IACS) that set the conductivity of copper to be 100 Conductors are typically specified based on this standard

Copper conductor may be uncoated or coated with tin lead alloy or nickel Normally uncoated conductor is used but coated conductor may be used to ease stripping of the insulation from the conductor and to make soldering easier Note that soldering is not a typical termination method for utilities

Aluminum conductor is usually electrical conductor grade which has a volume conductivity of approximately 61 that of copper For the same diameter aluminum conductors have a lower conductivity than copper Aluminumrsquos advantage is a 20 lower mass for equivalent conductivity

Control and instrumentation cable conductor is almost always copper Aluminum conductor may be considered for larger power cables Factors that influence the selection of either copper or aluminum for conductors include

f) Aluminum metal has historically been less expensive than copper

g) Aluminum conductor terminations require special treatment copper terminations do not

h) For equivalent ampacity aluminum conductor has a lower mass that makes it easier to handle for larger cable sizes

i) For equivalent ampacity copper conductor is smaller and can be installed in smaller raceways


1

2

3

456789

10

111213

14

15161718

19202122

23242526

272829

30

3132

3334

3536

12


C12 Size

Conductor size is measured by its cross-sectional area expressed in circular mils (cmil) or mm2 One circular mil is defined as the area of a circle 1 mil (000 1 in) in diameter In North America conductors below 250 kcmil are assigned American Wire Gauge (AWG) numbers for easy reference The AWG number increases as the cross-sectional area decreases

1 cmil = 5067 times 10minus4 mm2 (07854 times 10minus6 in2)

Conductor size is selected to meet ampacity voltage drop and short-circuit criteria The selection of power cables may include consideration of the cost of losses

C13 Construction

Conductors may be either solid or stranded Solid conductors may be used for sizes up to 12 AWG Solid conductors larger than 12 AWG are stiff and difficult to install therefore stranded construction is normally used for these larger conductors Solid conductors are typically used for building wiring or lighting circuits but typically not used for control and instrumentation

The number of strands and size of each strand for a given size is dependent on the use of the conductor ASTM B 8-2004 [B4] defines the number and size of conductor stranding Common stranding classes are summarized in Table C1 The number of strands per conductor is standardized and is summarized in Table C2 Substation installations normally use Class B stranding for most field and equipment-to-equipment circuits and Class K stranding for switchboard (panel) wiring

Table C8mdashConductor stranding

Class Use

B Power cablesC Power cables where more flexible stranding than Class B is desiredD Power cables where extra flexible stranding is desiredG All cables for portable useH All cables where extreme flexibility is required such as for use on take-up reels etcI Apparatus cables and motor leadsK Cords and cables composed of 30 AWG copper wiresM Cords and cables composed of 34 AWG copper wires

Table C9mdashStranding construction

Class 14-2 AWG 1-40 AWG 250ndash500 MCM

B 7 19 37C 19 37 61D 37 61 91G 49 133 259H 133 259 427K 41 (14 AWG)

65 (12 AWG)- -


1

2345

6

78

9

10111213

141516171819

20

21

12


C2 Ampacity

C21 Ampacity for power cables

The ampacity of a cable depends on the temperature of the surrounding air or earth the temperature rise of the cable materials and proximity to other cables The maximum temperature usually occurs at the conductor-insulation interface The maximum allowable insulation temperature limits cable ampacity

Maximum allowable insulation temperature has been determined through testing and experience for the commonly used materials and is a function of time For example for XLPE insulation 90 degC is the maximum acceptable continuous temperature 130 degC is the maximum for the duration of an emergency and 250 degC is the maximum for very short time durations (eg short circuits) The steady-state load short- time cyclic load emergency load and fault conditions are usually considered in determining the ampacity required for a cable

Losses (I2R) in the conductor and magnetically induced losses in the insulation shield and the raceway are the principal causes of the insulation temperature rise Shields or sheaths that are grounded at more than one point may carry induced circulating currents and reduce the ampacity of the cable The magnitude of circulating currents flowing in shields grounded at more than one point depends on the mutual inductance between the cable shielding and the cable conductors the mutual inductance to the conductors in other cables the current in these conductors and the impedance of the shield

Below-ground cables are usually installed in trench or duct or direct buried Above-ground cables are usually installed in conduit wireway tray or suspended between supports Cables may be routed through foundations walls or fire barriers and raceway may be partially or totally enclosed The installation that results in the highest insulation temperature should be used to determine the ampacity of a cable routed through several configurations

If a number of cables are installed in close proximity to each other and all are carrying current each cable will be derated The reason for derating is reduced heat dissipation in a group of cables compared with a single isolated cable or conduit Group correction factors should be used to find reduced ampacity of cables in the group

The cable materials themselves can affect heat transfer and ampacity For example the thermal conductivity of EPR is lower than that of XLPE and the ampacity of the EPR cable will be less for the same insulation thickness

The thermal conductivity of earth surrounding below-ground cables is one of the most important parameters in determining ampacity There is significant variation of earth thermal conductivity with location and time and IEEE Std 442-1991 [B55] provides guidance for earth conductivity measurements However many engineers have found it acceptable to use typical values For a typical loam or clay containing normal amounts of moisture the resistivity is usually in the range of 60 degC cmW to 120 degC cmW When the earth resistivity is not known a value of 90 degC cmW is suggested in IEEE Std 835

The ampacity of below-ground cable is also dependent upon the load factor which is the ratio of the average current over a designated period of time to the peak current occurring in that period Ampacities for typical load factors of 50 75 and 100 are given in IEEE Std 835

Methods for determining ampacity and the tables of ampacities for a large number of typical cable and below-grade and above-grade installation configurations are included in IEEE Std 835 In addition IEEE Std 835 includes guidance for determining ampacities for configurations not included in the tables


1

2

3456

789

101112

13141516171819

2021222324

25262728

293031

32333435363738

394041

42434445

12


Finite element techniques have been used to calculate below-ground cable ampacity These techniques will allow the designer to account for specific cable construction and installation details

C22 Ampacity for other cables

Ampacity of protection and control type cables are determined using applicable national codes For example in the United States the NEC [B 100] could be used

Most codes include derating factors that account for multiple conductors per raceways However for randomly installed cables in tray the industry accepted method for determining ampacity is given in NEMA WC 51ICEA P-54-440 [B95]

Cable ampacity should be equal to or larger than the trip rating of the rating of the circuit overload protection which is typically 125 of the expected circuit load

C3 Voltage drop

Voltage drop should be considered when selecting conductor size The voltage drop requirements should be such that the equipment operates within its design limits Voltage drop for motor feeders should be considered for both starting and running conditions to ensure the motor operates within its design limits

Voltage drop is calculated according to Equation (C1) as follows

ΔV =V SminusV L (C1)

where

ΔV is the voltage dropVS is the source voltage VL is the load voltage

An exact solution for calculating voltage drop may be determined using Equation (C2a) however an iterative approach is required since the load voltage is not typically known

V S=radic(V L cosθ+ IR )2+V Lsin θ+ IX )2(C2)

where

I is the load current R is the conductor resistance X is the load voltageθ is the load power flow angle

Rather in this case the voltage drop can be approximated based on conductor impedance and load current using Equation (C2b) as follows

ΔV =V SminusV L=IRcosθ+ IX sinθ (C3)


123

4

56

789

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

202122232425

26

27

282930313233

34

12


Equation (C2b) is not suitable for power factors less than approximately 70 such as for motor starting or larger cables with high reactance For situations like this Equation (C2a) may be used Alternatively computer software may be used to determine the exact solution Hand calculations will typically be done using the approximate solution

Voltage drop is commonly expressed as a percentage of the source voltage An acceptable voltage drop is determined based on an overall knowledge of the system Typical limits are 3 from source to load center 3 from load center to load and 5 total from source to load

Voltage drop is normally based on full load current However there is often diversity in the load on lighting and receptacle circuits and the actual load that may occur on a receptacle circuit cannot be accurately predicted In calculating receptacle circuit load for determination of conductor size a value of 60 of the receptacle rating is often used unless the actual load is known

The calculation of voltage drop requires knowledge of the conductorrsquos impedance determined as detailed in the following clause It is recommended that a voltage drop be calculated initially at the maximum conductor operating temperature because the ampacity is based on this too In cases where a cable will be sized based on voltage drop and one size is marginal for voltage drop voltage drop may be recalculated at the expected cable operating temperature

C31 Cable impedance

The impedance of a cable may be determined from tables or by calculation Calculations are commonly used for larger size high current cables since there may be many variables that affect the impedance For small conductor sizes table values may be used with only a small error

Table C3 provides parameters for common substation cables For other sizes refer to manufacturer catalogs

Table C10mdash Parameters for common substation cables (600 V insulation)

Conductor size Rdca

(mΩm)Rdca

(Ω1000prime)

Numberof

conductors

90 degCampacity

(A)

Approximate outside diameter (OD)

Nonshielded Shielded

(AWG) (cmil) (mm) (in) (mm) (in)

18 1620 2608 795 2 14 84 0330 102 04004 112 97 0380 113 04457 98 114 0450 131 051512 7 157 0620 173 068019 7 183 0720 198 0780

16 2580 1637 499 2 18 90 0355 107 04204 144 104 0410 121 04757 126 123 0485 147 058012 9 169 0665 185 073019 9 197 0775 213 0840

14 4110 1030 314 2 25 97 0380 113 04454 20 112 0440 128 05057 175 132 0520 157 062012 125 183 0720 199 078019 125 213 0840 240 0945

12 6530 650 198 2 30 107 0420 123 0485


1234

567

89

101112

131415161718

19

20212223

2425

26

12


4 24 123 0485 147 05807 21 156 0615 171 067512 15 203 0800 230 090519 15 248 0975 264 1040

10 10 380 407 124 2 40 119 0470 136 05354 32 146 0575 163 06407 28 175 0690 191 075012 20 240 0945 257 1010

8 16 510 255 078 1 55 71 0280 104 04102 55 160 0630 177 06953 55 170 0670 185 07304 44 187 0735 203 0800

6 26 240 161 049 1 75 89 0350 114 04502 75 180 0710 197 07753 75 192 0755 208 08204 60 211 0830 237 0935

4 41 740 101 031 1 95 102 0400 127 05002 95 206 0810 232 09153 95 230 0905 245 09654 76 251 0990 268 1055

2 66 360 0636 0194 1 130 118 0465 150 05902 130 248 0975 263 10353 130 263 1035 279 11004 104 290 1140 305 1200

a Ampacities and DC resistance are based on 90 degC conductor temperature and a 30 degC ambientb Ampacities are for raceways cable or earth (directly buried)c For four-conductor cables where only three conductors are carrying current the ampacity for a three-conductor cable may be usedd For ambient temperatures of other than 30 degC the correction factors under Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] should be used

Reactance values are not significant at power frequencies for the conductor sizes listed in the table

C311 DC resistance

The first step to determine the impedance is to calculate the dc resistance of the conductor This may be found from manufacturerrsquos published information from tables such as the NEC [B100] and NEMA WC 57-2004ICEA S-73-532 [B96] or estimated using Equation (C3) Equation (C3) is valid for a temperature range of approximately 100 degC When using tables it may be necessary to adjust the values to account for a different operating temperature or cable type

Rdc= ρ11A [1+α1 ( t2minust1) ] FS F L

μΩm (μΩft) (C4)

where

ρ1 is the resistivity of material at temperature t1 from Table C4A is the conductor area in mm2 (cmil)α1 is the temperature coefficient at temperature t1 from Table C4


1234567

89

10

111213141516

17

18

192021

12

Adam Zook 050213
Check if micro is correct
Adam Zook 042213
I donrsquot want to step on anyonersquos toes but sections C311 and C312 are very detailed I wonder if an application engineer designing a substation would ever resort to making these types of calculations Is this too much for this guide


FS is the stranding factor typically 102 for stranded conductor and 10 for solid conductor

FL is the stranding lay factor typically 104 for stranded conductor and 10 for solid conductor

t1 is the base temperature for other parameters 20 degC (68degF)t2 is the cable operating temperature in degC (degF)

Table C11mdashParameters for DC resistance

Conductormaterial Parameter Metric

(size in cmil)Metric

(size in mm2)Imperial

(size in cmil)

Copper (100 IACS)

ρ1 34026 Ω cmilm 0017241 Ω mm2m 10371 Ω cmilft

α 1 000393 degC 000393 degC 000218degFAluminum (61 IACS)

ρ1

[t1 = 20 degC (68degF)] 55781 Ω cmil m 0028265 Ω mm2m 17002 Ω cmilft

α 1 000403 degC 000403 degC 0 00224degF

Equation (C4) is used to calculate the resistance for a specific length of conductor as follows

Rdc=ρ1LA [1+α1 ( t2minust1) ] FS F Ltimes10minus6

(Ω) (C5)

where the parameters are the same as Equation (C3) and Table C4 except

L is the conductor length in meters (feet)

In many cases there is a need to determine the size for a desired resistance Equation (C4) may be rearranged to calculate the area and for convenience is given as the following Equation (C5)

A=ρ1L

Rdc[1+α1 ( t2minust1) ] FS F Ltimes10minus6

mm2 (cmil) (C6)

C312 AC resistance

For ac circuits the conductor resistance increases due to several factors that include conductor skin effect conductor proximity effect shield eddy currents shield circulating currents and steel conduit losses The ac resistance is determined from the following Equation (C6)

Rac=Rdc(1+Y cs+Y cp+Y se+Y sc+Y p ) (C7)

where

Rdc is the dc resistivity at reference temperature microΩm (microΩft)Ycs is the conductor skin effectYcp is the conductor proximity effect Yse is the shield eddy currentYsc is the shield circulating current Yp is the steel conduit losses


123456

7

89

10

11121314151617

18

19

202122

23

24

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 050213
check


Note the factors used to calculate Rac are based on a per-unit resistance measured in micro-ohmsmeter (micro-ohmsfoot)

C3121 Conductor skin effectmdashYcs

The skin effect is caused by the varying current intensity that results in varying inductance through a conductorrsquos cross section The inductance is maximum at the center of the conductor and minimum on the surface Skin effect varies with temperature frequency stranding and coating and can typically be ignored for cables 350 kcmil and smaller (less than 1 impact) The skin effect factor is approximated using Equation (C7a) for Rdc in μΩm and Equation (C7b) for Rdc in μΩft

Y cs=11

( Rdc

3 28k S+13 124

Rdc k Sminus25 27

( Rdc kS )2 )

2

(C8)

Y cs=11

( Rdc

kS+ 4

Rdc kSminus 256

( Rdc k S)2 )

2

(C9)

where

kS is a constant from Table C5

Table C12mdash Recommended values for kS and kP

C3122 Conductor proximity effectmdashYcp

This effect is due to the force developed by currents flowing in the same direction in adjacent conductors which concentrates electrons in the remote portions of a conductor Ycp increases as spacing between conductors is decreased The factor is calculated using Equation (C8) Equation (C9a) and Equation (C9b)

Y cp= f ( xp)( DC

S )2 ( 1 18

f ( xp )+0 27+0 312( DC

S )2)

(C10)


C o n d u ctor typ e C o a tin g kS kP

C oncentric round N one tin or alloy 1 0 1 0 C om pact round N o n e 1 0 0 6

N O TE mdash This table is a sum m ary of Table II by N eher and M cG rath [B86]

123

4

56789

10

11

12

13

14

15

17

18

19

20212223

24

12


where

f(xp) is calculated according to Equation (C9a) for metric units or Equation (C9b) for imperial units

kP is a constant from Table C5DC is the diameter of the conductor in millimeters (inches)S is the center-to-center spacing of conductors in millimeters (inches)

For metric units

f ( xp)=11

( Rdc

3 28 k p+13124

Rdck pminus25 27

( Rdc k p )2 )

2

(C11)

For imperial units

f ( xp)=11

(Rdc

k p+ 4

Rdc k pminus 256

(Rdc k p )2)

2

(C12)

C3123 Shield eddy currentsmdashYse

These losses are negligible except in power cables Losses are produced in cable shields due to eddy currents produced in the shield as a function of conductor proximity Equations for calculating these losses are given in the Neher and McGrath reference [B86]

C3124 Shield circulating currentsmdashYsc

This is significant for single conductor shielded cables spaced apart Circulating currents will flow in cable shields when they are grounded at both ends This is accounted for by the factor Ysc calculated using Equation (C 10) as follows

Y sc=RS

Rdc ( XM2

X M2 +RS

2 )(C13)

where

RS is the dc resistance of conductor sheath in μΩm (μΩft)XM is the mutual inductance of shield and conductor in μΩm (μΩft)

The value of XM is dependent on the cable configuration Equation (C 1 1a) or Equation (C 1 1b) may be used for the typical situation where three single conductors are in the cradled configuration in a duct for 60 Hz See Neher and McGrath [B86] for other situations

For metric units


1

2345678

9

10

11

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

222324252627

28

12


X M=173 6 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩm) (C14)

For imperial units

X M=52 92 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩft) (C15)

where

S is the axial spacing of adjacent cables in millimeters (inches)DSM is the mean diameter of the shield in millimeters (inches)

C3125 Losses in steel conduitsmdashYp

The magnetic field from current in cables causes hysteresis and eddy current losses in the steel conduit This heats the conduit and raises the conductor temperature When all three phases are in a conduit the magnetic field is significantly reduced due to phase cancellation For a single conductor cable there is no cancellation and the heating is significant so this situation should be avoided Loss factor may be calculated using Equation (C12a) for metric values and Equation (C12b) for imperial values

For metric units

Y P=6 89 Sminus0 89 DP

Rdc (C16)

For imperial units

Y P=089 Sminus0 115 DP

Rdc (C17)

where

S is the center-to-center line spacing between conductors in millimeters (inches)DP is the inner diameter of conduit in millimeters (inches)

C313 Reactance

The reactance of a cable is a function of the spacing between conductors and the conductor diameter Reactance is zero for dc circuits and insignificant for cable sizes less than 40 AWG For a three-phase circuit the per-phase reactance is given by Equation (C13a) or Equation (C13b) For a two-wire single- phase circuit the reactance will be twice that given by Equation (C13a) or Equation (C13b)

For metric units


1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

15

16

17

18

19

2021

22

2324252627

28

12


X=2 πf (0 4606 log10( S rC )+00502 )

(μΩmphase) (C18)

For imperial units

X=2 πf (0 1404 log10( S rC )+0 0153 )

(μΩftphase) (C19)

where

f is frequency in Hertz

Srsquo is equal to 3radic AtimesBtimesC for the configurations shown in Figure C1 in millimeters

(inches)rC is the radius of bare conductor in millimeters (inches)

Figure C2mdash Common cable configurations

C32 Load

Information on the load being supplied is required Typically load current and power factor are required Consideration should be given to whether the type of load is constant current constant power or constant impedance The characteristics of the different load types are summarized in Table C6 It is recommended that current be determined for the desired load voltage If the current is available only for a specific voltage then the current may be estimated using the formula in Table C6


A Equilateral Triangle

A

A

C

B

B Right Triangle

C

A

C Symmetrical Flat

C

B

C

A B

D Cradle

B

1

2

3

4

5

678

910

11

121314151617

12


Table C13mdash Load characteristics

Load type Examples Characteristics Estimating for different voltage

Constant power Motorsmdashfull load lighting V uarr and I darr orV darr and I uarr

Inew = Iold (VoldVnew)

Constant impedance Motor starting heating I varies with voltage Inew = Iold (VnewVold)

C4 Short-circuit capability

All cables should be checked to ensure they are capable of carrying the available fault current The short- circuit rating of an insulated conductor is based on the maximum allowable conductor temperature and insulation temperature

Conductor temperature is dependent on the current magnitude and duration Equation (C14) is used to estimate conductor temperature and is valid only for short durations The maximum recommended conductor temperature is 250 degC to prevent conductor annealing

I SC=A radic486 9t F

log10(T 2+K o

T 1+K o) (amperes) (C20)

where

ISC is the symmetrical short-circuit current in amperesA is the conductor area in square millimetersK0 is the inverse of material temperature coefficient at 0 degC per Table C7tF is the duration of fault in secondsT1 is the conductor temperature before the fault in degCT2 is the conductor temperature after fault in degC

Table C14mdash Parameters for Equation (C14)

Conductor type K0

Copper 100 IACS 2345Aluminum 61 IACS 2281

In most cases the short-circuit current is known and the required conductor area needs to be determined and Equation (C15a) and Equation (C15b) may be used

For metric units

A=I SC

radic486 9tF

log10(T 2+K0

T 1+K0)

mm2 (C21)

For imperial units


1

2

3

456

789

10

11

121314151617

18

192021

22

23

24

12


A=I SC

radic 0 0125tF

log10( T2+K0

T1+ K0)

cmil (C22)

The maximum insulation temperature is dependent on the material used Table C8 lists maximum temperatures for common insulation materials Conductor temperature should be limited to the insulation maximum temperature when the insulation maximum temperature is less than 250 degC

Table C15mdash Insulation material temperature ratings

Insulation material Short-circuit temperaturerating ( degC)

XLPE and EPR 250SR 300Paper rubber varnish cambric 200PE PVC 150

C5 Insulation

The selection of the cable insulation system also includes consideration of cost and performance under normal and abnormal conditions Dielectric losses resistance to flame propagation and gas generation when burned are the most common performance considerations

C51 Voltage rating

The selection of the cable voltage rating is based on the service conditions of Annex B the electrical circuit frequency phasing and grounding configuration and the steady-state and transient conductor voltages with respect to ground and other energized conductors

A voltage rating has been assigned to each standard configuration of insulation material and thickness in NEMA WC 57ICEA S-73-532 [B96] The selected voltage rating should result in a cable insulation system that maintains the energized conductor voltage without installation breakdown under normal operating conditions

C52 Thermal stability

The cable should maintain its required insulating properties when subjected to its rated thermal limit (the combination of its maximum ambient temperature and its own generated heat) during the service life

In some cable installations specifications may call for safe operation under high-temperature conditions PE has a maximum service temperature of 80 degC and therefore it should be replaced by other dielectrics where high-temperature operation is required Chlorosulfonated PE (CSPE) is normally only rated up to 90 degC so better choices include XLPE or EPR Silicone Rubber compound has been used in high-temperature cables (as high as 200 degC) or where cable fire propagation is a consideration


1

2345

6

7

8

9101112

13

141516

17181920

21

222324

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 040913
Need to define insulation types somewhere (ie polyethylene)
Adam Zook 100913
Make sure in acronyms and spelled out first appearance


Outdoor cables are typically rated 75 degC (eginsulated with heat resistant thermoplastic (type THWN) Typical indoor cables are rated to 90 degC (eg type THHN)

C53 Moisture resistance

The cable should maintain its required insulating properties for its service life when installed in wet locations especially underground

C54 Chemical resistance

The cable should maintain its required insulating properties when exposed to chemical environments The cable manufacturer should be consulted for recommendations for specific chemical requirements to which the cable may be exposed

C55 Flame propagation resistance

Cables installed in open or enclosed cable trays wireways or in other raceway systems where flame propagation is of concern should pass the IEEE Std 1202-1991 [B68] flame tests

C6 Jacket

The cable jacket or outer covering (if any) is selected to meet mechanical protection fire resistance and environmental criteria or to provide a moisture barrier for the insulation system

C61 Material

Jacket covering may consist of thermoset materials such as cross-linked chlorinated PE (CPE) or chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE) thermoplastic materials such as PVC andor metal armor such as aluminum interlocked armor galvanized steel interlocked armor continuous smooth or corrugated extruded aluminum armor or continuously welded smooth or corrugated metallic armor with or without an overall nonmetallic sheath All thermoset and thermoplastic jacket covering materials shall be selected suitable for the conductor insulation temperature rating and the environment in which they are to be installed Other acceptable jacket cover materials include cross-linked polychloroprene (PCP) or cross- linked polyolefin (XLPO) In the past lead sheaths were commonly used but are being phased out due to the adverse effects of lead in the environment

C62 Markings

The jacket should be marked in a permanent fashion approximately every meter (few feet) with the following recommended information consecutive length manufacturer year of manufacture cable type size and voltage

C7 Attenuation

Attenuation is a ratio comparing the power of the signal at the beginning and the end of a communication cable Attenuation is measured in decibels per unit length and indicates the loss of signal in the cable


12

3

45

6

789

10

1112

13

141516

17

18192021222324252627

28

293031

32

333435

12


C8 Cable capacitance

Cable capacitance is the ability of cable to store electrical charge Capacitance is measured in picofarads per unit length High capacitance of communication cables slows down the signals High capacitance of long control cables 60 m and more (200 ft) may lead to transient overvoltages over circuit elements (relay coils contacts etc) during switching of the circuit resulting in the damage to these elements


1

23456

12


Annex D

(informative)

Design checklist for metallic communication cables entering a

substation

The following is a design checklist for metallic communications cable entering a substation

D1 Pre-design

Determine the equipment data transfer capacity and speed requirements (refer to IEEE Std 487-2000 [B56] and IEEE Std 1590 [B71] for more information on requirements) This information is usually obtained from the hardware or device manufacturer

Determine the level of reliability or operations integrity required for the individual system This information may be available from company policy documents or specific engineering or design standards

D2 Communications requirements

Determine service types and service performance objective classifications per IEEE Std 487-2000 [B56]

Establish the number of POTS (plain old telephone service) lines needed

mdash What is the number of voice circuits (normal and emergency)

mdash Are any extensions into the substation or switchyard required

mdash How many dial-up circuits are needed

a) Revenue meters

b) Transient fault recorder or protective relay interrogation

c) Security or fire alarms

mdash What dedicated telephone circuits are needed

a) Remote SCADA terminals

b) Protective relay tripping schemes

Is circuit-sharing equipment needed to limit the number of dial-up circuits

Define special requirements for coaxial cable [antennas or capacitive voltage transformers (CVTs)] CAT-5 or other application specific requirements for particular hardware


1

2

3

4

5

6

789

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

12


D3 Cable protection requirements

Determine the GPR and fault current levels for the site This information is often obtained through other departments (eg planning department)

Define the level of protection required for EMF interference (shielding)

What level of physical security is needed (eg should cabling from the ROW (right of way) be enclosed in a rigid conduit in high risk areas)

Is the cable required to meet special application criteria (eg specific outer jacket design due to corrosive atmosphere coal generation or industrial processes nearby)

D4 Site conditions

Can common routesruns be used (eg the communications circuits run isolated from but in the same duct bank as station service power)

Are easements required for the telephone company or service provider

D5 Interface with telephone companyservice provider

Contact the telephone company or service provider with information from D 1 through D4

Determine the number and types of circuits including service types and service performance objective classifications for each circuit

Determine the number of circuit protective devices required for the determined GPR Generally one protective device is required per circuit Note that short fiber optic links eliminate the need for GPR protective devices however the cost of fiber to hard wirecopper multiplex equipment may be cost prohibitive for a small substation

Request the telephone companyservice provider installation costs for their equipment services and interconnection at the nearest public right-of-way

Request the telephone companyservice provider describe the monthly costs for all leased or rented circuits (POTS dedicated circuits high-speed interconnections)

Define the equipment to be provided by the telephone companyservice provider and by the substation owner

Obtain the telephone companyservice providerrsquos construction requirements for cabling and wallboard standards

mdash Is the owner required to provide a conduitraceway from the public ROW

mdash What type terminal blocks will be used

mdash Should the wallboard be ply-metal or another material

mdash What is needed to mount telephone companyservice provider terminal blocks

mdash Is a dedicated 120 V (ac) or 125 V (dc) power source needed


1

23

4

56

78

9

1011

12

13

1415

1617

18192021

2223

2425

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

12


D6 Cost considerations

Prepare an economic cost summary including the following

mdash Installation labor costs for the telephone companyservice provider internal utility company personnel and independent contractors

mdash Equipment costs for the hardware GPR circuit protection wallboard circuit or cable runs past the telephone companyservice providerrsquos terminal blocks grounding etc

mdash Total monthly rental costs

Examine possible alternatives and their associated economics eg microwave link for protective relay tripping schemes fiber optics for high-speed SCADA data transfer or relay interrogation

D7 Communications system design

Develop a basis of design for the complete system There may be general utility specifications and design criteria based upon experience and regional design criteria

Prepare a block diagram detailing the equipment locations (telephone board network router etc)

Define the communication cable types and routes (eg twisted and shielded pairs CAT-5 coaxial cables multiple pair cables)

Review the final design with the substation owner and maintenance crews and the telephone companyservice provider


1

2

34

56

7

89

10

11

1213

1415

1617

1819

12


Annex E

(normative)

Cable raceway design

This annex provides guidance for both a means of supporting cable runs between electrical equipment and physical protection to the cables Raceway systems consist primarily of cable tray and conduit

When designing the raceway for communications cable keep in mind that there may be necessary requirements for separation of the communication cables from power and control cables to reduce EMI for some communication cables Care should be taken in protecting communication cables that are office rated and not rated for the substation environment They generally do not have control cable grade jackets and if run in an exposed area should be provided additional physical protection by the cable raceway design

Some communication cable may have a 600V jacket or may have a 300V jacket Cables with a 300V jacket are typically provided a mechanical separation from the power and control cables rated at 600V This may require a dedicated raceway for communication cables

It may also be necessary to provide separation or protection of the communication cable to prevent physical damage if the cable jacket is not suitable for the application

Adequate raceways should be provided throughout the cable path as a cable may traverse different environments in the control house This is not as common as in a commercial location but there may a separate communications room where the environmental conditioning may be much different than the main control room Always design the raceway and cable to the worst environmental conditions a cable will traverse

It is best to create a separate communication cable raceway that provides adequate separation and protection from existing control and power cables Because communication cables are used this cable tray may be much smaller than the main cable tray and simply hung below it Use of fiberglass materials for the tray is acceptable

E1 Raceway fill and determining raceway sizes

Raceways should be adequately sized as determined by the maximum recommended percentage fill of the raceway area Conduit fill is based on the following Equation (E1)

Fill=sumCableare aRacewayarea

times100 (E1)

Guidance for the maximum conduit fill is given in the NEC [B100] If the fill limitations and cable area are known the raceway area can be calculated and an adequate size can be selected


1

2

3

456

789

101112

131415

1617

1819202122

23242526

27

2829

30

3132

12


E2 Conduit

E21 Conduit application

a) RMC or IMC zinc-coated conduit may be exposed in wet and dry locations embedded in concrete and direct buried in soil If they are installed direct buried in soil consideration should be given to the zinc coating having a limited life and corrosion may be rapid after the zinc coating is consumed or damaged

b) When used in cinder fills the conduit should be protected by noncinder concrete at least 5 cm (2 in) thick When used where excessive alkaline conditions exist the conduit should be protected by a coat of bituminous paint or similar material PVC-coated steel conduit may be used in corrosive environments Plugs should be used to seal spare conduits in wet locations

c) EPC-40 or EPC-80 conduit may be used exposed EPT and Type EB duct must be encased in concrete and Type DB duct may be direct buried without concrete encasement

d) Since ABS and PVC conduit may have different properties a review should be made of their brittleness and impact strength characteristics Coefficient of expansion should also be considered for outdoor applications Flammability of such conduits is of particular concern in indoor exposed locations Burning or excessive heating of PVC in the presence of moisture may result in the formation of hydrochloric acid which can attack reinforcing steel deposit chlorides on stainless steel surfaces or attack electrical contact surfaces The use of exposed PVC conduit indoors should generally be avoided but may be considered for limited use in corrosive environments

e) EMT may be used in dry accessible locations to perform the same functions as RMC conduit except in areas that are judged to be hazardous Guidance in the determination of hazardous areas is given in the NEC [B100]

f) Aluminum conduit (alloy 6061) plastic-coated steel conduit Type DB PVC or ABS duct EPC-40 or EPC-80 PVC conduit and FRE conduit may be used in areas where a highly corrosive environment may exist and for other applications where uncoated steel conduit would not be suitable Aluminum conduit may be exposed in wet and dry locations Aluminum conduit should not be embedded in concrete or direct buried in soil unless coated (bitumastic compound etc) to prevent corrosion Aluminum conduit may be used exposed or concealed where a strong magnetic field exists however conduit supports should not form a magnetic circuit around the conduit if all the cables of the electrical circuit are not in the same conduit

g) The cable system should be compatible with drainage systems for surface water oil or other fluids but preferably should be installed to avoid accumulated fluids

h) The cable system should be capable of operating in conditions of water immersion ambient temperature excursions and limited concentrations of chemicals Protection should be provided against attack by insects rodents or other indigenous animals

i) Cable trays conduits and troughs are sometimes run above grade in substations supported from equipment structures or specially designed ground-mounted structures Troughs constructed of concrete or other material may be laid on the grade Cost savings may be realized when comparing above-grade trays conduit and troughs to similar below-grade systems


1

2

3456

789

1011

121314

151617181920212223

242526

272829303132333435

3637

383940

4142434445

12


j) Care should be taken in routing above-grade systems to minimize interference with traffic and equipment access and to avoid infringing on minimum electrical clearances

k) Above-grade systems are more vulnerable to fires mechanical damage environmental elements and seismic forces and offer greater susceptibility to electrostatic and electromagnetic coupling than if the cables were below grade

l) Above-ground pull boxes are sometimes used for distribution panels and for common connections such as current or voltage leads The judicious location of these boxes may result in considerable savings

m) Electrical non-metallic tubing (ENT) may be used as an inner duct to protect and segregate optical fibers and low-voltage communications cables in cable trench systems cable trays and in rigid electrical conduits By convention blue colored ENT is intended for branch and feeder circuits yellow colored ENT for communications and red colored ENT for fire alarm and emergency systems

E22 Conduit system design

E221 Exposed conduit

a) Flexible conduit should be used between rigid conduit and equipment connection boxes where vibration or settling is anticipated or where the use of rigid conduit is not practical Liquid-tight flexible conduit is commonly used for this application Flexible conduit length should be as short as practical but consistent with its own minimum bending radius the minimum bending radius of the cable to be installed and the relative motion expected between connection points A separate ground wire should be installed if the flexible conduit is not part of the grounding and bonding system See the NEC [B 100] for additional guidance

b) Where it is possible for water or other liquids to enter conduits sloping of conduit runs and drainage of low points should be provided

c) Electrical equipment enclosures should have conduit installed in a manner to prevent the entrance of water and condensation Drain fittings and air vents in the equipment enclosure should also be considered Expansion couplings should be installed in the conduit run or at the enclosure to prevent damage caused by frost heaving or expansion

d) The entire metallic conduit system whether rigid or flexible should be electrically continuous and grounded

e) When installed in conduit of magnetic material all phases of three-phase ac circuits and both legs of single-phase ac circuits should be installed in the same conduit or sleeve

f) All conduit systems should have suitable pull points (pull boxes manholes etc) to avoid over- tensioning the cable during installation

E222 Embedded conduits and manholes

a) Spacing of embedded conduits should permit fittings to be installed


123

456

789

1011121314

15

16

1718192021222324

2526

2728293031

3233

343536

3738

39

40

12


b) Conduit in duct runs containing one phase of a three-phase power circuit or one leg of a single- phase power circuit should not be supported by reinforcing steel forming closed magnetic paths around individual conduits Reinforcing steel in the manhole walls should not form closed loops around individual nonmetallic conduit entering the manhole Nonmetallic spacers should be used

c) Concrete curbs or other means of protection should be provided where other than RMC conduits turn upward out of floor slabs

d) The lower surface of concrete-encased duct banks should be located below the frost line When this is not practical lean concrete or porous fill can be used between the frost line and the duct bank

e) Concrete-encased duct banks should be adequately reinforced under roads and in areas where heavy equipment may be moved over the duct bank

f) Direct buried nonmetallic conduits should not be installed under roadways or in areas where heavy equipment may be moved over them unless the conduits are made from resilient compounds suitable for this service or are protected structurally

g) Conduits in duct banks should be sloped downward toward manholes or drain points

h) Duct lengths should not exceed those which will develop pulling tensions or sidewall pressures in excess of those allowed by the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations

i) Manholes should be oriented to minimize bends in duct banks

j) Manholes should have a sump if necessary to facilitate the use of a pump

k) Manholes should be provided with the means for attachment of cable-pulling devices to facilitate pulling cables out of conduits in a straight line

l) Provisions should be made to facilitate racking of cables along the walls of the manhole

m) Exposed metal in manholes such as conduits racks and ladders should be grounded

n) End bells should be provided where conduits enter manholes or building walls

o) Manholes and manhole openings should be sized so that the cable manufacturerrsquos minimum allowable cable bending radii are not violated

p) When installed in conduit of magnetic material all phases of three-phase ac circuits and both legs of single-phase ac circuits should be installed in the same conduit or sleeve

E23 Conduit installation

a) Supports of exposed conduits should follow industry standards See the NEC [B100] for additional information

b) When embedded in concrete installed indoors in wet areas and placed in all outdoor locations threaded conduit joints and connections should be made watertight and rustproof by means of the application of a conductive thread compound which will not insulate the joint Each threaded joint should be cleaned to remove all of the


12345

67

89

10

1112

131415

16

1718

19

20

2122

2324

25

26

2728

293031

32

3334

35363738

12


cutting oil before the compound is applied The compound should be applied only to the male conduit threads to prevent obstruction

c) Running threads should not be utilized and welding of conduits should not be done

d) Field bends should not be of lesser radius than suggested by the NEC [B100] and should show no appreciable flattening of the conduit

e) Large radius bends should be used to reduce the cable sidewall pressure during cable installation and in conduit runs when the bending radius of the cable to be contained in the conduit exceeds the radius of standard bends

f) Conduits installed in concrete should have their ends plugged or capped before the concrete is poured

g) All conduit interiors should be free of burrs and should be cleaned after installation

h) Exposed conduit should be marked in a distinct permanent manner at each end and at points of entry to and exit from enclosed areas

i) Flexible conduit connections should be used for all motor terminal boxes and other equipment which is subject to vibration The connections should be of minimum lengths and should employ at least the minimum bending radii established by the cable manufacturer

j) Conduit should not be installed in proximity to hot pipes or other heat sources

k) Proper fittings should be used at conduit ends to prevent cable damage

l) Conduits should be installed so as to prevent damage to the cable system from the movement of vehicles and equipment

m) Conduit entrances to control buildings should be provided with barriers against rodents and fire

E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design

a) Cable tray design should be based upon the required loading and the maximum spacing between supports Loading calculations should include the static weight of cables and a concentrated load of 890 N (200 lb) at midspan The tray load factor (safety factor) should be at least 15 based on collapse of the tray when supported as a simple beam Refer to NEMA VE 1- 2002 [B93] for metallic tray or NEMA FG 1-1993 [B89] for fiberglass tray

b) When the ladder-type tray is specified rung spacing should be a nominal 23 cm (9 in) For horizontal elbows rung spacing should be maintained at the center line

c) Design should minimize the possibility of the accumulation of fluids and debris on covers or in trays


12

3

45

678

910

11

1213

14151617

18

19

2021

2223

24

25

262728293031

3233

3435

12


E32 Tray system design

a) In general vertical spacing for cable trays should be 30 cm (12 in) measured from the bottom of the upper tray to the top of the lower tray A minimum clearance of 23 cm (9 in) should be maintained between the top of a tray and beams piping etc to facilitate installation of cables in the tray

b) Cables installed in stacked cable trays should be arranged by descending voltage levels with the higher voltage at the top

c) When stacking trays the structural integrity of components and the pullout values of support anchors and attachments should be verified

d) Provisions for horizontal and vertical separation of redundant system circuits are described in Annex I

E33 Tray application

The materials from which the tray is fabricated include aluminum galvanized steel and fiberglass In selecting material for trays the following should be considered

a) A galvanized tray installed outdoors will corrode in locations such as near the ocean or immediately adjacent to a cooling tower where the tray is continuously wetted by chemically treated water If an aluminum tray is used for such applications a corrosive-resistant type should be specified Special coatings for a steel tray may also serve as satisfactory protection against corrosion The use of a nonmetallic tray should also be considered for such applications

b) For cable trays and tray supports located outdoors the effect of the elements on both the structure and the trays should be considered Ice snow and wind loadings should be added to loads described in item a) of E31 Aluminum alloys 6061-T6 6063-T6 and 5052-M34 are acceptable with careful recognition of the differences in strength Mill-galvanized steel should normally be used only for indoor applications in non-corrosive environments Hot-dipped galvanized-after-fabrication steel should be used for outdoor and damp locations

c) When the galvanized surface on the steel tray is broken the area should be coated to protect against corrosion

d) Consideration should be given to the relative structural integrity of aluminum versus steel tray during a fire

E34 Tray load capacity

a) The quantity of cable installed in any tray may be limited by the structural capacity of the tray and its supports Tray load capacity is defined as the allowable weight of wires and cables carried by the tray This value is independent of the dead load of the tray system In addition to and concurrent with the tray load capacity and the dead load of the tray system any tray should neither fail nor be permanently distorted by a concentrated load of 890 N (200 lb) at midspan at the center line of the tray or on either side rail

b) A percentage fill limit is needed for randomly filled trays because cables are not laid in neat rows and secured in place This results in cable crossing and void areas which take up much of the tray cross-sectional area Generally a 30 to 40 fill for power


1

2345

67

89

1011

12

1314

151617181920

21222324252627

2829

3031

32

33343536373839

40414212


and control cables and a 40 to 50 fill for instrumentation cables is suggested This will result in a tray loading in which no cables will be installed above the top of the side rails of the cable tray except as necessary at intersections and where cables enter or exit the cable tray systems

c) The quantity of cables in any tray may be limited by the capacity of the cables at the bottom of the tray in order to withstand the bearing load imposed by cables located adjacent and above This restraint is generally applicable to instrumentation cables but may also apply to power and control cables

E4 Cable tray installation

E41 Dropouts

a) Drop-out fittings should be provided when it is required to maintain the minimum cable training radius

b) Where conduit is attached to the tray to carry exiting cable the conduit should be rigidly clamped to the side rail When conduit is rigidly clamped consideration should be given to the forces at the connection during dynamic (seismic) loading of the tray and conduit system Conduit connections through the tray bottom or side rail should be avoided

E42 Covers

a) Horizontal trays exposed to falling objects or to the accumulation of debris should have covers

b) Covers should be provided on exposed vertical tray risers at floor levels and other locations where possible physical damage to the cables could occur

c) Where covers are used on trays containing power cables consideration should be given to ventilation requirements and cable ampacity derating

E43 Grounding

Cable tray systems should be electrically continuous and solidly grounded When cable trays are used as raceways for solidly grounded or low-impedance grounded power systems consideration should be given to the tray system ampacity as a conductor Inadequate ampacity or discontinuities in the tray system may require that a ground conductor be attached to and run parallel with the tray or that a ground strap be added across the discontinuities or expansion fittings The ground conductor may be bare coated or insulated depending upon metallic compatibility

E44 Identification

Cable tray sections should be permanently identified with the tray section number as required by the drawings or construction specifications


1234

5678

9

10

1112

1314151617

18

1920

2122

2324

25

26272829303132

33

3435

12


E45 Supports

The type and spacing of cable tray supports will depend on the loads Tray sections should be supported near section ends and at fittings such as tees crosses and elbows Refer to NEMA VE 1-2002 [B93]

E46 Location

Trays should not be installed in proximity to heating pipes and other heat sources

E5 Wireways

Wireways are generally sheet metal troughs with hinged or removable covers for housing and protecting wires and cables Wireways are for exposed installations only and should not be used in hazardous areas Guidance in the determination of hazardous areas is given in the NEC [B100] Consideration should be given to the wireway material where corrosive vapors exist In outdoor locations wireways should be of raintight construction The sum of the cross-sectional areas of all conductors should not exceed 40 of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway Taps from wireways should be made with rigid intermediate metal electrical metallic tubing flexible-metal conduit or armored cable

E6 Direct burial tunnels and trenches

This clause provides guidance for the installation of cables that are direct buried or installed in permanent tunnels or trenches

E61 Direct burial

Direct burial of cables is a method whereby cables are laid in an excavation in the earth with cables branching off to various pieces of equipment The excavation is then backfilled

A layer of sand is usually installed below and above the cables to prevent mechanical damage Care should be exercised in backfilling to avoid large or sharp rocks cinders slag or other harmful materials

A warning system to prevent accidental damage during excavation is advisable Several methods used are treated wood planks a thin layer of colored lean concrete a layer of sand strips of plastic and markers above ground Untreated wood planks may attract termites and overtreatment may result in leaching of chemicals harmful to the cables

Spare cables or ducts may be installed before backfilling

This system has low initial cost but does not lend itself to changes or additions and provides limited protection against the environment Damage to cables is more difficult to locate and repair in a direct burial system than in a permanent trench system

E62 Cable tunnels

Walk-through cable tunnels can be used where there will be a large number of cables


1

234

5

6

7

89

101112131415

16

1718

19

2021

222324

25262728

29

303132

33

34

12


This system has the advantages of minimum interference to traffic and drainage good physical protection ease of adding cables shielding effect of the ground mat and the capacity for a large number of cables

Disadvantages include high initial cost and danger that fire could propagate between cable trays and along the length of the tunnel Fire hazards may be reduced by providing fire stops

E63 Permanent trenches

Trench systems consist of main runs located to bring large groups of cables through the centers of equipment groups with short runs of conduit smaller trenches or direct-burial cable branching off to individual pieces of equipment Typical trench configurations are shown in Figure E1

Figure E3mdashTypical trench configurationsDuct entrances may be made at the bottom of open-bottom trenches or through knockouts in the sides of solid trenches

Trenches may be made of cast-in-place concrete fiber pipes coated with bitumastic or precast material

Where trenches interfere with traffic in the substation vehicle crossoversmdashpermanent or temporarymdashmay be provided as needed Warning posts or signs should be used to warn vehicular traffic of the presence of trenches

The trenches may interfere with surface drainage and can be sloped to storm sewers sump pits or French drains Open-bottom trenches may dissipate drainage water but are vulnerable to rodents A layer of sand applied around the cables in the trench may protect the cables from damage by rodents Trenches at cable entrances into control buildings should be sloped away from the building for drainage purposes and be equipped with barriers to prevent rodents from entering the control building


123

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

1516

171819

202122232425

12


When selecting the route or layout of the permanent cable trench considerations should be taken to prevent the spread of cable or oil fires within the cable trench For more fire protection information reference IEEE 979

The tops of the trench walls may be used to support hangers for grounded shield conductors The covers of trenches may be used for walkways Consideration should be given to grounding metal walkways and also to providing safety clearance above raised walkways Added concern should be given to the flammability of wood

E631 Floor trenches

Trenches cast into concrete floors may be extensive with trenches run wherever required or a few trenches may be run under the switchboards with conduits branching to various pieces of equipment

Removable covers may be made of metal plywood or other materials Nonmetallic cover materials should be fire retardant Trenches cast into concrete floors should be covered It should be noted that metal covers in the rear of switchboards present a handling hazard and nonmetallic fire-retardant material should be used

Where cables pass through holes cut in covers for example in rear or inside of switchboards the edges should be covered to prevent cable damage from sharp edges

E632 Raised floors

Raised floors provide maximum flexibility for additions or changes Entrance from the outside into the raised floor system may be made at any point along the control house wall

Use of a fire protection system under the floor should be considered


123

4567

8

91011

12131415

1617

18

1920

21

12


Annex F

(normative)

Routing

Ethernet cables may be routed per TIA-1005 with the understanding that a substationrsquos telecommunication spaces are not as widely varied as an industrial space and commercial space The number of moves adds and changes are rare in the substation environment resulting in the limited application of patch cables between Ethernet switches and IEDs The addition of patch panels for Ethernet represents another failure point that decreases the reliability of the communications path by introducing other elements with a finite reliability in an environment where communication failures may not be tolerated Similar routing could be applied to other communications cable such as serial coaxial and fiber cables

Cabling requirements (permanent link and channel) for category 3 category 5e category 6 and category 6A 100-ohm balanced twisted-pair cabling are specified in ANSITIA-568-C2 See ANSITIA-568-C2 for component transmission performance and ANSITIA-1152 for associated field test equipment requirements

Lack of separation between power and telecommunications cabling may have transmission performance implications Refer to requirements in 522 of TIA-1005 for Ethernet copper cable pathway separation from EMI sources

Routing for redundancy or diversity is addressed in Annex I

F1 Length

Cable routing in the switchyard should provide the shortest possible runs where practical to minimize voltage drops in the auxiliary power and control cables and loss of signal in a communication cable etc as well as to reduce amount of cable required

F2 Turns

Layouts should be designed to avoid sharp corners and provide adequate space to meet bending radius and cable pull requirements for specific types of cables Layouts should consider future installation of foundations and cable routings It may be beneficial to have cable layouts perpendicular or parallel to the main buses to avoid crossing at angles and to maximize routing space

F3 Physical location and grouping

Physical separation of redundant cable systems generally utilize separate raceway systems or barriers within raceways such as cable trays and cable trenches to isolate wiring of normal power supplies primary relaying and control and the primary battery system from the wiring of backup power supplies backup or secondary relaying and control and the secondary battery system

Physical separation between a transient source and other cables is an effective means of transient control Because mutual capacitance and mutual inductance are greatly influenced by


1

2

3

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19

20

212223

24

2526272829

30

3132333435

3637

12

Adam Zook 041713
I think that the control cable can be a transient source SRP puts communication cables in a separate conduit from control cable to limit transient interaction between the two types of cables
Zook Adam 020914
Need to have a copy of TIA-1005 STD which requires to be reviewed for the substation applications The application of copper Ethernet cables should be limited to the control house only (Shashi)
Zook Adam 020914
Please provide guideline for substation engineer (Shashi)


circuit spacing small increases in distance may produce substantial decreases in interaction between circuits (Dietrich et al [B11])

Shield conductors on both sides of the cable trench or a single conductor on the EHV bus side of the cable trench can reduce induced transient voltage A shield conductor above conduits directly buried in the ground may also reduce transient voltages To help further reduce transient voltages control cables can be routed perpendicular to the EHV busses Maximum practical separation between control cables and EHV buses that are in parallel should be maintained Where possible control cables should be routed perpendicular to EHV (345 kV or greater) busses (ldquoInduced transient voltage reductions in Bonneville Power Administration 500 kV substationrdquo [B25] ldquoProtection against transientsrdquo [B104]) When control cables must be run parallel to EHV busses maximum practical separation should be maintained between the cables and the busses (Dietrich et al [B11]) and it is recommended to place a ground conductor in the cable trench above the shielded control cables on the side of the trench closest to the overhead bus or preferably both sides of the trench

NOTEmdashTests indicate that in some cases nonshielded control cables may be used without paralleling ground cables when they are parallel and are located at a distance greater than 15 m (50 ft) from or are perpendicular to a typical 345 kV bus (Garton and Stolt [B22])

Great care should be exercised in routing cables through areas of potentially high ground grid current (either power-frequency or high-frequency currents) (ldquoInduced transient voltage reductions in Bonneville Power Administration 500 kV substationrdquo [B25]) When practical control cables may be installed below the main ground grid

All cables from the same equipment should be close together particularly to the first manhole or equivalent in the switchyard (ldquoInduced transient voltage reductions in Bonneville Power Administration 500 kV substationrdquo [B25])

Cables connected to equipment having comparable sensitivities should be grouped together and then the maximum separation should be maintained between groups High-voltage cables should not be in duct runs or trenches with control cables (Dietrich et al [B1 1] ldquoInduced transient voltage reductions in Bonneville Power Administration 500 kV substationrdquo [B25] ldquoProtection against transientsrdquo [B104])

F4 Fire impact

For cases where possible catastrophic failure of equipment leads to fire all critical cables may be routed to avoid coincidental fire damage This affects the proximity routing of trenches and the use of radial raceways rather than a grouped raceway

Cable trenches may be installed at a higher elevation than the surrounding area to limit the possibility of oil or flaming oil from entering the cable trench Stacking cable trays with primary and backup systems should be avoided to reduce the possibility of a fire damaging both systems


12

3456789

1011121314

151617

18192021

222324

2526272829

30

313233

34353637

12

Adam Zook 041713
Dale to update to make cohere with Annex G


Annex G

(normative)

Transient protection of instrumentation control and power cable

This annex provides information on the origin of transients in substations and guidance for cable shielding and shield grounding for medium-voltage power instrumentation control coaxial and triaxial cable systems

G1 Origin of transients in substations

This clause provides information on the origins of EMI voltages in the substation environment

G11 Switching arcs

One of the most frequently encountered sources of EMI in high-voltage yards (230 kV and higher voltage) is during energization or de-energization of the bus by an air-break switch or a circuit switcher Typically during this type of switching intense and repeated sparkovers occur across the gap between the moving arms At each sparkover oscillatory transient currents with 200 A to 1500 A crests circulate in buses in the ground grid in bushing capacitances in CVTs and in other apparatus with significant capacitances to ground The number of individual transients in an opening or closing operation can vary from 5 000 to 10 000 (Gavazza and Wiggins [B23])

The transients are coupled to the low-voltage wiring by three basic modes These are as follows

a) Radiated magnetic or electric field coupling

b) Conducted coupling through stray capacitances such as those associated with

bushings CTs and CVTs

c) Conductive voltage gradients across ground grid conductors

G12 Capacitor bank switching

Switching of grounded capacitance banks introduces transients in overhead buses and in the ground grid In many instances design requirements dictate installation of several banks in parallel This necessitates ldquoback-to-backrdquo switching of two or more banks The ldquoback-to-backrdquo switching of large capacitor banks by a circuit switcher can produce an intense transient electromagnetic field in the vicinity of the banks These high-energy transients typically couple to cables through the overhead bus and the ground grid conductors

In many respects these switching transients are similar to those generated by an air break switch energizing or de-energizing a section of bus These transients differ from the other transients in regards to the magnitude of the transient current and its associated frequencies While the current magnitudes range from 5 000 A to 20 000 A the frequency components contain four widely separated ranges listed as follows (ldquoShunt capacitor switching EMI voltages their reduction in Bonneville Power Administration substationsrdquo [B26])


1

2

3

456

7

8

9

1011121314151617

1819

20

21

22

23

24

252627282930

313233343536

12


a) Frequencies in the megahertz range due to distributed parameters of the buses and the lines

b) Medium frequency oscillations occurring between the two banks contain the frequency range of 5 kHz to 15 kHz (these frequencies are dominant in back-to-back switching)

c) Low-frequency oscillations occurring between the capacitor banks and the power-frequency source contain the frequency range of 400 Hz to 600 Hz (these frequencies are dominant in the case of a bank switched against the bus)

d) 50 Hz or 60 Hz source frequency

The modes by which the voltage and current transients are coupled to the cables are basically the same as those listed in G11

G13 Lightning

Lightning is another source that can cause intense EMI in low-voltage circuits In general lightning is a high-energy unidirectional surge with a steep wave front In the frequency domain a broad frequency band represents this type of surge The frequency range covered by this spectrum is from dc to megahertz

The following are some ways lightning can cause over-voltages on cables

a) Direct strike to the mast or overhead shield wire in the substation

b) Lightning entering the substation through overhead transmission or distribution lines

c) Induced lightning transients due to strikes in the vicinity of the substation

The surge current flows into earth via ground grid conductors and through the multi-grounded shield and neutral network There are two primary modes of coupling to the cables The inductive coupling is due to voltage and current waves traveling in the overhead shield wires in the buses and in the ground grid conductors The conductive coupling consists of voltage gradients along the ground grid conductors due to flow of transient current

In a substation a transient grid potential rise (TGPR) with respect to a remote ground may also exist This transient voltage most likely will couple to telecommunication lines entering the substation from remote locations If proper isolation is not provided this voltage may cause damage to the telecommunication equipment in the substation The magnitude of TGPR is proportional to the peak magnitude and rate of rise of the stroke current and the surge impedance of the grounding system

G14 Power-frequency faults (50 Hz or 60 Hz)

Electronic devices are vulnerable to damage if a large magnitude of power-frequency fault current flows in the ground grid conductors due to a phase-to-ground fault Erroneous operations of relay circuits are known to occur under these conditions

There are two basic modes of coupling which exist when a phase-to-ground fault occurs in a substation The induced voltage on the cable due to the fault current flowing in ground conductors is one mode of coupling More dominant coupling however is the conductive voltage gradient along the ground grid conductors resulting from the current flow


12

345

678

9

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

20

2122232425

262728293031

32

333435

36373839

12


Coupling due to GPR with respect to remote ground may exist on telecommunication circuits entering the substation The GPR magnitude will be proportional to the fault current entering the earth from the ground grid conductors and the ground grid resistance to remote ground (IEEE Std 487-2000 [B56] EPRI EL-5990-SR [B18] Perfecky and Tibensky [B103]) Sometimes the telecommunication circuit leaving the substation parallels the power line In this case the total coupling would be a net result of GPR and the induced voltage due to fault current flowing in that power line

G15 Sources within cable circuits

During interruption of dc current in an inductor such as a relay coil a large induced voltage may appear across the inductor due to Faradayrsquos Law (V =L didt) (ldquoTransient pickup in 500 kV control circuitsrdquo [B117]) Normally the maximum voltage will exist at the instant of interruption The surge voltage magnitude is proportional to the impedance of the supply circuit and the speed of interruption Voltages in excess of 10 kV have been observed across a 125 V coil in laboratory tests but 25 kV with 5 micros rise time is a typical value to be expected Once produced these powerful fast rising high-voltage pulses are conducted throughout the supply circuit and can affect adjacent circuits where capacitive coupling exists Full battery voltage appears initially across the impedance of the adjacent circuit and then decays exponentially in accordance with the resistance-capacitance time constant of the circuit (ldquoProtection against transientsrdquo [B104])

The extensive use of surge capacitors on solid-state equipment and the longer control cable runs associated with EHV stations have substantially increased the capacitance between control wiring and ground Inadvertent momentary grounds on control wiring cause a discharge or a redistribution of charge on this capacitance Although this seldom causes failure the equipment may malfunction

Saturation of CTs by high-magnitude fault currents including the dc offset can result in the induction of high voltages in the secondary windings This phenomenon is repeated for each transition from saturation in one direction to saturation in the other The voltage appearing in the secondary consists of high- magnitude spikes with alternating polarity persisting for an interval of a few milliseconds every half cycle (ldquoProtection against transientsrdquo [B104])

G2 Protection measuresmdashGeneral considerations

There are two types of voltages that develop at cable terminations when the cable is exposed to high energy transients At this point it is important to visualize two loop areas enclosed by cable pair including its terminal equipment The loop area enclosed between the conductors of a pair is relatively small and typically links a fraction of disturbing field The voltage so developed across the conductors is called differential mode voltage In general the differential mode voltages are too small to cause any equipment damage However the loop currents that result from these voltages sometimes are responsible for erroneous operations of protective devices Using a twisted pair cable may eliminate this problem altogether Responsible for most damages are the common mode voltages at the terminals The common mode voltage results due to the loop formed between the pair and ground grid conductors A strong coupling from disturbing fields usually exists due to the large area enclosed by this loop The common mode voltage is defined as the voltage between the cable conductors and the ground The main objective of conductive shields is to minimize or preferably eliminate these voltages and resulting currents

Common and differential mode voltages at cable terminations cannot be completely eliminated but can be limited in magnitude Since transient voltages are coupled to the cables due to their exposure in the substation yard the responsibility of providing protection to reduce these coupled transients rests with utility engineers On the other hand designing the


1234567

8

910111213141516171819

2021222324

2526272829

30

3132333435363738394041424344

45464748

12


electronic equipment to withstand certain transient levels as specified by the standards (ERPI EL-2982 Project 1359-2 [B17] IEC 61000-4-12006 [B41] IEC 61000-4-42004 [B42] IEC 61000-4-52005 [B43] IEEE Std C37901-2002 [B73]) and providing appropriate surge suppressors at the terminals is traditionally a manufacturerrsquos responsibility Discussion on terminal protection is beyond the scope of this guide The following protection measures are discussed in this clause

a) Cable routing

b) Shield and shield grounding

c) Substation grounding and parallel ground conductors

G21 Cable routing

Radial arrangement of instrumentation and control circuits will reduce transient voltages by minimizing the loop sizes between the cable pairs running to the same apparatus This is effectively accomplished by

mdash Installing the cable pairs running to the same apparatus in one trench or conduit

mdash Avoiding the loop formed due to cables running from one apparatus to another apparatus and returning by different route

mdash Running the circuits in a tree fashion with a separate branch to each equipment such as breaker transformer etc

The trench or conduit carrying the cables should not run parallel to the overhead HV buses In cases where this is unavoidable provide as much separation distance as practically feasible to reduce the capacitive coupling from the buses

A substation may have underground HV circuit running across the yard A power-frequency fault current in the HV cable may cause a transient in control cables laid in parallel and in proximity due to magnetic coupling Avoiding the parallel run or providing a larger separation distance can reduce the transient overvoltage

G22 Shield and shield grounding

In general shielded cables regardless of ground connections at the ends provide immunity from magnetically coupled voltages This protection is a result of eddy currents set up by the external magnetic field in the coaxial shield The eddy currents in the shield then produce the opposing field reducing the field coupled to the signal conductors Due to its high conductivity and immunity from saturation a nonmagnetic (nonferrous) material is typically used for shielding purpose A typical nonmagnetic material used for shielding purpose may include copper aluminum bronze or lead The shielding efficiency of a nonmagnetic eddy-current shield is directly proportional to the following (Buckingham and Gooding [B8])

a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness

c) Conductivity (or 1resistivity)

d) Frequency

e) Permeability


123456

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516

1718

192021

22232425

26

2728293031323334

35

36

37

38

39

12


The lower the shield impedance the greater its transient voltage cancellation efficiency Generally lower surge impedance permits larger induced transient currents to flow in the shield (ldquoMethods of reducing transient overvoltages in substation control cablesrdquo [B84]) Table G1 lists the conductivity data of four commonly used shielding materials

Table G16mdash Conductivity data for four commonly used shielding materials

Copper Aluminum Bronzea Lead

Conductivity mho-meter 58 354 255 45a90 copper 10 zinc

The protection provided by an ungrounded shield is not adequate in high-voltage and high current noise environments of substations For example an ungrounded shield cannot protect the cable from capacitively coupled voltages Typically 1 of the transient voltage on a high-voltage bus is coupled to a cable with ungrounded shield This can amount to a common mode voltage of several thousand volts With the shield grounded at one end the capacitively-coupled electric field is prevented from terminating on the cable resulting in virtually no differential or common mode voltage

Grounding the shield at one end effectively protects the equipment at that end but equipment connected at the ungrounded end remains unprotected In some instances shield-to-ground and conductor-to-ground voltages may even increase at the ungrounded end (Dietrich et al [B1 1] ldquoMethods of reducing transient overvoltages in substation control cablesrdquo [B84]) For providing protection at both ends of the cable the shield should be grounded at both ends (Garton and Stolt [B22]) Grounding the shield at both ends links a minimum external field due to reduced loop area enclosed by the cable pairs and shield conductor Several field and laboratory tests show that grounding the shield at both ends reduce the common mode voltage between 50 and 200 times (ldquoControl circuit transients in electric power systemsrdquo [B78] ldquoControl circuit transientsrdquo [B79])

The shield conductors are not rated to carry power-frequency fault currents For this reason one or more ground conductors should be installed in the proximity of the cable circuits where shield conductors are grounded at both ends

In the case of an unbalanced circuit (equipment circuit is not grounded in the electrical middle) a differential voltage across the pair develops if the impedance on each side of the signal ground in the terminal equipment is different This differential voltage will be proportional to the current due to the common mode voltage during the transient Depending on the unbalance at the terminal grounding the shield at both ends may increase this differential voltage For a given transient this differential voltage can be reduced by grounding the signal circuit nearly in the electrical middle (IEEE Std 1050-1996 [B65])

It is necessary to keep the shield in a cable intact as a broken or separated shield can greatly reduce the shield efficiency Also in a substation where there may at times be large fault currents a problem arises if the shield is grounded at two widely separated locations The power-frequency potential difference on the ground grid may cause enough current to flow in the shield to cause damage Installation of one or more 20 or 40 AWG bare copper conductors in parallel would significantly reduce the current flow in the shield


1234

5

6

7

89

1011121314

15161718192021222324

252627

28293031323334

353637383940

12


G23 Substation grounding and parallel ground conductors

The design of ground grid systems the methods of grounding equipment and shielding of cable circuits have a large influence on EMI voltages that appear at the terminals

The ground grid even when designed with a very low resistance cannot be considered as an equal-voltage surface Substantial grid voltage differences may exist particularly in a large substation yard Several factors influence voltage gradients across the ground grid conductors These factors include the impedance of grid conductors grid geometry distribution of ground currents (see IEEE Std 80-2000 [B48]) earth resistivity (see ldquoTransient pickup in 500 kV control circuitsrdquo [B1 17] and IEEE Std 81-1983 [B49]) and magnitude and frequency of the transient (Gillies and Ramberg [B24])

Since it is impractical to eliminate voltage gradients along ground grid conductors additional measures are necessary to reduce their influence on the cables Typically this measure consists of installing low- impedance ground conductors in proximity and parallel to the affected circuits These conductors carry currents proportional to voltage gradients along the grid conductors and serve several purposes The flow of currents in these conductors induces a counter voltage in the control circuits and also reduces the conductive voltage difference between the two terminals In the case of a power-frequency fault these ground conductors carry most of the fault currents protecting the shield conductors grounded at both ends

The following are some guidelines to maximize protection from parallel ground conductors

a) Ground conductors in trenches

1) Install conductors with sufficient conductivity to carry maximum available fault current in the substation and having adequate mechanical strength A typical installation uses 20 or 40 bare copper conductor

2) Attach a minimum of two ground conductors on the topside of each trench If required additional ground conductors can be placed outside but in proximity of the trench This places the ground conductors between the radiated EMI source and the cables (ldquoTransient pickup in 500 kV control circuitsrdquo [B117])

3) Connect ground conductors with ground grid mesh conductors at several locations

b) Ground conductors parallel to duct banks

1) Place a minimum of two ground conductors at the top edges of the duct bank Ground conductors can also be placed in conduits provided that they intercept radiated fields

2) Establish a ground bus around the perimeter of the manhole with at least two ties to the substation grid This ground bus provides a convenient means of grounding individual cable shields if required

c) Parallel ground conductors for directly buried cables


1

23

456789

10

1112131415161718

19

20

212223

2425262728

2930

31

323334

353637

38

12


1) Place one or more ground conductors in proximity of each cable run if cable paths are diverse

d) Protection for unshielded cables

1) Ground conductors provide protection to both shielded and unshielded cables However unshielded cables receive more benefit from the parallel ground conductors To be most effective the ground conductors should be as close to the cables as possible

2) In an unshielded cable grounding of unused pair(s) at both ends provides the most effective protection (ldquoTransient pickup in 500 kV control circuitsrdquo [B117]) Provisions should be made for replacement with shield conductors should the unused conductors later be used for active circuits A parallel ground conductor should accompany the cable if a spare pair is grounded at both ends

G3 Protection measuresmdashspecial circuits

This clause provides shielding and grounding guidelines for special circuits such as circuits to CVTs CTs capacitor banks and coupling capacitor line tuning equipment The clause also provides shielding guidelines for high-voltage power cables coaxial and triaxial cables and the cables carrying low magnitude signals

G31 Instrument transformers (CVTs and CTs)

Equipment such as CVTs can couple high common-mode voltages to low-voltage secondary cables originating from the base cabinet The source of transients in many of such cases is the capacitive current interruption by an air break switch The surge impedances of the ground leads connecting the CVT bases to local ground grid are primarily responsible for developing these high transient voltages The transient voltages are coupled to the low-voltage circuit via devicersquos stray capacitance

Measuring CTs are normally located in breaker bushings The bushing capacitances generate the voltage transients on breaker casings in the same manner as the CVT devices These transients then can be coupled to CT secondary circuits or any low-voltage circuit or equipment residing in the breaker cabinet

The coupled voltages are typically reduced by lowering surge impedances of the ground leads and the surrounding ground grid This can be accomplished by mounting the CVT or breaker cabinets as close to the ground as permitted by clearance standards and by providing multiple low-resistance conductors between the cabinets (for three standalone cabinets) and between the cabinets and the station ground grid The secondary circuits exiting the cabinets should run in the vicinity of the ground leads Additionally the secondary cables should be laid out radially and as close to the ground grid conductors as possible If ground grid conductors in the proximity are not available dedicated ground conductors should be installed Using shielded cables for secondary circuits can provide additional immunity In such a case the shield should be grounded at both ends Instrument transformer secondaries should be connected to ground at only one point (see IEEE Std C57133-2005 [B76]) Making the ground connection at the relay or control building has the following advantages

a) Voltage rise is minimized near the relay equipment

b) The shock hazard to personnel in the building is reduced


12

3

4567

89

101112

13

14151617

18

192021222324

25262728

293031323334353637383940

41

42

12


c) All grounds are at one location facilitating checking

CT secondary leads in a primary voltage area exceeding 600 V should be protected as required by Rule 150 of the NESC (Accredited Standards Committee C2-2002)

G32 Shunt capacitor banks

In the case of a grounded shunt capacitor installation operated at 115 kV and higher voltage the EMI can be controlled by the use of shielded cables and grounding the shields at both ends However in the case of multiple banks requiring back-to-back switching special protection measures may be necessary (ldquoShunt capacitor switching EMI voltages their reduction in Bonneville Power Administration substationsrdquo [B26]) A pre-insertion resistor or current limiting reactor inserted between the banks can substantially reduce the switching transient in back-to-back switching Closing the circuit switcher at a ldquozero voltagerdquo point on the voltage wave can also reduce the transient significantly Special shielding and grounding practices as listed below may however be required in absence of such mitigation methods

a) Route instrumentation and control circuits directly under the supply buses and close to ldquopeninsulardquo ground grid conductors until they are a minimum of 6 m (20 ft) within the influence of the main substation ground grid

b) Ground the end of the cable shield in the capacitor yard to a ldquopeninsulardquo grounding system

c) Ground the cable shield to the ground grid at the nearest manhole hand hole trench or tunnel adjacent to the capacitors

d) Ground the shield at the entrance to the control or relay house

e) If the shield is extended beyond the entrance into the control or relay house ground the shield at the switchboard or other cable termination

f) Capacitor yard lighting and receptacle circuits should also be shielded if the light posts are grounded to ldquopeninsulardquo grounding If the light posts are not grounded to ldquopeninsulardquo grounding they should be located a minimum of 2 m (6 ft) away from any structure that is grounded to the ldquopeninsulardquo grounding This will reduce the probability of personnel simultaneously contacting both structures and being in series with the potential difference between the peninsula and the rest of the grid during capacitor switching or during a fault

g) In the manhole adjacent to the capacitor yard where capacitor cable shields are grounded ground all other cable shields even if they are not related to the capacitors Also ground all cable shields grounded in this manhole at their remote ends During capacitor switching and faults the potential of the peninsula ground grid and the area around the first manhole may be quite high A high voltage could exist between cables if some shields are not grounded and between the ends of the shields if both ends are not grounded

h) High-voltage shunt capacitor banks of a given voltage should have the neutrals from individual banks connected together and then connected to the station ground grid at only one point To facilitate single point grounding all capacitor banks of a given voltage should be at one location


1

23

4

56789

10111213

141516

1718

1920

21

2223

24252627282930

31323334353637

38394041

12


G33 Gas insulated substations (GIS)

Operation of high-voltage (725 kV and above) GIS breakers and disconnect switches generate transients with much faster rise time than air insulated equipment resulting in higher frequency transients (frequency bandwidth roughly one order of magnitude greater) that can increase the coupling of interference into control wiring Transients can also be generated within substation grounds GIS manufacturers will typically supply shielded cable for control and power circuits between equipment and the local control panel on the skid Shielded cable is also recommended for (customer) circuits terminating at the GIS equipment or in the near vicinity of GIS equipment Shields should be grounded at both ends and the grounding pigtails are to be as short as possible grounded immediately inside the control cabinet The grounds prevent bringing the transients into the control cabinet where they could couple with other conductors For more information refer to IEEE Standard C371221 [BXX] and [B32]

G34 High susceptibility circuits

This subclause provides guidance for shielding and grounding of control and instrumentation circuits with high susceptibility to steady-state noise High susceptibility circuits are those carrying low level voltage and current signals A thermocouple circuit carrying analog signals in millivolt range is one good example of this type of circuit

The protection measures described in this section may not be necessary if interference due to steady-state noise is not a concern even for high susceptibility circuits Users should follow the general shielding and grounding practices described in G2 in such cases

For further details on shielding and grounding of high susceptibility circuits see IEEE Std 1050-2004 [B65] For information on application of instrumentation and control cables for SCADA see IEEE Std C371-2007 [B72]

G341 Use of twisted pair cable

The use of twisted pair cables is an effective method for reducing steady-state differential mode noise on high susceptibility cables Using cables with twisted pair conductors and individually insulated shields over each pair is also effective in minimizing crosstalk in communication circuits

G342 Grounding of signal circuit

The signal circuit may originate at a source such as a transducer and terminate at a receiver (load) such as a recorder or a SCADA RTU either directly or through an amplifier

If the receiver is receiving the signal from a grounded voltage source a thermocouple for example the receiver input should be capable of high common-mode rejection This can be accomplished by either isolating the receiver from the ground or installing a differential amplifier with isolated guard at the receiver input terminals Isolating the circuits from ground effectively opens the ground common-mode voltage path in the signal circuit If a single-ended amplifier already exists at the input terminal of the receiver the low side of the signal circuit is not broken and should be considered grounded at the terminal In this case the same isolation procedure as indicated above should be followed

When an ungrounded transducer is used the receiver may not need isolation In such a case a single-ended amplifier can be installed at the input terminal if required


1

23456789

101112

13

14

15161718

192021

222324

25

26272829

30

3132

3334353637383940

414212


G343 Shield grounding

In the case of a high susceptibility circuit the shield may be connected to ground at only one point preferably where the signal equipment is grounded If the shield is grounded at some point other than where the signal equipment is grounded charging currents may flow in the shield because of the difference in voltages between signal and shield ground locations Similarly if the shield is grounded at more than one point voltage gradients along the ground conductors may drive current through the shield In either case the common mode noise current in the shield can induce differential mode noise in the signal leads Depending on the unbalance in the signal circuit noise voltages of sufficient magnitudes may be developed to reduce the accuracy of the signal sensing equipment

In a system with a grounded transducer at one end and an isolated differential amplifier at the receiving end connecting the cable shield to the amplifier guard shield may reduce the amplifierrsquos common-mode rejection capability A preferred practice in such a case is to isolate the cable shield from the amplifier guard shield and to ground the shield only at the transducer end This shield grounding practice minimizes the shield-induced common-mode current while permitting the amplifier to operate at maximum common- mode rejection capability

To provide immunity from transient overvoltages the nongrounded end of the shield may be grounded through a suitable capacitor or a surge suppressor varistor

G35 Shielding terminations at the equipment

The following guidelines may be followed for the circuits entering equipment located in the control house or yard

a) If cable shields are grounded at the entrance of the control house they should be extended beyond the building entrance and grounded at their final terminations in the cabinet

b) To minimize the size of the loop formed between the cable and the shield carry the shield with the cable as far towards the equipment as practical before grounding

G36 Cables and shielding for power-line carrier (PLC) equipment

The circuits for PLC equipment typically consist of three specific types of cables These types are as follows insulated single conductor coaxial cable and triaxial cable For additional guidance on PLC and circuits refer to IEEE Std 643-1980 [B61])

G361 Insulated single conductor

An insulated single conductor is used to connect a coupling capacitor to line-tuning equipment or outdoor transmitting and receiving equipment It can also be used as the interconnecting lead for short bypasses

Bare conductors and coaxial cables should be avoided for these applications since either one can introduce excessive leakage currents or excessive stray capacitance

Since a single conductor is at a high impedance point when connected between a coupling capacitor and a line tuner stray capacitance-to-ground and leakage currents can affect the coupling circuit performance The stray capacitance can cause a reduction in bandwidth and the leakage currents can cause a loss in carrier power


1

23456789

10

11121314151617

1819

20

2122

232425

2627

28

293031

32

333435

3637

3839404112


To reduce stray capacitance and leakage currents either of the following methods may be used

a) An insulated single conductor should be run as directly as possible between its required terminations It should be mounted on insulators and fed through bushings at each end The conductor insulation should be unbroken between its ends to maintain low leakage

b) An insulated single conductor can be installed in a nonmagnetic flexible metal conduit which is sheathed in a vinyl jacket The insulated single conductor should be isolated from the flexible metal conduit with nonconductive washers spaced about 150 mm (6 in) apart If the conductor has a significant portion of its length outside the flexible metal conduit it should be mounted on insulators and fed through bushings at its ends as in item a)

A typical insulated carrier lead 12 mm (048 in) in diameter consists of a single 8 AWG 19-strand conductor having rubber insulation and a neoprene outer jacket

G362 Coaxial cables

This type of cable is sometimes used for a low-impedance interconnection between a line tuner and a transmitterreceiver or between line tuners in a long bypass It is sometimes used between an impedance- matching transformer in a coupling capacitor base and a transmitterreceiver

In these applications the copper braid (shield) that forms the outer conductor of the cable should be grounded at the transmitterreceiver end only (or at only one end of a bypass) If both shield ends are grounded large surge currents can flow under certain conditions causing saturation of the impedance- matching transformer and resulting in an inoperative carrier channel

G363 Triaxial cables (or shielded coaxial cable)

On transmission lines operating at voltages greater than 230 kV triaxial cable may be used instead of coaxial cable This cable provides an additional heavy shield which does not carry signal currents The outer shield is capable of carrying large induced surge currents under fault conditions and is grounded at both ends This arrangement provides an effective shielding against both magnetic and electrostatic induction


12

3456

789

101112

1314

15

16171819

2021222324

25

2627282930

12


Annex H

(normative)

Electrical segregation

Physical separation between a transient source and control cables is an effective means of transient control Because mutual capacitance and mutual inductance are greatly influenced by circuit spacing small increases in distance may produce substantial decreases in interaction between circuits

Table H1 provides the allowable mixing requirements for segregation of various types of circuits in raceways Table H1 is not intended to cover typical lsquobuildingrsquo wiring such as for lighting heatingair conditioning receptacles etc This type wiring generally should follow national or local electrical codes

Table H17mdash Circuit mixingsegregation in raceways

Raceway system Circuit types typically installed together

Individual ducts conduits Control and instrumentation and power only if le 120 V (ac) Single conductor smaller than 6 AWG must be segregated from multiconductor cable except in runs le 6 m (20 ft) Communication circuits should be in a dedicated duct whenever possible or sub-duct if in a shared duct

Duct banks All types segregated as necessary into individual ducts

Trench All types Barrier recommended for power circuits greater than 240 V (ac) Communication circuits should be installed in a sub-duct

Tray or wireways Control and instrumentation communication power only if le 120 V (ac) Communication circuits should be installed in a sub-duct

Connecting raceways le 18 m (6 ft) (eg between junction box and equipment cabinet)

Control and instrumentation communication power only if le 120 V (ac) Communication circuits should be installed in a sub-duct

aControl and instrumentation circuits include dc circuits ac control circuits potential transformer circuits current transformer circuits and instrumentation (milli-

amp or low voltage) circuits For the purposes of raceway assignment dc power circuits to equipment such as to motor operated air switches circuit breaker

charging mechanisms etc or for dc lighting are considered the same as control circuitsbPrimary dc circuits including charger to battery battery to distribution panel and panel to panel primary connections are to be in dedicated raceways

cThe station service feeder from the station service transformer to the primary distribution panel may be in a dedicated raceway


1

2

3

4567

89

1011

12

1314151617

12


Annex I

(normative)

Separation of redundant cables

This annex provides guidance for the separation of redundant cable systems

Communication cables may be used in communication systems that provide redundancy on a variety of levels Care should be undertaken to understand how the communication cables impact redundant functionality For example communication redundancy may involve redundant communications ports on each device where two cables may be providing communication access to one device In this case it may or may not be desirable to have these two cables follow the same path One other common example is when primary and secondary IEDs both have a single communication cable but both IEDs may not be used in a redundant fashion for all functionality In the case where both devices support the same functions in a redundant manner the discussion below may be applied

Communication cables may also be impacted by diversity or redundancy requirements Some applications may require communications cables for primary and secondarybackup functions to take different paths within the substation to reduce the likelihood that the same failure mode will simultaneously affect both cables Consult specific application requirements for the level of diversity required

I1 Redundant cable systems

Redundant cable systems are two or more systems serving the same objective They may be systems where personnel safety is involved such as fire pumps or systems provided with redundancy because of the severity of economic consequences of equipment damage or system reliability Primary and backup relay control cables and normal and backup station service supplies are practical examples of redundant cable systems

I2 Design considerations

Redundant cable systems should be physically and electrically separated to ensure that no single event whether physical in nature or electrical in nature would prevent a required specific substation operation The degree and type of separation required varies with the importance of the cable systems the equipment they serve and potential hazards in particular areas of the substation System owners or regulatory agencies may have requirements that mandate certain redundancy and separation practices

I3 Separation

Physical and electrical separation of redundant cable systems increases the reliability of the cable systems and the equipment they serve Possible methods to provide physical and electrical separation include

mdash Installation of redundant systems in separate raceways trays trenches or conduits with diverse physical routing

mdash Fire barrier between systems that are contained within the same raceway


1

2

3

4

56789

10111213

1415161718

19

2021222324

25

262728293031

32

333435

3637

38

12

Zook Adam 010414
Either move to section 5 or delete


mdash Avoidance of stacked cable trays or raceways that contain redundant systems

mdash Use of independent electrical power sources (DC battery AC station service source) and distribution panels for power cables in separate cable systems

mdash Physical separation of power or signal sources (instrument transformers monitoringindication devices DC battery AC station service source or power distribution panels) for control and instrumentation cables

mdash Physical separation of connected devices (protective relays and relaying panels RTUrsquos HMIrsquos DFRrsquos phone system fiber splicepatch panels) for control instrumentation communication and fiber cables


1

23

456

789

10

12


Annex J

(normative)

Cable pulling tension calculations

Ethernet cables have cable pulling limits and minimum bend radius defined in TIA-568-C0 For other types of copper communication cables the manufacturerrsquos pulling tension and bend radius guidelines shall be followed

J1 Cable pulling design limits and calculations

The following design limits and formulas provided in this clause should be utilized when determining the maximum safe cable pulling lengths and tensions Raceway fill maximum sidewall pressure jam ratio and minimum bending radius are design limits which should be examined in designing a proper cable pull

These design limits are prerequisites needed in designing a cable raceway system Once these limits are determined for a particular cable the raceway system can then be designed If the system has already been designed modifications may be required in order to pull the cable without damage

Conduit and duct system design should consider the maximum pulling lengths of cable to be installed The maximum pulling length of a cable or cables is determined by the maximum allowable pulling tension and sidewall pressure The pulling length will be limited by one of these factors

Pull points or manholes should be installed wherever calculations show that expected pulling tensions exceed either maximum allowable pulling tension or sidewall pressure Also an industry ldquorule of thumbrdquo is no more than 360deg of total bends along the cable pull though actual calculations will override this ldquorule of thumbrdquo

A sample calculation for determining cable pulling tensions is shown in J4 and O6

J2 Design limits

J21 Maximum allowable pulling tension

The maximum allowable pulling tension is the minimum value of Tmax from the applicable following guidelines unless otherwise indicated by the cable manufacturer

The maximum tension on an individual conductor should not exceed

T cond=KtimesA (J1)

where

Tcond is the maximum allowable pulling tension on individual conductor in newtons (pounds)

A is the cross-sectional area of each conductor in square millimeters (mm2) (kcmil)105

Copyright copy 2008 IEEE All rights reserved

1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

12131415

16171819

20212223

24

25

26

2728

29

30

31

32333412


K equals 70 Nmm2 (8 lbkcmil) for annealed copper and hard aluminumK equals 525 Nmm2 (6 lbkcmil) for 34 hard aluminum

When pulling together two or three conductors of equal size the pulling tension should not exceed twice the maximum tension of an individual conductor ie

T max=2timesTcond (J2)

When pulling more than three conductors of equal size together the pulling tension should not exceed 60 of the maximum tension of an individual conductor times the number of conductors (ldquoNrdquo) ie

T max=0 6timesNtimesT cond (J3)

When pulling using a pulling eye the maximum tension for a single-conductor cable should not exceed 222 kN (5000 lb) and the maximum tension for two or more conductors should not exceed 267 kN (6000 lb) The cable manufacturer should be consulted when tensions exceeding these limits are expected

When pulling by basket grip over a nonleaded jacketed cable the pulling tension should not exceed 445 kN (1000 lb)

When using a basket-weave type pulling grip applied over a lead-sheathed cable the force should not exceed 667 kN (1500 lb) as determined by the following formula

T max=Km π ( Dminust ) (J4)

where

t is the lead sheath thickness in millimeters (inches)D is the OD of lead sheath in millimeters (inches)Km is the maximum allowable pulling stress in MPa (1034 MPa to 138 MPa

[1500 to 200 psi] depending on the lead alloy)

NOTEmdashFor lead-sheathed cables with neoprene jackets Tmax = 445 kN (1000 lb)

Pulling instructions for coaxial triaxial and other special cables should follow the manufacturerrsquos recommendations

J22 Maximum allowable sidewall pressure

Sidewall pressure P is defined as the tension out of a bend expressed in newtons (pounds) divided by the radius of the bend expressed in millimeters (feet) The sidewall pressure on a cable can be calculated by the following equations

Single cable in conduit

P=T 0

r (J5)106


12345

6

789

10

11121314

1516

1718

19

20

212223242526

2728

29

303132

33

3412


Three cables in cradle configuration where the center cable presses hardest against the conduit

P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J6)

Three cables in triangular configuration where the pressure is divided between the two bottom cables

P=T 0

2 r (J7)

Four cables in diamond configuration where the bottom cable is subjected to the greatest crushing force

P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J8)

where

P is the sidewall pressure in newtonsmillimeter (poundsfoot) of radiusTo is the tension out of the bend in newtons (pounds)c is the weight correction factor (refer to J31)r is the inside radius of bend in millimeters (feet)

Equation (J6) Equation (J7) and Equation (J8) calculate the sidewall pressure for the cable with the highest sidewall pressure

The maximum allowable sidewall pressure is 7300 Nm (500 lbft) of radius for multiconductor power cables and single-conductor power cables 6 AWG and larger subject to verification by the cable manufacturer The recommended maximum allowable sidewall pressure for control cables and single- conductor power cable 8 AWG and smaller is 4380 Nm (300 lbft) of radius subject to verification by the cable manufacturer For instrumentation cable the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations should be obtained

J23 Jam ratio

Jamming is the wedging of cables in a conduit when three cables lie side by side in the same plane Jam ratio is defined for three cables of equal diameter as the ratio of the conduit inside diameter (D) to the cable outside diameter (d) The jam ratio is a concern because jamming in the conduit could cause damage to one or more of the cables The possibility of jamming is greater when the cables change direction Therefore the inside diameter of the conduit at the bend is used in determining the jam ratio

Jamming cannot occur when

Dd

gt3 0

Jamming is not likely when107


1

2

34

5

67

8

9

1011121314

1516

171819202122

23

242526272829

30

31

3212

Adam Zook 042413
Same as J6


Dd

lt2 8

Jamming is probable when

2 8le Dd

le3 0

A 40 conduit fill gives a jam ratio of 274 which is in the region where jamming is not likely The inside diameter of a field-bent conduit is usually increased by 5 to account for the oval cross-section that occurs Adding 5 for a field bent conduit yields a jam ratio of 287 which is in the region where jamming is probable

J24 Minimum bending radius

The minimum bending radius is the minimum radius to which a cable can be bent while under a pulling tension providing the maximum sidewall pressure is not exceeded The values given are usually stated as a multiple of cable diameter and are a function of the cable diameter and whether the cable is nonshielded shielded armored or single or multiple conductor Guidance for minimum bending radii can be obtained from the NEC [B100] or the cable manufacturer

J3 Cable-pulling calculations

The equations used to calculate the expected cable-pulling tension are based on the number of cables to be pulled the type of raceway the cable configuration in the raceway and the raceway layout

J31 Straight sections of conduit or duct

For a straight section of conduit or duct the pulling tension is equal to the length of the straight run multiplied by the weight per unit length of cable the coefficient of friction and the weight correction factor

In SI units

T = Lmgfc (J9)

where

T is the pulling tension in a straight duct in newtonsL is the length of the straight duct in metersm is the mass of the cable per unit length in kilogramsmeterg is the acceleration of gravity in 981 ms2

f is the coefficient of frictionc is the weight correction factor

In English units

T = Lwfc (J10)

where


1

2

3

4567

8

910111213

14

151617

18

192021

22

23

24

2526272829303132

33

34

12


T is the total pulling tension of straight run in poundsL is the length of the straight run in feetw is the weight of the cable(s) in poundsfoot

The coefficient of friction is usually assumed to be as given in Table J 1

Table J18mdash Coefficient of friction f

Dry cable or ducts 05Well-lubricated cable and ducts 015 to 035

The weight correction factor takes into account the added frictional forces that exist between triangular or cradle arranged cables resulting in a greater pulling tension than when pulling a single cable The weight correction factor can be calculated by the following equations

Three single cables in cradled configuration

c=1+ 43 ( d

Dminusd )2

(J11)

Three single cables in triangular configuration

c= 1

radic1minus( dDminusd )

2

(J12)

Four single cables in diamond configuration

c=1+2( dDminusd )

2

(J13)

where

D is the conduit inside diameterd is the single conductor cable outside diameter

The weight correction factor for three single-conductor cables can be determined from Figure J1


12345

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819202122

12


Figure J4mdash Weight correction factor (c)

J32 Inclined sections of raceway

The expected pulling tension of a cable in an inclined section of duct may be calculated from the following Equation (J13) and Equation (J14)

T up=wL(cf cos α+sin α ) (J14)

T down=wL( cf cosαminussin α ) (J15)

where

α is the angle of the incline from horizontal


12

3

45

6

7

8

9

12


J33 Horizontal and vertical bends

The tension out of a horizontal or vertical conduit bend is normally calculated from the following approximate equation

T out=T in ecf θ(J16)

where

Tout is the tension out of bend in kilonewtons (pounds)Tin is the tension into the bend in kilonewtons (pounds)θ is the angle of the change in direction produced by bend in radians

This is a simplified equation which ignores the weight of the cable It is very accurate where the incoming tension at a bend is equal to or greater than 10 times the product of cable weight per meter (foot) times the bend radius (r) expressed in meters (feet) If the tension into a bend is less than 10wr the exact equations can be found in ldquoPipe-line design for pipe-type feedersrdquo [B107] Cases in which the exact equations may become necessary are where light tensions enter large radii bends Usually Equation (J15) is precise enough for normal installations

J4 Sample calculation

This subclause is intended to illustrate the calculations required to determine cable pulling tensions in a typical run from a manhole to a riser pole The typical duct run used for the calculations is shown in Figure J2

Figure J5mdash Duct layout for example calculationsThe cable to be used in this example installation is 3-1c 750 kcmil triplexed frac34 hard-drawn aluminum cable with 13 concentric neutral The completed weight of this cable is 784 Nm (5375 lbft 8 kgm) and the OD for each cable is 409 cm (161 in) Plastic conduit suitable for direct burial (Type DB) is to be used for this example installation Assume that pulling eye is used for cable pulling


AB

C D E

F G

Riser Pole

Substation Manhole

A-B ndash 3 m (10 ft) Vertical RiserB-C ndash 12 m (4 ft) 90o Inside Radius Vertical CurveC-D ndash 152 m (500 ft)D-E ndash 38 m (125 ft) 45o Inside Radius Vertical CurveE-F ndash 30 m (100 ft)F-G ndash 38 m (125 ft) 45o Inside Radius Vertical CurveG-H ndash 60 m (200 ft)

H

1

23

4

5

6789

101112131415

16

171819

2021

2223242526

12


J41 Conduit fill and jam ratio

In determining the size of conduit required consideration should be given to conduit fill and jam ratio Using Equation (E1) of this guide the percent fill is given in Equation (J16)

Fill=sumCablearea

Racewayareatimes100

(J17)

Using 10 cm (4 in) conduit with an internal diameter of 1023 cm (4026 in)

Fill=3 π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (10 232 )

2 times100=47 98

98

Since 4798 exceeds the maximum allowable fill of 40 the percent fill should be calculated for the next larger size conduit 13 cm (5 in) with an internal diameter of 1282 cm (5047 in)

Fill=3π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (12 822 )

2 times100=30 5

This is an acceptable fill

The jam ratio as discussed in J23 should be calculated next Assuming field bending of the conduit

JamRatio=1 05 D

d (J18)

where


JamRatio=1 05(12 82)

4 09=3 29

Jamming cannot occur based on J23 of this guide Also where triplexed cable is used jamming is not a problem since jamming is the wedging of cables in a conduit when three cables lie side by side in the same plane


1

23

4

5

6

789

10

11

1213

14

15

161718

19

20

212223

12

Adam Zook 041813
It looks like some corrections were already made to both Fill equations because current standard shows them with typos(By Boris)



The maximum allowable pulling tension for this example cable is calculated by using Equation (J1) and Equation (J2)

Tcond = K middot A

Tcond = (525)(381) = 20 kN (4500 lb)

Tmax = 2 middot Tcond = 2 times 20 = 40 kN (9000 lb)

However as indicated in J2 1 the maximum tension for two or more conductors should not exceed 267 kN (6000 lb) when pulling using a pulling eye


The minimum bending radius in accordance with the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendation for the example cable is 12 times the overall diameter of the cable The cabling factor for three conductors triplexed is 2155

Minimum bending radius = (12)(2155)(409) = 1056 cm (416 in)

J44 Pulling tensions

The pulling tensions for the example are calculated using Equation (J9a) or Equation (J9b) for straight runs and Equation (J15) for vertical or horizontal bends

Pulling from A towards H

Since pulling down the vertical section A-B and around the curve B-C would require a negligible tension the calculations are started at C

The weight correction factor (c) for three single cables in a triangular configuration is calculated using Equation (J11)

c= 1

radic1minus( 4 0912 82minus4 09 )

2minus1 13

Therefore assuming a dry cable or duct with a coefficient of friction of 05

TD = (152)(8)(981)(05)(113) = 673 kN (1518 lb)

TE = TDecfθ

where

θ is the angle of the change in direction produced by bend in radians

NOTEmdashConversion factor from degrees to radians is 001745

TE = 673 e(113)(05)(45)(001745)


1

23

4

5

6

78

9

101112

13

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

23

24

25

26

272829

30

12


TE = 673 e04437

TE = 105 kN (2366 lb)

TF = TE + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TF = 105 + 133

TF = 118 kN (2670 lb)

TG = T Fecfθ

TG = 118e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TG = 118 e04437

TG = 184 kN (4161 lb)

TH = TG + (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TH = 184 + 266

TH = 211 kN (4768 lb)

This is within the maximum allowable tension of 267 kN (6000 lb) However the maximum sidewall pressure of 7300 Nm (500 lbft) should also be checked The maximum sidewall pressure for this pull will occur at curve F-G and is calculated using Equation (J7)

P=(1 13)(18 400 )

(2 )(3 810 )=

274 kN (188 lbft) 1

P=( 113 x 18400)(2 x 3800) =274 Nmm = 2740Nm = 274 kNm

This is acceptable

Pulling from H towards A

TG = Lmgfc

TG = (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TG = 266 kN (607 lb)

TF = TGecfθ

TF = 27e04437

TF = 42 kN (946 lb)

TE = TF + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TE = 42 + 13

TE = 55 kN (1250 lb)

TD = 55ecfθ


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2912

Adam Zook 180413
It seems to me that if we refer to Equation (J7) we need to use units indicated thereNewtons for tension millimeters for inside radius of bend etc(By Boris)


TD = 55e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TD = 55e04437

TD = 86 kN (1948 lb)

TC = TD + (152)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TC = 86 + 67

TC = 153 kN (3466 lb)

TB = 153ecfθ

TB = 153e(113)(05)(90)(001745)

TB = 153e08873

TB = 372 kN (8417 lb)

This tension exceeds the maximum allowable tension of 267 N (6000 lb) Therefore a cable pull from H to A should not be permitted The cable should be pulled from A to H The let-off reel should be at the riser pole and the cable should be pulled toward the manhole in order not to exceed the maximum allowable pulling tension or sidewall pressure


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11121314

12


Annex K

(normative)

Handling

This annex provides guidance for the construction methods materials and precautions in handling and storing cable

Care should be used when using gel-filled communication cables The gel should only be cleaned using manufacturer-recommended cleaning solutions Improper clean up of the gel may result in cable damage

K1 Storage

Reels should be stored upright on their flanges and handled in such a manner as to prevent deterioration of or physical damage to the reel or to the cable During storage the ends of the cables should be sealed against the entrance of moisture or contamination Reels should be stored on solid ground to prevent the flanges from sinking into the earth Cables should be stored in an environment that does not exceed the storage environmental specification provided by the vendor

NOTEmdashWhen stored outside for long periods of time (longer than typical installation staging periods) the cable will require protection from sunlight (UV radiation) It is preferable to store the cable inside if UV protection cannot be provided

K2 Protection of cable

a) If the cable manufacturerrsquos recommended maximum pulling tension sidewall pressure or the minimum bending or training radius is violated damage could occur to the cable conductor insulation shield or jacket This could lead to premature failure andor poor life-cycle operation

b) Special care should be exercised during welding soldering and splicing operations to prevent damage to cables If necessary cables should be protected by fire-resistant material

c) Cables should be sealed before pulling and resealed after pulling regardless of location

d) If water has entered the cable a vacuum should be pulled on the cable or the cable should be purged with nitrogen to extract the water and tested for dryness

e) Prior to and after the cable pull is complete the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations for minimum bending radii should be followed


1

2

3

45

678

9

101112131415

161718

19

20212223

242526

2728

2930

3132

12


Annex L

(normative)

Installation

This annex provides guidance for the construction methods materials and precautions in installing cable systems Fiber optic cable is addressed separately in Section 6

L1 Installation

a) The cable manufacturerrsquos recommended temperature limits should be followed when pulling or handling cables during extreme low temperatures Handling or pulling cables in extremely low temperatures can cause damage to the cable sheathing jacketing or insulation To prevent damage of this nature store cables in a heated building at least 24 hours prior to installation

b) Table L1 provides the cable manufacturerrsquos recommended low temperature limits for handling and pulling cables with various types of jackets or insulations

c) Cable-pulling lubricants should be compatible with the cable outer surface and should not set up or harden during cable installation The lubricant should not set up so as to prevent the cable from being pulled out of the conduit at a later time Cable lubricants should not support combustion

d) Pulling winches and other necessary equipment should be of adequate capacity to ensure a steady continuous pull on the cable Use of truck bumpers is not recommended for longer pulls due to risk of unsteady pull

e) Cable reels should be supported so that the cable may be unreeled and fed into the raceway without subjecting the cable to a reverse bend as it is pulled from the reel

f) A tension measuring device should be used on runs when pulling-force calculations indicate that allowable stresses may be approached

g) Pulling tension will be increased when the cable is pulled off the reel Turning the reel and feeding slack cable to the duct entrance will reduce the pulling tension

h) A suitable feeder device should be used to protect and guide the cable from the cable reel into the raceway The radius of the feeder device should not be less than the minimum bending radius of the cable If a feeder device is not used the cable should be hand-guided into the raceway

i) A swivel should be attached between the pulling eye and the pulling cable Projections and sharp edges on pulling hardware should be taped or otherwise covered to protect against snagging at conduit joints and to prevent damage to the conduit

j) The direction of pulling has a large influence on the pulling tension in conduit runs containing bends Whenever a choice is possible the cable should be pulled so that the bend or bends are closest to the reel The worst condition possible is to pull out of a bend at or near the end of the run


1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

1213

14151617

181920

2122

2324

2526

27282930

31323334

35363738

12


k) Pulling instructions for all cable should follow the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations

l) Cable should be pulled only into clean raceways An appropriately-sized mandrel should be pulled through all underground ducts prior to cable pulling Any abrasions or sharp edges that might damage the cable should be removed

m) After cable installation has started trays and trenches should be cleaned periodically as necessary to prevent the accumulation of debris

n) Sufficient cable slack should be left in each manhole and temporarily supported so that the cable can be trained to its final location on racks hangers or trays along the sides of the manhole Cable joints should not be placed directly on racks or hangers (IEEE Std 404-2000 [B54])

o) The use of single- or multi-roller cable sheaves of the proper radius should be used when installing cable around sharp corners or obstructions Minimum bending radius should never be less than that recommended by the manufacturer

p) Cables should be installed in raceway systems that have adequately sized bends boxes and fittings so that the cable manufacturerrsquos minimum allowable bending radii and sidewall pressures for cable installations are not violated Guidance for the number of bends between pull points and guidance on conduit fill can be found in the NEC [B100]

q) Cables should be identified by a permanent marker at each end in accordance with the design documents

r) Careful consideration should be given not only to design engineering and material cost but also to the installed cost for the initial as well as the ultimate installation Maintenance and replacement costs also should be considered It is desirable that the system be designed so that additions and changes can be made with ease economy and minimum outages

s) The ends of all cables should be properly sealed during and after installation to prevent moisture collection as ambient temperature and humidity change

Table L19mdash Low temperature limits for cable handling and pullinga

Cable insulation or jacket materialLow temperature limits

DegreesCelsius

DegreesFahrenheit

EPR low temperature PVC mdash40 mdash40CPE mdash35 mdash31PVC mdash10 +14CSPE mdash20 mdash4Neoprene (PCP) mdash20 mdash4XLPE mdash40 mdash40Paper-insulated lead-sheathed mdash12 +10aIf a cable has an insulation and jacket with different materials the higher temperature limit should be used


12

345

67

89

1011

121314

1516171819

2021

2223242526

2728

29

3031

12


L2 Supporting cables in vertical runs

Recommendations for supporting special cables such as armored shielded and coaxial should be obtained from the cable manufacturer

The weight of a vertical cable should not be supported by the terminals to which it is connected To prevent damage by deformation due to excessive bearing pressure or cable tension vertically run cables should be supported by holding devices in the tray in the ends of the conduit or in boxes inserted at intervals in the conduit system

Cables with copper conductors regardless of their voltage class installed in vertical runs should be supported in accordance with Table L2

Table L20mdash Cable vertical support distances

Maximum distances between cable supports

Conductor sizes Maximum distance

AWG or kcmil ft m

14 to 10 100 3020 to 40 80 24250 to 350 60 18Over 350 to 500 50 15Over 500 to 750 40 12Over 750 35 10

L3 Securing cables in vertical runs

Cables installed in vertical cable tray should be secured to the cable tray at least every 15 m (5 ft)

L4 Training cables

Cables installed in trays should be neatly trained to facilitate identification and removal and to maximize tray fill

L5 Cable conductor terminations

a) Cable conductors should extend from terminal to terminal without splicing Wire connections to the terminal blocks relays instruments control device etc should be lugged Wire loops around terminals are not acceptable for stranded conductors

b) Terminal lugs should be installed without removing conductor strands

c) At all terminals suitable designations should be installed on each wire

d) All connections should be made so that undue bending or distortion shall not occur when any wire is removed from a stud or terminal

e) Wiring provided for connection of equipment which will be mounted by others should be of ample length and terminated in a coil or pigtail


1

23

4567

89

10

11

1213

14

1516

17

181920

21

22

2324

2526

12


f) Before applying the wiring all edges corners and abrading surfaces which may come in contact with the wires should be provided with an insulating cushion to prevent damage to the wire insulation All holes through which wires pass should have their edges insulated

g) Solderless indent type terminal lugs either seamless or having a brazed seam with one hole closed-end tongue are recommended Indent should be adequate for connection The pad of the terminal should have adequate surface to make contact with terminal block or devices

h) If bare terminal lugs are used insulating sleeves may be used to cover the lug barrel and any exposed part of the conductor

i) All terminals should be accessible for tightening with a straight socket wrench or screwdriver

j) Connections to main control buses should be made with solderless connectors

k) Where large size conductors are connected to a terminal block adequate clearance for insulation should be provided between conductors and between conductor and ground Terminal lugs for large size conductors should be compression type

l) The use of mechanical lugs on large conductors (such as main lugs in panelboards) requires proper strip length of insulation and torquing to recommended values


1234

5678

910

1112

13

141516

1718

12


Annex M

(normative)

Acceptance testing

This annex provides guidance for the testing of cables after installation and prior to their connection to equipment and includes cable terminations connectors and splices

M1 Purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify that cable insulation damage did not occur during storage and installation and that the cable was properly spliced and terminated It should be noted however that these tests may not detect damage that may eventually lead to cable failure in service eg damage to the cable jacket or insulation shield on medium-voltage cable or to low-voltage cable insulation

M2 Tests

A simple continuity test can be performed to identify any broken conductors Low-voltage power cables may be insulation-resistance tested prior to connecting cables to equipment These cables may be tested as part of the system checkout


Safety precautions should be observed during all phases of testing Cable ends should be properly cleaned of all conducting material Cable test results environmental conditions and data should be recorded and filed for maintenance reference The following ldquomeggerrdquo test may be performed on each control and power circuit as applicable for multiconductor or shielded cables in conjunction with the cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations It should be noted that in dry conditions the integrity of single-conductor cables may be difficult to validate with this test This is true even in metallic conduits unless the damaged area happens to be in contact with the conduit

The test voltage should be a minimum of 500 V (dc) The minimum acceptable insulation resistance is R in MΩ = (rated voltage in kilovolts + 1) times 3048length in meters (1000length in feet)

a) See Table M21 for 600 V cable the resistance values

Table M21mdash Resistance values for 600 V cable

Lengthm (ft)

RMΩ

305 (100) 16610 (200) 8914 (300) 53122 (400) 4152 (500) 32


1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

12

131415

161718

1920212223242526

272829

30

31

12


183 (600) 27213 (700) 23244 (800) 2274 (900) 18305 (1000

)16

b) Testing of control cable and prefabricated cable assemblies in a similar manner is suggested The cable manufacturerrsquos recommendations should always be considered


1

23

4

12


Annex N

(normative)

Recommended maintenance and inspection

In regard to communication cables failure of the cable will result in communications trouble Depending on the failure mode that communication loss can be exceedingly temporary and cyclical to permanent There are many other communications problems that can cause communication failure Any communication failure does not indicate a cable failure but when a cable fails that failure is likely to cause a communication failure In this regard monitoring communication status can be thought of potentially monitoring the cable health

With respect to maintenance and inspection of communication cables the following clauses can be adapted to apply to communication cables

N1 General

In regard to maintenance and inspection practices manufacturerrsquos recommendations should be followed if they exist unless operating experience dictates otherwise The following information should be viewed as general guidelines only and should be modified to suit the situation

Furthermore it is understood that not all sections of the cable runs can be inspected due to the routing of the circuit through ducts or conduits or because it is direct buried or installed in a heavily utilized cable tray Therefore decisions based on inspections of accessible areas may have some associated risk since the ldquobadrdquo section of the cable may not be visible or easily accessible It may be assumed that if one section is in poor shape then the nonaccessible sections could be in worse shape Testing coupled with inspections is the best way to reduce this risk

N2 Inspections

Normally inspections are done only when system investigations indicate the problem may lie in the cable connection or when a condition assessment is required for potential sale of the facility cable aging or as part of a reliability-centered-maintenance program

Visual inspection consists of looking for cracks splits or cuts in the cable jackets (or outer covering) or possible signs of wear due to cable movement during thermal cycling or some other item rubbing against the cable These breaches in the cablersquos protective jacket or insulation may allow moisture to infiltrate which can lead to corrosion of the shielding or cable sheath or an electrical fault Bulges and indentations can indicate moisture ingress or insulating material movement which can also lead to corrosion or insulation failure

The cable termination connection should be tested for tightness by lightly tugging on them while any bolted connections should be checked for proper tightness Infra-red technology can also be used for larger power cables to check for overheating which can indicate loose connections if clearances cannot be obtained


1

2

3

456789

1011

12

13141516

17181920212223

24

252627

282930313233

34353637

12


N3 Testing methods for metallic cables

a) Continuity A ldquoring-throughrdquo test using a simple door bell and battery circuit (or a cable tracing device) can be used to confirm the cable is connected to the correct location The cable circuit needs to be taken out of service during this testing though This test method can also be used to check the continuity of any cable sheath shield or grounding connection

b) Insulation A ldquoleakage testrdquo uses a device to apply a voltage equivalent to at least 50 of the cablersquos voltage rating to the cablersquos conductor and a ground point to test the cablersquos insulation The voltage is applied for one minute The cable circuit needs to be taken out of service and disconnected during this testing yet any sheath or shield should remain in place and grounded Insulation in good condition should have minimum leakage current and the voltage should not vary more than 10 (of the selected test voltage) The leakage current should be steady or decreased from the initial reading Unstabilized or increasing current levels over time indicate deterioration

For all 600 V rated cables a minimum of 500 V (dc) is recommended to ensure problems are properly detected Since the magnitude of leakage current is highly dependent upon a variety of factors (temperature humidity condition of insulating material length of cable under test) these conditions should be recorded to assess deterioration over time

c) Shield Any protective cable shield can also be tested using this same method but the voltage applied should only be 50 of its nominal rating and it should be applied to cablersquos sheath or shield which has been disconnected and isolated from ground

An ldquoinsulation testrdquo again using a device to apply a voltage between the cablersquos conductor and its sheath or shield at equivalent to 50 of the cables voltage rating can be used to test the cablersquos insulation The duration of this test should be one minute The cablersquos sheath or shield and the conductor should be disconnected and isolated from ground Again insulation in good condition should have minimum leakage current and the voltage should not vary more than 10

For cables without sheaths or shielding it should be noted that there is no difference between results of the ldquoleakage testrdquo or ldquoinsulation testrdquo

N4 Maintenance

The cycle of a regular maintenance program for cable and wires will depend on the age of the cables the operating and environment conditions type of cable and outage availability It is recommended that a visual inspection be done on at least an annual basis and that testing be done only when a problem is suspected

Cables installed in extreme conditions such as wet or high-temperature locations may need to be inspected and tested on a more frequent basis depending on their age

For cables with potheads or shrink-type terminations which are installed in high-contamination areas it is recommended that they be cleaned on a regular basis dictated by operating experience to avoid the risk of electrical flashover to ground Cable terminations should be cleaned using the manufacturerrsquos recommendations with the cable circuit out of service and isolated Cleaning with high-pressure water is possible in some outdoor locations but hand cleaning is preferred


1

23456

789

101112131415

1617181920

212223

242526272829

3031

32

33343536

3738

394041424344

12


For cable circuits installed in less hostile environments the amount of dust or other matter collecting on the terminations (or around them) needs to be monitored on a regular basis to ensure the electrical clearances are not compromised Again the same cleaning methods apply


123

12


Annex O

(informative)

Example for small substation

O1 General

This annex presents a typical distribution substation and steps through the process of designing the cable system for it Typical values are used for this sample and are for illustration purposes only

O2 Design parameters

Details of the substation are provided in Table O1 through Table O4 and in the one line diagram (see Figure O1) Each circuit breaker is controlled remotely by an energy management system (EMS) and locally from the control building An RTU is installed in the control building and is connected to the EMS via the local phone company system Metering data is obtained from the electronic protective relays (often referred to as intelligent electronic devices or IEDs)

The control building is supplied as a prefabricated module with lighting receptacles fire protection security heating air conditioning and ventilation All wiring for the control building is specified by the supplier according to the NEC [B100]

AC supplies are also required for auxiliary circuits to outdoor lighting and power receptacles for installation and testing equipment such as SF6 gas carts and transformer oil plants

Outdoor lighting consists of four 100 W high-pressure sodium (HPS) floodlights mounted on equipment structures The four 100 W HPS floodlights will be supplied by two circuits each with two of the floodlights (ie 200 W per circuit)

Outdoor receptacles will be provided at following two central locations 1) near the transformers and 69 kV circuit breakers and 2) in the 12 kV equipment area The maximum load expected for these receptacles is 240120 V 40 A 90 PF

Table O22mdash Site conditions

Parameter Value

Ambient temperature 0 degC to 40 degCLightning activity number of flashes per 100 kmyr 4Earth conditions Dry rocks may be found in soil

Table O23mdash Electric system parameters

Parameter HV LV

Nominal voltage phase to phase 69 kV 1247 kVFrequency 60 Hz 60 HzMaximum fault current three-phase rms 15 kA 10 kA


1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

151617

1819

202122

232425

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 050213
May be removed if not relevant
Adam Zook 050213
May be removed if not relevant to shielding section


Table O24mdash Substation parameters

Parameter Value

DC systemType 60 cell battery with chargerVoltage 125 V (dc) nom 105 V (dc) EODa

Continuous load 5 AFault level 1 kA

AC station service systemType 1 phase 15 kVAVoltage 240120 VLoad 15 kVAShort-circuit level (ISC) 15 kACircuit breaker clearing time Maximum two cycles at ISC

Circuit breaker (69 kV and 1247 kV)CTs 20005 A C400 20 Ω total burdenTrip coil 10 A 90 V (dc) to 140 V (dc)Close coil 5 A 90 V (dc) to 140 V (dc)Alarms and status points 5

Spring charging motor10 A run 24 A inrush115 V (ac) plusmn10

AC load60 W light 15 A receptacle 200 W heater

TransformerCooling fan motors 6 times 1 kW 230 V (ac)Alarm and status points 10

Control cabinet ac load60 W light 15 A receptacle 200 W heater 120 V (ac)

Motor-operated disconnect switches (69 kV and 1247 kV)

Motor2 A run 5 A inrush 125 V (dc) 90 V (dc) minimum

Cabinet heater 30 W at 120 V (ac)Status points 3

Voltage transformerSecondaries Wye connected

aEOD is the end of discharge which is used as the supply voltage for critical dc circuits

Table O25mdash Design parameters

Voltage drop criteria Value

DC supply voltage for critical circuits 105 V (dc) (EOD)a

DC supply voltage 116 V (dc)AC supply voltage 120240 V (ac)Feeders circuit voltage drop 3 maximumBranch circuit voltage drop 3 maximumOverall voltage drop 5 maximumVT voltage drop 1 maximum



1

2

3

4

12

Adam Zook 050213
15
Adam Zook 050213
58


Figure O6mdash One line diagram

O3 Select cables construction

O31 Conductor material

Refer to C11

Copper conductor will be used for all cables in this installation Conductors will be stranded The minimum size for field cables will be 18 AWG for mechanical strength The minimum size for cables in the control building will be 22 AWG

NOTEmdashFor conductor sizes 18 AWG and smaller the mechanical strength may be lower than required for pulling A larger conductor size may be required to increase the mechanical strength for difficult pulling situations (eg long runs many bends)

O32 Insulation

Refer to C5

The cables will be installed in a dry environment with an ambient temperature up to 40 degC The cables will be used both indoors and outdoors PVC conduit will be used outdoors for both above ground and below ground installations Cable tray will be used indoors PVC conduit cannot be used with cables having operating temperatures above 75 degC This means that cables with a temperature rating up to 75 degC may be used Those with a higher temperature rating may also be used but not at a temperature above 75 degC Other thermoplastic pipes can be used as conduit for operating temperatures above 75 degC such as PE or chlorinated PVC


12

3

4

5

678

91011

12

13

1415161718192012


All equipment being wired is rated for 75 degC wiring

Various choices are available for this type of cable Cables with XLPE insulation and an overall PE jacket will be used Color coding would be based on national standards or the utilityrsquos standard

O33 Voltage rating

Refer to 432 and C51

The voltages used for the protection control and station service supplies are either 125 V dc or 120240 V ac Voltage rating of either 600 V or 1000 V could be considered A cable voltage rating of 600 V will be selected for this installation since the voltage rating is over twice the highest voltage used

O34 Shielding and grounding

Refer to 47 and Annex G

The voltage levels are 69 kV and 1247 kV There are no capacitors or high-voltage equipment (230 kV or greater) in the station meaning there are no significant sources of EMI The lightning frequency is small and can be ignored as an EMI source Based on this nonshielded cable will be used

O35 Number of conductors

Cables with 1 3 4 7 12 and 19 conductors are available for the project Cables with 22 AWG or smaller conductors are available with 3 pair 6 pair or 18 pair

O4 Determine raceway routing

Refer to Annex F

The site is rectangular with equipment located by voltage level from high to low voltage and symmetrical when multiple equipment devices are used (eg the two transformers are located adjacent to each other) Refer to the site plan in Figure O2 The raceway design will be based on cost and practicality Options considered include direct burial conduit tray and trench

The chosen raceway will consist of a main concrete cable trench with conduit runs to individual equipment This results in short conduit runs that create few pulling problems and a main trench that is economical The main trench also will accommodate future expansion of the substation The main trench will be located away from the transformer For this substation 6 m (20 ft) was chosen as a safe distance to avoid spewing oil Also the cable trench will be located and the station sloped so oil spills do not flow into the cable trench

The routing to each piece of equipment is shown in Figure O3 The cable lengths from each piece of equipment to the control building are listed in Table O5


1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13141516

17

1819

20

21

22232425

262728293031

3233

12


Figure O7mdash Site plan


12

12


Figure O8mdash Cable routing plan


12

3

12


Table O26mdashCable lengths

EquipmentLength

(See note)

m ft

Transformer no 1 (T1) 38 125Transformer no 2 (T2) 34 1 1269 kV circuit breaker (69CB 1) 54 17769 kV circuit breaker (69CB2) 52 17169 kV circuit breaker (69CB3) 41 13512 kV circuit breaker (12CB1) 33 10912 kV circuit breaker (12CB2) 18 6012 kV circuit breaker (12CB11) 36 11912 kV circuit breaker (12CB12) 33 10912 kV circuit breaker (12CB13) 21 6812 kV circuit breaker (12CB14) 18 5969 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT1) 47 15469 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT2) 36 11812 kV motor operated disconnect switch (12D3) 26 8469 kV VT (69VT1) 50 16469 kV VT (69VT2) 46 15212 kV VT (12VT1) 31 10312 kV VT (12VT2) 16 54Station service supply no 1 (SST1) 30 100Station service supply no 2 (SST2) 16 54Receptacle no 1 (R1) 22 72Receptacle no 2 (R2) 38 125Floodlight no 1 (FL 1) 16 52Floodlight no 2 (distance is between 1 and 2) (FL2) 28 92Floodlight no 3 (FL3) 62 203Floodlight no 4 (distance is between 3 and 4) (FL4) 28 92

NOTEmdashLengths from equipment terminal cabinet to control building are rounded to the nearest meter or foot and include allowance for leads at both ends of a run

O5 Cable sizing

O51 69 kV circuit breaker cables

Typically the same conductor sizes will be used for protection and control cables for all circuit breakers AC and dc supply conductors are often larger and may be sized for each circuit breaker

O511 Trip coil cables

The same conductor size will be used for all circuit breakers The farthest circuit breaker is 54 m (176 ft) away from the control building The battery voltage will be the end of discharge value of 105 V


1

2

3

4

5

67

8

910

12


O5111 Ampacity

Per Articles 310-15 and 220-10 of the NEC [B100] for a noncontinuous load the conductor ampacity will be 100 of the rated current

Required ampacity = 10 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest listed size is 14 AWG which has an ampacity of 176 A (adjusted for ambient temperature) (Note that the over current protection for this conductor would be limited to 15 A per Article 2404(D) of the NEC [B100])

NOTEmdashThe NEC ampacity is based on a continuous load Using the NEC tables for noncontinuous loads will result in conservative sizing However ampacity is not usually the governing factor for cable selection and should not lead to over design

O5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3

mdash The target voltage drop is 5 overall

Vdrop = 105 V plusmn 005

= 525 V

mdash Per unit length resistance for maximum circuit breaker cable length of 54 m (176 ft) at a temperature of 75 degC

Rac = 525 V10 A

= 0525 Ω

NOTEmdashThese conductors will be in nonmetallic conduits and Rdc = Rac for these smaller size conductors

mdash Using Equation (C5)

A = 34025591 times (2 times 54 m) 0525 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times

104 at 75 degC

= 9030 cmil

The next size up commercial size is 10 AWG (10 380 cmil)

mdash Actual voltage drop for 10 AWG

Rdc = 3402559110 380 cmil times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 39698 mΩm

Vdrop = 39698 mΩm times 54 mrun times 2 runs times 10 A

= 429 V


1

23

4

5678

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


O5113 Short-circuit capability

Refer to C4

Short-circuit magnitude is 1 kA

Trip time for ISC is no more than two cycles (0033 s) for the equipment used This time varies

according to the specific equipment used

Short-time maximum conductor temperature is 250 degC per Table C15 (for XLPE or EPR)

Initial temperature is 75 degC

NOTEmdashThis is conservative Given a noncontinuous load it is unlikely that the conductor temperature will be this high Justification could be made for using a lower temperature (eg ambient temperature) if this became a governing factor in cable sizing

mdash Using Equation (C15b) the minimum conductor size for short-circuit capability is

A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 1 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 3699 cmil

The next larger commercial size is 14 AWG (4110 cmil)

O5114 Cable selection

The minimum conductor size for ampacity voltage drop and short-circuit capability is 10 AWG The resulting voltage drop for this conductor is 42

O512 Close coil

The same cable will be used for both the trip and close coils The conductor size of 10 AWG for the 10 A trip coil current will be suitable for the 5 A close coil

The trip coil and close coil conductors will be in the same cable Trip coil monitoring is also being used in this situation and will require one additional conductor A total of five conductors are required A seven- conductor cable will be used allowing two spare conductors for future use

O513 Current transformers

The secondary circuit conductors for the CTs will be sized here The circuit breaker has CTs on both sides of the circuit breaker that are rated 20005 A C400 for a total burden of 20 Ω The same conductor size will be used for all circuit breakers The farthest circuit breaker is 54 m (176 ft) away from the control building


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

17

1819

20

2122

232425

26

27282930

12


O5131 Ampacity

The CTs have a ratio of 20005 (ratio of 400) The maximum expected secondary current will be 086 A for fully rated transformer load of 41 MVA (41 MVA 69 kV radic3 400 = 3431 A 400 = 086 A)

Per Article 220-10 of the NEC [B100] for a continuous load the conductor ampacity should be 125 of the load

Required ampacity = 086 A times 125 = 11 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest listed size is 14 AWG which has an ampacity of 176 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

O5132 Burden

The total burden for the CT circuit should be 20 Ω or less to maintain its accuracy This will include the burden of the CT winding the circuit conductors and relay(s)

mdash CT windings have a burden of approximately 00025 Ωturn For the CTs used on the circuit breaker we have

Burden (CT) = 00025 Ωturn times 20005 turns

= 1 Ω

mdash The relay has a burden of 001 Ω

mdash The maximum allowable resistance of the secondary conductors is

Burden (cond) = 2 minus 1 minus 001

= 099 Ω


A = 34025591times (2 times 54 m)099 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC) ] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 4789 cmil



Refer to C4

Short-circuit magnitude is 20 A (20 times full load current)


1

23

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

2526

27

28

29

12


mdash Trip time is usually less than ten cycles but failure of a protection circuit could lead to a duration of over 1 s For this calculation 2 s will be used

Short-time maximum conductor temperature is 250 degC per Table C15

mdash Initial temperature is 75 degC


A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 73 cmil

The next size up commercial size is 22 AWG (642 cmil)


The minimum conductor size for ampacity burden and short-circuit capability is 12 AWG

O514 Motor supply

The circuit breaker spring charging motor is operated at 115 V (ac) has a 10 A running current and a 24 A inrush current The power factor is 90 and 25 for run and starting respectively

O5141 Ampacity




O5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3


Vdrop = 120 V times 005

= 6 V

mdash Resistance at a temperature of 75 degC

Rac = 6 V 10 A


12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

1718

19

202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12


= 06 Ω

NOTEmdashThese conductors will be in nonmetallic conduits and Rdc = Rac


A = 34025591 times (2 times 54 m)06 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 7901 cmil

The next size up commercial size is 10 AWG (10 380cmil)

mdash Check starting voltage

Rdc = 3402559110 380cmil times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 42289 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ

= 24 A times (42289 mΩm times 54 mrun times 2 runs)

= 110 V

Vmotor = 120 V ndash 110 V = 109 V

The motor starting voltage is above the minimum voltage of 1035 V (115 V ndash 10)


Refer to C4

Short-circuit level is 15 kA

mdash Short-time maximum conductor temperature is 250 degC per Table C15


NOTEmdashThis is conservative Given a noncontinuous load it is unlikely that the conductor temperature will be this high Justification could be made for using the ambient temperature if this became a governing factor in cable sizing

mdash Clearing time typically two cycles (0033 s)

mdash Using Equation (C15b)

A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05


1

2

3

45

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12


= 5549 cmil



A conductor size of 10 AWG will satisfy ampacity voltage drop and short-circuit capability requirements for the circuit breaker spring charging motor

O515 Auxiliary ac supply

The full load current is 173 A (15 A receptacle + 60 W + 200 W114 V)

O5151 Ampacity

The heaters will be assumed to be continuous loads and the light and receptacle noncontinuous loads For ampacity 125 of continuous load and 100 of noncontinuous load will be used

Required ampacity = (150 W times 125)114 V + 15 A + (60 W114 V) = 172 A

A 20 A protective device is used to protect the circuit Per Table 310-16 and Section 2404(D) of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature 10 AWG has an ampacity of 308 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

O5152 Voltage drop

The conductor will be sized for voltage drop based on an 8 A load connected to the receptacle with a unity power factor and both the heater and light on This gives a current of 98 A8 A + (60 W + 200 W) 114 V

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V98 A

= 0549 Ω

NOTEmdashFor this size of cable in non metallic conduit Rdc = Rac



1

23

4

56

7

8

9

1011

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12


A = 34025591 times (2 times 54 m)0549 Ω times [1 + 000393(75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 8641 cmil

The next larger commercial size is 10 AWG (10 380 cmil)

mdash Per unit resistance at a temperature of 75 degC

Rac = Rdc = 340255910 380 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 42289 mΩm


Vdrop = 42289 mΩm times 54 mrun times 2 runs times 98

A = 45 V or 38


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



A 10 AWG conductor results in a voltage drop of 38 This conductor size also satisfies the minimum size for ampacity and for short-circuit capability

O516 Alarm and status

Since the current in these conductors is small they will not be individually sized A 16 AWG conductor will be used for these applications Five (5) status alarm and status points are required in this situation This


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

2930

12


will require ten conductors A 12-conductor cable will be used providing two spare conductors for future use

O52 Disconnect switch

O521 Motor supply

Motorized disconnect switches have a motor operator that uses 125 V (dc) has a 2 A run current and a 5 A inrush current It is not essential for the motors to be able to operate under all conditions (ie manual operation is possible even for motor operated disconnect switches) The disconnect switch motors are not critical equipment and are expected to operate at the battery end of discharge voltage

O5211 Ampacity

The specified current is at the rated voltage of 125 V The normal expected battery voltage is 116 V and equipment terminal voltage for a 5 voltage drop will be 110 V The current will then be 216 A (2 A times 125 V110 V)




O5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω





12

3

4

5678

9

101112

1314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2930

12


= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4

mdash Short-circuit level is 10 kA






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 3399 cmil





Rdc = 340255914110 cmil times [1+ 000393(75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1068 mΩm


= 50 V

Vmotor = 116 V ndash 50 V

= 111 V

The motor starting voltage is above the minimum voltage of 90 V


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


O522 Status and alarms

Since the current in these conductors is small they will not be individually sized A 16 AWG conductor will be used for these applications Three (3) position contacts are required in this situation This will require six conductors A seven-conductor cable will be used providing one spare conductor for future use

NOTEmdashFor conductor sizes 16 AWG and smaller the mechanical strength may be lower than required for pulling Additional conductor or a larger conductor size may be required to increase the mechanical strength of a cable


O5231 Ampacity

The heaters will be assumed to be continuous load

Required ampacity = (30 W times 125)114 V = 033 A

Per Table 310-16 and Article 2404(D) of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest listed size is 14 AWG which has an ampacity of 176 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

O5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V

mdash Total circuit resistance for maximum cable length of 47 m (144 ft) at a temperature of 75 degC

Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω



A = 34025591 times (2 times 47 m)228 Ω times [1+000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 181 cmil

The smallest size used for field cables is 18 AWG (1620 cmil)


1

234

56

7

8

9

10

111213

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil


Because the current is small the operating temperature may be much lower than the assumed 75 degC To see if a smaller conductor could be used an approximation will be made by solving Equation (C15b) for T2 with T1 at ambient Using 14 AWG conductor a temperature rise of 1deg is expected Initial temperature is 41 degC Again using Equation (C 1 5b)

A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil

The next larger commercial size remains 12 AWG


A 12 AWG conductor is required to satisfy short-circuit capability The resulting voltage drop is 004

mdash Voltage drop for 12 AWG

Rac = Rdc

= 340255916530 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 59836 mΩm


= 017 V or 014


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12


O53 Transformer


The secondary conductors for the CTs will be sized here The power transformer has CTs on both the high- voltage and low-voltage sides On the high-voltage side 20005 and 6005 CTs are used On the low- voltage side 20005 CTs are used All CTs are C400 type which can have a total burden of 20 Ω

Conductors sized for the circuit breaker CTs will also be suitable for the power transformer CTs Per O513 the minimum conductor size for ampacity burden and short-circuit capability is 12 AWG


Ten (10) status and alarm points are required for the power transformers This will require a total of 20 conductors Two 12-conductor cables will be used providing four spare conductors for future use


The power transformers have cooling fan motors with a total load of 6 kW at 240 V (ac) 95 PF The control cabinet has 115 V (ac) loads consisting of a 60 W light a 15 A receptacle and a 200 W heater For voltage drop the largest load would be at maximum temperature with the fans operating the light on and an 8 A load connected to the receptacle It is assumed the cabinet heater would not operate when the fans are operating

NOTEmdashThe 115 V loads are all on the same line but it is be possible to put the loads on different lines to reduce the peak load Also each load has its own over current protection after the external terminal block

O5331 Ampacity

The load will be assumed to be continuous loads

Required ampacity = 6 kW230 V095 PF + (200 W + 60 W)115 V + 15 A times 125 = 559 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature 6 AWG with an ampacity of 572 A (adjusted for ambient temperature) is the smallest suitable size

O5332 Voltage drop

The conductor will be sized for voltage drop for a load of 6 kW230 V095 + 60 W115 V + 8 A = 36 A

Refer to C3



= 120 V


1

2

345

67

8

910

11

1213141516

1718

19

20

21

222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Rdc = Rac = 120 V 36 A

= 0332 Ω


A = 34025591 times (2 times 38 m) 0332 Ω times [1+000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 10 003 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil

The next larger commercial size remains 12 AWG (6530 cmil)


A 6 AWG conductor is required for ampacity Based on this conductor size the voltage drop will be 17


Rac = Rdc = 3402559136240 cmil times [1+000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 14891 mΩm


= 457 V or 19


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12


O54 Voltage transformers

The secondary conductors for the VTs will be sized for steady-state operation The VT secondaries are connected wye giving a voltage of 120 Vradic3 or 6928 V The VTs have a maximum allowable burden of 75 VA at 85 PF The same conductor size will be used for all VTs The farthest VT is 50 m (148 ft) away from the control building

O541 Ampacity


Required ampacity = 75 VA times 125120 V radic3 = 045 A


O542 Voltage drop

Refer to C3 Designing to the maximum burden will not provide for accurate voltages at the relay Voltage drop will be the design parameter and the total burden will be verified to be below the maximum

mdash The target voltage drop is 1 for high accuracy


= 069 V

mdash Conductor resistance for a balanced system voltage maximum burden and a temperature of 75 degC

Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω



A = 34025591 times 50 m) 131 Ω j1+ 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1075 cmil



The short-circuit capability of a VT is low and does not need to be considered


1

2345

6

78

9

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12



The minimum conductor size for ampacity and voltage drop is 14 AWG Allowing 01 A for relay burden (electronic relays have burdens in the order of 02 VA) the total burden will be 82 VA less than the 75 VA maximum


Rac = Rdc = 34025591 4110 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1068 mΩm

Burden = (1068 mΩm times 50 m times (01 A 085 PF)2) + (693 V times 01 A 085 PF) = 82 VA

O55 Station service supply

The two station service supplies have a 15 kVA capacity Only one is used to supply the load at a time The total connected load with allowance for additional equipment in the future is 10 kW with an average power factor of 90

O551 Ampacity

Required ampacity = (15 kVA times 125) 230 = 815 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest suitable size is 3 AWG which has an ampacity of 88 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

O552 Voltage drop

Load for voltage drop will be 10 kW at 90 PF or 483 A

The transformer taps will be adjusted to provide a voltage of approximately 120 V at the service panel The transformer has four taps of 125 each Voltage drop will be calculated for the 3 AWG conductor required for ampacity


Rac = Rdc = 34025591 52620 cmil times [1+ 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 08342 mΩm


= 31 V or 13

Setting the transformer tap at +125 will result in a service panel voltage of 2399 V (240 times 10125 ndash 31 V)


1

234

5

6

7

8

9

101112

13

14

151617

18

19

202122

23

2425

26

27

28

2930

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil



A 3 AWG conductor satisfies the minimum size for ampacity and short-circuit capability The transformer taps will be used to adjust the voltage to the required level

This conductor size 3 AWG may not be readily available If not it could be special ordered or alternatively the next larger size could be used In this case the next larger size of 2 AWG conductor was selected

O56 Outdoor lighting

The four floodlights will be supplied by two circuits each supplying two of the floodlights High power factor ballasts with a 90 PF will be used Two voltage drop philosophies may be used placing the total load at the farthest point or placing the load at their actual locations The first method simplifies calculations while the second method requires more calculations but is more accurate The first method will be used because for a small load voltage drop will likely not be the governing factor for cable sizing

O561 Ampacity

Required ampacity = (2 times 100 W times 125) 09 115 V = 242 A


O562 Voltage drop (for circuit supplying FL3 and FL4)

Load for voltage drop will be 200 W at 90 PF or 193 A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

151617

18

1920212223

24

25

262728

29

30

12




= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 193 A

= 2795 Ω

mdash Using Equation (C5) the distance to FL4 is 90 m (62 m + 28 m)

A = 34025591 times 90 m times 2) 2795 Ω times [1+ 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 2827 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



Short-circuit capability dictates the cable size in this case and requires a 12 AWG The resulting voltage drop is 19



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

12



= 672 mΩm


= 234 V or 19 (234120 times 100)

O57 Outdoor receptacles

The two outdoor 50 A receptacles will be provided The largest full load current for equipment that will be used with the receptacles is 40 A at 90 PF The cables will be sized for receptacle R2 and the same size cable will also be used for R1

O571 Ampacity



O572 Voltage drop

Load for voltage drop will be 40 A09 = 444 A



= 120 V


Rac = 120 V 444 A

= 027 Ω


A = 34025591 times 38 m times 2) 027 Ω times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 12 356 cmil



Refer to C4


12

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

121314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



Ampacity is the governing factor for this cable and requires a 3 AWG conductor This conductor size (3 AWG) may not be readily available If not it could be special ordered or the next larger size could be used In this case the next larger size (2 AWG) conductor was selected

O58 Supervisory control and data acquisition cables

The cable selections for the SCADA system are shown in Figure O4 In this system the IEDs collect substation data through the control VT and CT cables routed from the substation equipment These cables are sized and routed in accordance with the corresponding sections of this example and are not discussed in further detail here For the SCADA components however all cables are located entirely within the control building and are routed only from one component to the next All currents are on the order of a few milliamps and a very small conductor size of 22 AWG or 24 AWG is sufficient Note that the physical strength of the cable should be taken into account at these small sizes In this example the slightly larger 22 AWG is used for longer routes while the smaller 24 AWG is used for shorter routes


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516171819202122

12


Figure O9mdash SCADA cable selectionThere are two communications circuits needed In this example there is one circuit to the EMS Master Station and one accessible from a remote site such as an office computer or laptop Given the high criticality of the EMS circuit it should be dedicated Since the remote site circuit will only be accessed periodically a dial-up circuit is sufficient A port switch on the dial-up circuit allows one phone line to be used by several devices including the IEDs A communications processor device could also be used

The manufacturer typically standardizes the connections between the RTU and the peripheral modules In this example these cables would be ordered directly from the manufacturer Typically a small conductor such as 22 AWG is used

In this example the utility desires to connect the onsite HMI to the RTU through the utilityrsquos LAN connection at the substation This connection requires an Ethernet hub as well as network interface cards (NICs) in both CPUs Category 5 cable is standard and is used in this case A serial connection can also be used if LAN access is not available


Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit

Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) CPU

22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet

Communications interface

22 AWG

StatusAnn Module (Digital Inputs)

22 AWG

Analog Module (Analog Inputs)

22 AWG

Control Module (Control Outputs)

Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG

RS232RS485 Communications Interface Converter

22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG

Control PT ampCT Cables

Substation Equipment Yard



24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

34567

89

10

11121314

12


Finally the communications interfaces for all devices should be considered Many IEDs provide an RS485 interface while the RTU is typically RS232 Therefore an interface converter is installed to connect the IEDs to the RTU

O59 Cable summary

Table O6 summarizes the field cables used for each type of equipment Note that cables will not be run for CT or VT windings that will not be used initially

Table O27mdashEquipment cable summary

EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)

Transformer no 1 (T1) 6 2times12C16 1times2C6 3times4C12Transformer no 2 (T2) 6 2times12C16 1times2C6 3times4C1269 kV circuit breaker (69CB1) 6 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 2times4C14 1times7C1069 kV circuit breaker (69CB2) 6 1 times10C16 1 times2C12 1times2C10 2times4C14 1 times7C1069 kV circuit breaker (69CB3) 7 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 3times4C14 1times7C1012 kV circuit breaker (12CB1) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1012 kV circuit breaker (12CB2) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1012 kV circuit breaker (12CB11) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1012 kV Circuit Breaker (12CB12) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1012 kV Circuit Breaker (12CB13) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1012 kV Circuit Breaker (12CB14) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10 1times4C14 1times7C1069 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT1) 3 1times7C16 1times2C12 1times2C1069 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT2) 3 1 times7C16 1 times2C12 1 times2C1012 kV motor operated disconnect switch (12D3) 3 1times7C16 1times2C12 1times2C1069 kV VT (69VT1) 1 1times4C1469 kV VT (69VT2) 1 1times4C1412 kV VT (12VT1) 1 1times4C1412 kV VT (12VT2) 1 1times4C14Station service supply no 1 (SST1) 1 1times3C2Station service supply no 2 (SST2) 1 1times3C2Outdoor lighting 2 2times2C12Outdoor receptacles 2 2times3C2

O6 Design cable raceway

The raceway will consist of a combination of in-ground trenches and PVC conduit runs to individual pieces of equipment See Table O7 for details

O61 Redundant cable requirement

No redundant cables are required for this installation since the consequences of equipment damage or system reliability is determined not severe


123

4

56

7

8

910

11

1213

12


O62 Electrical segregation

The voltage levels used do not require any electrical segregation Protection and control cables typically have no or minimal constant current flowing in them As a result it is not customary to apply derating factors for the presence of adjacent cables However the main ac station service cables will have continuous current flow Adjacent cables would then need to be derated due to the mutual heating For this reason it would be desirable to have separate routes for these cables

O63 Raceway sizing

The number and size of all cables going to each piece of equipment was used to prepare Table O7 The ultimate cable area was based on having cables for all CT or VT secondary windings Spare capacity allowances above that for the ultimate cable area will be provided For this project the spare capacity allowance has been chosen to be 25 for individual conduits and 50 for the two main trenches The conduit sizes were selected based on conduit fill requirements of the NEC [B100]

A sample calculation conduit fill calculation is given for T1

Ultimate cable area 1377 mm2

Cable area with 25 spare capacity 1721 mm2 (1377 mm2 times 125)

Allowable conduit fill for seven cables 40

Required conduit area 4303 mm2 (1721 mm2 04)

Duct diameter 74 mm (d = 2radic4303pi)

Duct size selected 75 mm (3 in)

Most conduit raceways are straight runs with a 90deg bend from the cable trench and a 90deg bend to the equipment A few conduit raceways have an additional bend between the ends but the total bending degrees does not exceed the recommended 270deg

A minimum bending radius of 12 times the cable OD will be used The largest cable has a diameter of 25 mm giving a minimum conduit radius of 300 mm (25 mm times 12) PVC conduit bends are available with a range of radii with 450 mm (1 8 in) 600 mm (24 in) and 900 mm (36 mm) being common Bends with a 450 mm radius will be used for this project and satisfies the minimum bending radius

Table O28mdashSummary of raceway sizes

Raceway section Initial cablearea (mm2 )

Ultimate cablearea (mm2)

Selected racewaysize

Trench 1 14046 15906 450 mm times 75 mmTrench 2 6719 7593 250 mm times 75 mmConduit to T1 1264 1377 75 mm ductConduit to T2 1264 1377 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB1 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB2 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB3 1025 1138 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB1 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB2 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB11 912 1025 75 mm duct


1

23456

7

89

101112

13

14

151617

18192021

22

12


Conduit to 12CB12 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB13 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB14 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69DT1 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 69DT2 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 12D3) 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 69VT1 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 69VT2 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 12VT1 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 12VT2 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to SST1 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to SST2 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to R1 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to R2 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to FL1 131 131 25 mm ductConduit FL1 to FL2 131 131 25 mm ductConduit to FL3 131 131 25 mm ductConduit FL3 to FL4 131 131 25 mm duct

O64 Cable installation

A sample calculation is shown for the ldquoConduit to T1rdquo and values for other conduits are summarized in Table O9

O641 Maximum pulling tension

The maximum tension is calculated using Equation (J1) and Equation (J2) A general version of these equations is shown in Equation (O1) to determine the minimum effective area when multiple sizes of cables are pulled within the same raceway

Tmax = K f n A= K Aeff (O1)

where

f is 1 0 for one or two cables and 06 for three or more cablesn is the number of cables per sizeA is the total area of each sizeAeff is the total effective area for multiple conductors in a cable or combined cable sizes

The cables to T1 are 2times12C16 1times2C6 and 3times4C12 (see Table O6) Aeff for each conductor size is summarized in Table O8

Table O29mdashAeff for different cable sizes

Cables Conductors n Conductor size(cmil)

Total area A(cmil) f Aeff

(cmil)

2 12 2 580 (16 AWG) 61 920 10 61 9201 2 26 240 (6 AWG) 52 480 10 52 480


1

23

4

567

89

10

11

12131415161718

19

12


3 4 6 530 (12 AWG) 78 360 06 47 016

The minimum effective area (Aeff) is 47 016 cmil The maximum pulling tension (note area was changed to kcmil) is determined by using Equation (O1) as follows

Tmax = 356 Nkcmil times 47016 kcmil

= 1673 = 17 kN (376 lb)

NOTEmdashAn alternate method of determining the minimum effective area is to total the area for all cables and then use a percentage between 50 and 20 The cable manufacturer should be consulted on their recommendation if this method is used

A basket grip will be used to pull the cables The recommended maximum tension is 445 kN which is above the calculated maximum tension of 17 kN

O642 Jam ratio

Cable jamming may occur due to wedging of cables in the raceway For the cables being pulled for T1 there are three cables of the same diameter

Duct diameter = 75 mm

Cable diameter = 12 mm (4C12 AWG)

Dd = 7512 = 625

Since the ratio is above 30 jamming will not be a concern

O643 Pulling tension

The raceway route from the main cable trench to T1 consists of the following (see Figure O3)

Section 1 Vertical bend down 90deg 450 mm radius

Section 2 Straight run 38 m long

Section 3 Horizontal bend 90deg 450 mm radius

Section 4 Vertical bend up 90deg 450 mm radius

Some situations may permit the cables to be pulled from either end and the tension would be calculated for pulling both ways In this case the cable will be laid in the trench and then pulled through the duct

The cables will be pulled through PVC duct The coefficient of friction K is 05 for unlubricated duct and 02 for lubricated duct Lubrication will be used so K is 02

O6431 Section 1

There may be an incoming tension if the cable is being pulled off reels In this example the cable is coming from a trench and it is anticipated that the cable would have been pulled into the trench and fed


1

23

4

5

67

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

2526

27

2829

12


into the duct with rollers The incoming tension will initially be the total mass of the cable length being pulled and it will gradually decrease as the cables are pulled into the raceway The highest tension occurs near the end of the pull when the initial tension will be near zero The initial tension will be assumed to be the remaining length that needs to be pulled in or the length of cable extending beyond the last bend to reach the termination point This length is approximately 3 m (06 m for the bend and 2 m to reach above ground)

Tin = m g

= 3 m times 17 kgm times g

= 50 N

Equation (J15) may be used provided the incoming tension is greater than or equal 10 Wr The initial tension of 50 N is greater than 10Wr (77 in this case) so the simplified formula may be used

Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02

c = 132 (for six cables with Dd of 35)

θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

O6432 Section 2

The pulling tension in a straight raceway is calculated according to Equation (J9a)

Tout = Tin + Lmgfc

For this case

L = 38 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02

c = 132 (for 6 cables with Dd of 35)

Tout = 757 N + 38 m times 17 kgm times 98 ms2 times 02 times 132

= 757 + 1673 N


123456

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

29

30

12


= 243 N

O6433 Section 3

The simplified equation for calculating the pulling tension in horizontal bend is Equation (J 15)

Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02

c = 132 (for six cables with Dd ofrsquo 35)

θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

O6434 Section 4

The simplified equation for calculating the pulling tension in vertical bend is Equation (J15)

Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041

= 557 N

This is below the maximum pulling tension of 41 kN If it was above the maximum pulling tension options to reduce the pulling tension are to change the raceway design or reduce the coefficient of friction

In this case eliminating Section 3 can be done very easily by angling the raceway between the end points The maximum pulling tension would then be reduced to 368 N in this case


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

222324

2526

12


O644 Sidewall bearing pressure

The maximum allowable sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) for cables 8 AWG and smaller is 4380 Nm of radius (300 lbfft of radius) For more than four cables the formula becomes more complicated The cables may be assumed to form a cradle form in the bend and the two bottom cables will share the load equally Using Equation (J7)

SWBP = c times Tmax2R

= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm

The maximum allowable SWBP is acceptable

O645 Cable summary

Results for all raceways are given in Table O9 The pulling tension is below the maximum for all runs except those to 69CB1 and 69CB2 In these cases one bend in the run can be eliminated by angling the ducts between the end of the trench and the circuit breaker When this is done the pulling tensions reduce to 033 kN and 03 kN for 69CB1 and 69CB2 respectively With these changes the pulling tensions are acceptable for all cables

Table O30mdash Summary of cable installation parameters

Raceway section Numberof cables

Maximumpulling

tension (kN)

Total cablemass (kgm)

Pullingtension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 6 17 170 056Conduit to T2 6 17 170 052Conduit to 69CB1 5 05 104 050Conduit to 69CB2 5 05 104 046Conduit to 69CB3 6 05 126 031Conduit to 12CB1 5 05 104 022Conduit to 12CB2 5 05 104 015Conduit to 12CB11 5 05 104 023Conduit to 12CB12 5 05 104 022Conduit to 12CB13 5 05 104 017Conduit to 12CB14 5 05 104 015Conduit to 69DT1 3 05 048 019Conduit to 69DT2 3 05 048 016Conduit to 12D3 3 05 048 009Conduit to 69VT1 1 06 017 005Conduit to 69VT2 1 06 017 004Conduit to 12VT1 1 06 017 003Conduit to 12VT2 1 06 017 002Conduit to SST1 1 71 148 037Conduit to SST2 1 7 1 1 48 028Conduit to R1 1 7 1 1 48 024Conduit to R2 1 71 148 035Conduit to FL1 1 05 013 002Conduit between FL1 and FL2 1 05 013 002


1

2345

6

7

8

9

10

1112131415

16

12


Conduit to FL3 1 05 013 004Conduit between FL3 and FL4 1 05 013 002


1

12


Annex P

(informative)

Example for large substation

P1 General

This annex presents a typical transmission substation and steps through the process of designing the cable system for it Typical values are used for this sample and are for illustration purposes only

P2 Design parameters

Details of the substation are provided in Table P1 through Table P4 and in the one line diagram (see

Figure P1) Each power circuit breaker is controlled remotely by an energy management system (EMS) and locally from the control building Transformers have load tap changing reactors and station service transformers connected to the tertiary and fan cooling systems 138kv capacitor banks are switched back to back with power circuit breakers A SCADA RTU is installed in the control building and is connected to the EMS via the utility microwave system Metering data is obtained from the electronic protective relays (often referred to as intelligent electronic devices or IEDs) Substation equipment network communications include fiber optic communications to 345kv power circuit breakers Control and indication for 138kv power circuit breakers is via control cables Relay communications for the 345kv transmission lines is by fiber optic cables and power line carrier SCADA communications to the utility WAN is provided by microwave and fiber optic networks Large bulk transmission stations require redundant communication and protection systems to meet operating compliance

The control building is supplied with lighting receptacles fire protection security heating air conditioning and ventilation All wiring for the control building is specified according to the NEC [B100]

AC supplies are also required for auxiliary circuits to outdoor lighting power receptacles for testing equipment such as SF6 gas carts and transformer cooling systems

Outdoor lighting consists of forty 100 W high-pressure sodium (HPS) floodlights mounted on equipment structures The forty 100 W HPS floodlights will be supplied by ten circuits each with three to five of the floodlights (ie 400 W per circuit) For the purposes of this example the use of HPS floodlights were selected over newer LED technology as HPS floodlights are more common

Outdoor receptacles will be provided at following locations 1) near the transformers and the 15kv area and 2) in the 345kV and 138kv equipment areas The maximum load expected for these receptacles is 208120 V 40 A 90 PF

Table P31mdashSite conditions

Parameter Value

Ambient temperature -40 degC to 50 degC

Lightning activity Low


1

2

3

4

56

7

8

910111213141516171819

2021

2223

24252627

282930

31

12


Earth conditions Dry typical average soil

Table P32mdashElectric system parameters

Parameter HV LV TV

Nominal voltage phase to phase 345 kV 138 kV 138 kV

Frequency 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz

Maximum fault current three-phase rms 40 kA 20 kA 10 kA

Table P33mdashSubstation parameters

Parameter Value

DC system

Type 60 cell battery with charger

Voltage 125 V (dc) nom 105 V (dc) EOD a

Continuous load 25 A

Fault level 3 kA

AC station service system

Type 3 phase 500 kVA

Voltage 208120 V

Load 500 kVA

Short-circuit level (ISC) 10 kA

Circuit breaker clearing time Maximum two cycles at ISC

Circuit breaker (345kV)

CTs 20005 A C800 40 Ω total burden

Trip coil

35 A per pole 70 V (dc) to 140 V

(dc) 105 A Total

Close coil


(dc) 105 A Total

Alarms and status points 12

Spring charging motor 16 per pole 20 V (ac) 125 V(dc)


1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413
Get from Gaetz from McBryde Sub
agaetz 061413
Review for need
agaetz 100913
Match O


Parameter Value

10 48 A Total

AC load

60 W light 15 A receptacle

tank heaters 38 A cabinet heaters

1140 W rated 208 V(ac)

Circuit breaker (138 kV)


Trip coil 35 A per pole 125 V (dc) 10

Close coil 35 A per pole 125 V (dc) 10


Spring charging motor

128 A run 125 V (dc) 10

134 A run 120 V(dc)

AC load

60 W light 15 A receptacle tank

heaters 38 A space heat 120 V(ac)

300 W tank heater 208 V(ac)


CTs

30005 A C800 RF8

12005A C400 RF133

Trip coil

Trip 1 59 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 21 Ω

Trip2 170 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 20 Ω

Close coil

28A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 883 Ω


Spring charging motor 10A run 120 V(dc) 10

AC load


heaters 300 W 208 V(ac)


12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413


Parameter Value

Transformer

CTs

High 12005 C800

Low 20005 C800

Tertiary 30005 C800

Cooling fan motors

12 746 W 208 V(ac)

FLC 32 ALRC 1109 A

Alarm and status points 12

Control cabinet ac load


2000 W heater 208 V(ac)


Motor

2 A run 5 A inrush 125 V(dc)

90 V(dc) minimum

Cabinet heater 30 W 120 V(ac)

Status points 3

Voltage transformer

Secondaries Wye connected

a EOD is the end of discharge which is used as the supply voltage for critical dc circuits

Table P34mdashDesign parameters


DC supply voltage for critical circuits 105 V(dc) (EOD) a

DC supply voltage 116 V(dc)

AC supply voltage 120208 V(ac)

Feeders circuit voltage drop 3 maximum

Branch circuit voltage drop 3 maximum

Overall voltage drop 5 maximum

VT voltage drop 1 maximum


1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto



Figure P10mdashOne line diagram

P3 Select cables construction

P31 Conductor material

P311 Multiconductor Control Cable

Refer to C11

Copper conductor will be used for all multiconductor control cables in this installation Conductors will be stranded The minimum size for field cables will be 18 AWG for mechanical strength The minimum size for cables in the control building will be 22 AWG

NOTEmdashFor conductor sizes 18 AWG and smaller the mechanical strength may be lower than required for pulling A larger conductor size may be required to increase the mechanical strength for difficult (eg long runs many bends) pulling situations


1

23

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

12


P312 Power cable (lt1kV)

Refer to XX

Copper conductor will be used for all power cables in this installation Conductors will be stranded The minimum size for field cables and control building will be 12 AWG for mechanical requirements

P313 Power cable (15kV)

Refer to XX

Copper conductor will be used for all 15kV power cables in this installation Conductors will be stranded The minimum size for field cables and control building will be 12 AWG for mechanical requirements

P314 Fiber optic cable

Refer to XX

P315 Communications cable

Refer to XX

P32 Insulation

P321 Multiconductor control cable

Refer to C5

The cables will be installed in a dry environment with an ambient temperature range between -40 degC and 50 degC The cables will be used both indoors and outdoors PVC conduit will be used outdoors for both above ground and below ground installations Cable tray will be used indoors PVC conduit cannot be used with cables having operating temperatures above 75 degC This means that cables with a temperature rating up to 75 degC may be used Those with a higher temperature rating may also be used but not at a temperature above 75 degC Other thermoplastic pipes can be used as conduit for operating temperatures above 75 degC such as PE or chlorinated PVC


Various choices are available for this type of cable Cables with XLPE insulation and an overall CPE jacket will be used Color coding would be based on national standards or the utilityrsquos standard


Refer to XX

The power cables will be installed in a wet environment with an ambient temperature range between -40 degC and 50 degC The cables will be used both indoors and outdoors PVC conduit will be used outdoors for both above ground and below ground installations Cable tray will be used indoors PVC conduit cannot be used with cables having operating temperatures above 75 degC This means that cables with a temperature rating


1

2

34

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819202122

23

2425

26

27

28293031

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input
Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input


up to 75 degC may be used Those with a higher temperature rating may also be used but not at a temperature above 75 degC Other thermoplastic pipes can be used as conduit for operating temperatures above 75 degC such as PE or chlorinated PVC


Various choices are available for this type of cable Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) is more flexible and easier to handle Suitable for low-voltage and medium-voltage applications and resistant to the growth of water trees Cables with CPE insulation and an overall CPE jacket will be used Color coding would be based on national standards or the utilityrsquos standard

P323 Power cable (15kv)

Refer to XX

The 15kV power cables will be installed in a wet environment with an ambient temperature range between -40 degC and 50 degC The cables will be routed and used outdoors PVC conduit will be used for both above ground and below ground installations PVC conduit cannot be used with cables having operating temperatures above 75 degC This means that cables with a temperature rating up to 75 degC may be used Those with a higher temperature rating may also be used but not at a temperature above 75 degC Other thermoplastic pipes can be used as conduit for operating temperatures above 75 degC such as PE or chlorinated PVC


The selection of insulation for power cables is one of the most important components of the cable Various choices of insulation are available for this type of cable that vary in their dielectric properties resistance to high temperature and moisture mechanical strength flexibility and long life Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) is flexible and relatively easy to handle Itrsquos also suitable for medium-voltage applications (through 69kV) and resistant to the growth of water trees Cables with CPE insulation and an overall CPE jacket will be used Color coding would be based on national standards or the utilityrsquos standard


Refer to XX

P33 Voltage rating


The voltages used for the protection control and station service supplies are either 125 V(dc) or 120208 V(ac) Voltage rating of either 600 V or 1000 V could be considered A cable voltage rating of 600 V will be selected for this installation since the voltage rating is over twice the highest voltage used

The choice of cable insulation can be 100 133 or 173 the rated system voltage In order to determine the appropriate voltage level for the medium voltage cable one should consider the voltage level of the system and responsiveness to ground faults The primary voltage for the station service transformer is 138kV and protected by high-side fuses and lower-side circuit breakers A cable voltage rating of 15kV will be selected for this installation


123

4

5678

9

10

11121314151617

18

192021222324

25

26

27

28

293031

3233343536

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input


P34 Shielding and grounding


The 345kV voltage level requires the use of shielded multiconductor control cable for the 345kV equipment The back to back switched capacitors also require the use of shielded multiconductor cable due to their source of EMI The lightning frequency is small and can be ignored as an EMI source The 138kV equipment does not require shielded cable For uniformity and cost considerations shielded multiconductor cable will be used for all yard equipment multiconductor control cables

Power cables rated at 24kV and higher will use both a conductor shield and an insulation shield The conductor shield will prevent excessive voltage stresses in the voids between the conductor and the insulation The insulation shield should also provide a low-impedance ground fault current path for protective devices The conductor shield and insulation shield together will confine the dielectric field within the cable and help smooth out the voltage stress along and around the cable Both shields will be grounded at both ends to improve the reliability and safety of the circuit

P35 Number of conductors


Cables with 2 3 4 7 and 12 conductors are available for the project Cables with 22 AWG or smaller conductors are available with 3 pair 6 pair or 18 pair


Cables with 2 and 3 conductors are available for the project


Power cables 15kV and above will be single conductor

P4 Determine raceway routing

Refer to Annex F

The site is square with equipment located by voltage level from high to low voltage and symmetrical when multiple equipment devices are used (eg 345kV equipment yard transformers centrally located 138kV equipment yard) Refer to the site plan in Figure P2 The raceway design will be based on cost and practicality Options considered include direct burial conduit tray and trench

The chosen raceway will consist of main concrete cable trenches with conduit runs to individual equipment This results in shorter conduit runs that create fewer pulling problems and a main trench system that is economical

The routing to each piece of equipment is shown in Figure P3 The cable lengths from each piece of equipment to the control building are listed in Table P5 15kV power cables for station service will be routed independent of the trench system between the station service structures and the station service transformers


1

2

34567

89

10111213

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24252627

282930

31323334

12


Figure P11mdash Site plan


12

12


Figure P12mdash Cable routing plan


12

3

12


Table P35mdashCable lengths

Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)

Microwave Tower (MWT) 15 49

Transformer No 1 (T1) 87 285


Station Service Transformer (SST1) 60 197


345kV Circuit Breaker (345CB1) 88 289






345kV CCVT (345CCVT1) 82 269

345kV CCVT (345CCVT2) 52 171

345kV CCVT (345CCVT3) 81 266

345kV CCVT (345CCVT4) 75 246

345kV Line 1 Fiber (FO JB5) 53 174


345kV Line 3 PLC Line Tuner (LT1) 52 171


345kV Reactor (345REA1) 155 509

138kV Capacitor Bank (138CAP1) 136 446


138kV Motor Operated Switch (138MOS1) 90 295


1

2

12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)


138kV Current Transformer (138CT1) 179 587

















138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 82 269

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 70 230

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 52 171

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 45 148

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 40 131


12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 33 108

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 60 197

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 36 118

138kV Transformer 1 Fiber (FO JB3) 30 98




15kV PT (15PT1) 55 180

15kV PT (15PT2) 67 220



Floodlight (FL1) 86 282













12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)


























12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)




Yard Outlet 1(YOUT1) 61 200


DC Panel Main 5 16

AC Panel Main 10 32

NOTEmdashLengths from equipment terminal cabinet to control building are rounded to the nearest meter

or foot and include allowance for leads at both ends of a run

P5 Cable sizing

P51 345 kV circuit breaker cables


P511 Trip coil cables


P5111 Ampacity





1

2

34

5

67

8

910

11

12131415

12



P5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V105 A

= 05 Ω



A = 34026 times (2 times 114 m) 05 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at

75 degC

= 20 017 cmil





= 1673 mΩm


= 40 V

P5113 Short-circuit capability

Refer to C4







12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12




A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 11 049 cmil


P5114 Cable selection


P512 Close coil


The trip coil and close coil conductors will be in the same cable Trip coil monitoring is also being used in this situation and will require one additional conductor A total of five conductors are required A seven-conductor cable will be used allowing two spare conductors for future use

P513 Current transformers


P5131 Ampacity






123

4

5

6

78

9

10

1112

13

1415

161718

19

20212223

24

2526

2728

29

303132

12


P5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 299 Ω


A = 34026 times (2 times 114 m)299 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC) ] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 3347 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 573 cmil



1

23

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

282930

12




P514 Motor supply

The circuit breaker spring charging motor is operated at 120 V (ac) and has a 16 A running current per phase for a total of 48 A The power factor is 90 and 25 for run and starting respectively

P5141 Ampacity




P5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 48 A

= 0125 Ω



A = 34026times (2 times 114 m)0125 Ω times [1 + 000393 (75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 80 068 cmil





1

2

3

45

6

78

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

26

27

2829

12


= 0416 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 455 V

NOTEmdashThe rated power factor for the spring charging motor is 25 when starting up and 90 when running continuously A unity power factor has been assumed as this is the worst case scenario

Vmotor = 120 V ndash 455 V = 11545 V



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil




P515 Auxiliary ac supply

A single cable with three conductors will be used to supply the 120V and 208V loads The full load current is 589 A (38 A + 1140 W208 V + 15 A receptacle + 60 W 120 V)


1

2

3

4

56

7

89

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

2930

12


P5151 Ampacity


Required ampacity = (38 times 125) + ((1140 W208 V) times 125 + 15 A + (60 W120 V) = 699 A


P5152 Voltage drop

The conductor will be sized for voltage drop based on an 8 A load connected to the receptacle with a unity power factor and both the heater and light on This gives a current of 519 A8 A + (60 W 120 V) + (1140 W 208 V + 38 A

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V519 A

= 0116 Ω




= 8641 cmil




= 0416 mΩm




1

23

4

567

8

91011

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


A = 487 V or 40


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil




P516 Alarm and status

Since the current in these conductors is small they will not be individually sized A 16 AWG conductor will be used for these applications Five (5) status alarm and status points are required in this situation This will require ten conductors A 12-conductor cable will be used providing two spare conductors for future use

P52 Disconnect switch

P521 Motor supply



1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19202122

23

24

25262728

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need more discussion in this section


P5211 Ampacity





P5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω




= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4





1

234

56

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil




mdash Check starting voltage using Equation (C3)

Rdc = 3402616 510 cmil times [1+ 000393(75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 266 mΩm


= 125 V


= 11475 V


P522 Status and alarms




123

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

1213

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

232425

2627

12



P5231 Ampacity




P5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



Refer to C4






1

2

3

4

567

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need more discussion



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil





Rac = Rdc

= 3402641 740 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1052 mΩm


= 003 V or 0027

P53 Transformer


The secondary conductors for the CTs will be sized here The power transformer has CTs on both the high- voltage and low-voltage sides On the high-voltage side 12005 CTs are used On the low- voltage side 12005 CTs are used All CTs are C800 type which can have a total burden of 40 Ω

Conductors sized for the circuit breaker CTs will also be suitable for the power transformer CTs Per P513 the minimum conductor size for ampacity burden and short-circuit capability is 14 AWG


Twelve (12) status and alarm points are required for the power transformers This will require a total of 24 conductors Two 12-conductor cables will be used providing no spare conductors for future use Since the current in these conductors is small they will not be individually sized A 16 AWG conductor will be used for these applications


The power transformers have cooling fan motors with a total load of 9 kW at 208 V(ac) 95 PF The control cabinet has 115 V(ac) loads consisting of a 50 W light a 20 A receptacle and 2000 W of heater at 208 V(ac) For voltage drop the largest load would be at maximum temperature with the fans operating the light on and an 8 A load connected to the receptacle It is assumed the cabinet heater would not operate


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

1920

21

22232425

26

27282930

12

Adam Zook 080813


when the fans are operating A three conductor cable will be used to supply the 115 V(ac) and 208 V(ac) loads


P5331 Ampacity

The loads will be assumed to be continuous loads

Required ampacity = 9 kW208 V095 PF + (2000 W208 V) + (50 W115 V) + 15 A times 125 = 945 A


P5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 104 V


Rdc = Rac = 104 V 539 A

= 019 Ω



= 40 200 cmil



Refer to C4




12

34

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil

The next larger commercial size remains 4 AWG (41 740 cmil)




Rac = Rdc = 3402666 360 cmil times [1+000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 0661 mΩm


= 62 V or 298

P54 Voltage transformers

The secondary conductors for the VTs will be sized for steady-state operation The VT secondaries are connected wye giving a voltage of 120 V3 or 6928 V The VTs have a maximum allowable burden of 75 VA at 85 PF The same conductor size will be used for all VTs The farthest VT is 82 m (269 ft) away from the control building

P541 Ampacity




P542 Voltage drop



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819

20

2122

23

242526

27

2829

12




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω



A = 34026 times 2times 82 m) 192 Ω j1+ 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 3750 cmil








= 1068 mΩm

Burden = (1068 mΩm times 88 m times (01 A 085 PF)2) + (693 V times 01 A 085 PF)

= 82 VA

P55 Station service supply (low side)

The two station service supplies have a 500 kVA capacity at 480 V and 120208 V Only one is used to supply the load at a time For the purposes of this example we will only consider the 120208 V cables as they will result in the larger voltage drop and larger cable The total connected load with allowance for additional equipment in the future is 340 kW with an average power factor of 90 The AC panel is located in the control house roughly 10 m (33 ft) from the station service transformer


1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526272829

12

Adam Zook 061413
check


P551 Ampacity

Required ampacity = (500 kVA times 125) 3 times 208 = 1735 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest suitable size is 6 1c 500 kcmil per phase which has an ampacity of 3344 A each for a total of 2006 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

P552 Voltage drop


The transformer taps will be adjusted to provide a voltage of approximately 120 V at the service panel The transformer has four taps of 125 each Voltage drop will be calculated for the 6 1c 500 kcmil AWG conductor required for ampacity


Rac = Rdc = 34026 (6 times 500 000 cmil times [1+ 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 0015 mΩm


= 319 V or 15



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil



1

2

345

6

7

89

10

11

1213

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12



Six 1c 500 kcmil conductors satisfy the minimum size for ampacity and short-circuit capability The transformer taps will be used to adjust the voltage to the required level

P56 Station service supply (high side)

The two station service supplies have a 500 kVA capacity at 138kV For the purposes of this section calculations will be made for Station Service Transformer 1 (SST1) The station service transformer is located near the control house roughly 60 m (197 ft) from the tertiary bushing of the power transformer

P561 Ampacity

Required ampacity = (500 kVA x 125) radic3 x 138kV = 261 A

Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest suitable size is 10 AWG per phase which has an ampacity of 308 A each for a total of 924 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

P562 Voltage drop

Load used for voltage drop calculation will be 924 A


Vdrop = 138kV times 003

= 414 V

mdash Per unit length resistance for cable length of 60 m (197 ft) at a temperature of 75 degC

Rdc = Rac = 414 V 924 A

= 448 Ω


A = 34026 times (2 times 60 m) 448 Ω times [1 + 000393(75 degC ndash 20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 5879 cmil



Refer to C4

The cable is protected by a low side main circuit breaker with a 2-cycle maximum clearing time



1

23

4

567

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


mdash Short-time maximum conductor temperature is 250 degC per C8




A = Isc 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36829 cmil



A 4 AWG conductor satisfies the minimum size for ampacity voltage drop and short-circuit capability

P57 Outdoor lighting


P571 Ampacity



P572 Voltage drop (for circuit supplying FL3 and FL4)




= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 386 A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516

17

18

192021

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 1554 Ω

mdash Using Equation (C5) the distance to the furthest light FL29 is 159 m (152 m + 7 m)


= 8983 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil





Rac = Rdc = 34026 41 740 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1052 mΩm


= 129 V or 108 (129120 times 100)


1

2

34

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

12


P58 Outdoor receptacles

The two outdoor 50 A receptacles will be provided The largest full load current for equipment that will be used with the receptacles is 40 A at 90 PF The cables will be sized for receptacle YOUT1 and the same size cable will also be used for YOUT2

P581 Ampacity



P582 Voltage drop




= 104 V


Rac = 104 V 444 A

= 0234 Ω



= 22 886 cmil



Refer to C4






1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil



Ampacity is the governing factor for this cable and requires a 4 AWG conductor

P59 DC battery

The circuit conductors feeding the main DC panel (DCP1) from the batteries will be sized here The batteries have a continuous load of 25 A with a 3kA fault level A main circuit breaker is protecting the DC panel from the battery system and has a maximum clearing time of 2 cycles The DC panel is located approximately 5 m (16 ft) from the batteries

P591 Ampacity

The loads will be assumed to be continuous loads For ampacity 125 of continuous loads will be used


A 50 A protective device is used to protect the circuit Per Table 310-16 of the NEC [B100] for 75 degC conductor temperature and for a 40 degC ambient temperature the smallest suitable size is 6 AWG which has an ampacity of 572 A (adjusted for ambient temperature)

P592 Voltage drop

mdash The target voltage drop is 3 from the end of discharge (EOD) voltage


= 315 V

mdash Per unit length resistance at a temperature of 75 degC

Rac = 315 V 25 A

= 0126 Ω



= 3484 cmil


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9101112

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12



Careful attention should be taken when determining the maximum voltage drop allowed from the battery All of the minimum dc operating voltages should be evaluated to determine which is the least tolerant to voltage drop This should be brought up with the group for further discussion The most critical devices at this station are the trip and close coils for the circuit breakers The furthest away is the 345kV Circuit Breaker (345CB6) approximately at 114 m (374 ft) The close coils has a minimum operating voltage (90 V) that is higher than the trip coil and is least tolerant to voltage drop issues A double check should be made to ensure a large enough cable is selected to allow operation of critical equipment

Using a 14 AWG (4110 cmil) cable will result in a voltage at the panel of

Rdc = 34026 4110 cmil times [1 + 000393(75 degCndash20 degC)] times 102 times 104 at 75 degC

= 1068 mΩm

Vdrop = 25 A times 1068 mΩm times 5 m times 2 runs

= 267 V

Voltage at the dc panel will be

V = 105 V ndash 267 V

= 10233 V

The minimum cable size required from the dc panel to the close coil (105 A) would be

Vdrop = 10233 V ndash 90 V

= 1233 V

Rdc = 1233 V105 A

= 117 Ω



= 8554 cmil

The next larger commercial size is 10 AWG (10380 cmil) This is smaller than the 6 AWG selected in section P5114 so adequate voltage will delivered to the close coil


Refer to C4



12

3456789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

2728

29

30

31

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil



Short-circuit is the governing factor for this cable and requires an 8 AWG conductor

P510 Supervisory control and data acquisition cables

The cable selections for the SCADA system are shown in Figure P4 In this system the IEDs collect substation data through the control VT and CT cables routed from the substation equipment These cables are sized and routed in accordance with the corresponding sections of this example and are not discussed in further detail here For the SCADA components however all cables are located entirely within the control building and are routed only from one component to the next All currents are on the order of a few milliamps and a very small conductor size of 22 AWG or 24 AWG is sufficient Note that the physical strength of the cable should be taken into account at these small sizes In this example the slightly larger 22 AWG is used for longer routes while the smaller 24 AWG is used for shorter routes


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516171819

12


Figure P13mdashSCADA cable selectionThere are two communications circuits needed In this example there is one circuit to the EMS Master Station and one accessible from a remote site such as an office computer or laptop Specific requirements for large scale stations require compliance with the operating authority jurisdictions Given the high criticality of the EMS circuit it should be dedicated Since the remote site circuit will only be accessed periodically a dial-up circuit is sufficient A port switch on the dial-up circuit allows one phone line to be used by several devices including the IEDs A communications processor device could also be used


In this example the utility desires to connect the onsite HMI to the RTU through the utilityrsquos LAN connection at the substation For large stations redundant RTU systems may be used This connection


Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

345678

91011

1213

12


requires an Ethernet hub as well as network interface cards (NICs) in both CPUs Category 5 cable is standard and is used in this case A serial connection can also be used if LAN access is not available


P511 Cable summary

Table P6 summarizes the field cables used for each type of equipment Note that cables will not be run for CT or VT windings that will not be used initially

Table P36mdashEquipment cable summary

Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)

Transformer no 1 (T1) 13 2times12C14 1times3C2 10times4C12


Station Service Transformer (SST1) ndash low side 18 18x500MCM


Station Service Transformer (SST1) ndash high side 3 3x1C10


DC Panel (DCP1) 1 1x1C8

345kV Circuit Breaker (345CB1) 11 2x12C166x4C142x2C101x7C6






345kV CCVT (345CCVT1) 2 2x7C14




12

345

6

78

9

12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


345kV Line 1 Fiber (FO JB5) 1 1x72PR Fiber


345kV Line 3 PLC Line Tuner (LT1) 1 1xCOAX


345kV Reactor (345REA1) 1 2x4C14 1x2C6

138kV Capacitor Bank (138CAP1) 1 1x2C14


138kV Motor Operated Switch (138MOS1) 3 1x7C161x2C81x2C4


138kV Current Transformer (138CT1) 1 1x4C8















12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)



138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 2 2x4C14

138kV Transformer 1 Fiber (FO JB3) 1 1x6PR Fiber


138kV Line 4 Fiber (FO JB2) 1 1x72 PR Fiber


15kV PT (15PT1) 1 1x4C14

15kV PT (15PT2) 1 1x4C14



Outdoor lighting 10 10x2C4

Outdoor receptacles 2 2times3C4

EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)


12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)

Transformer no 1 (T1) 6 2times12C16 1times2C6 3times4C12Transformer no 2 (T2) 6 2times12C16 1times2C6 3times4C1269 kV circuit breaker (69CB1) 6 1times10C16 1times2C12 1times2C10

2times4C14

1times7C1069 kV circuit breaker (69CB2) 6 1 times10C16 1 times2C12

1times2C102times4C14

1 times7C1069 kV circuit breaker (69CB3) 7 1times10C16 1times2C12


1times7C1012 kV circuit breaker (12CB1) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12






1times7C1012 kV Circuit Breaker (12CB12) 5 1times10C16 1times2C12






1times7C1069 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT1) 3 1times7C16 1times2C12

1times2C1069 kV motor operated disconnect switch (69DT2) 3 1 times7C16 1 times2C12 1 times2C1012 kV motor operated disconnect switch (12D3) 3 1times7C16 1times2C12 1times2C1069 kV VT (69VT1) 1 1times4C14

69 kV VT (69VT2) 1 1times4C1412 kV VT (12VT1) 1 1times4C1412 kV VT (12VT2) 1 1times4C14Station service supply no 1 (SST1) 1 1times3C2Station service supply no 2 (SST2) 1 1times3C2Outdoor lighting 2 2times2C12Outdoor receptacles 2 2times3C2

P6 Design cable raceway

The raceway will consist of a combination of in-ground trenches and PVC conduit runs to individual pieces of equipment See Table P7 for details

P61 Redundant cable requirement


P62 Electrical segregation



1

23

4

56

7

89

101112

12


P63 Raceway sizing

The number and size of all cables going to each piece of equipment was used to prepare Table P7 The ultimate cable area was based on having cables for all CT or VT secondary windings Spare capacity allowances above that for the ultimate cable area will be provided For this project the spare capacity allowance have been chosen to be 25 for individual conduits and 50 for the two main trenches The conduit sizes were selected based on conduit fill requirements of the NEC [B100]






Duct diameter 754 mm (d = 24463)




Table P37mdashSummary of raceway sizes

Raceway sectionInitial cable

area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size

Trench North 345kV 6276 7895 250 mm x75 mm

Trench South 345kV 14040 17550 500 mm x75 mm

Trench Main 345kV 23606 29508 800 mm x 75 mm

Trench North 138kV 9228 11535 350 mm x 75 mm

Trench South 138kV 9861 12326 350 mm x 75 mm


Trench North 138kV Cap

Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


1

23456

7

8

91011

12131415

16

12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size

Trench South 138kV Cap

Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm

Trench Main 138kV Cap

Bank 3844 4805 150 mm x 75 mm

Conduit to T1 1428 1785 75 mm duct


Conduit to 345CB1 2287 2859 100 mm duct






Conduit to 345CCVT1 292 365 50 mm duct




Conduit to FO JB5 398 497 50 mm duct


Conduit to LT1 20 25 25 mm duct


Conduit to 345REA1 397 497 50 mm duct

Conduit to 138CAP1 70 87 25 mm duct


Conduit to 138MOS1 403 504 50 mm duct


Conduit to 138CT1 249 312 50 mm duct


12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size
















Conduit to 138CVT1 292 365 50 mm duct












12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




Conduit to 15PT1 98 123 25 mm duct




Conduit to FL3 112 140 25 mm duct

Conduit FL3 to FL1 112 140 25 mm duct



















12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size






















Conduit to YOUT1 341 427 50 mm duct





Trench 1 14046 15906 450 mm times 75 mmTrench 2 6719 7593 250 mm times 75 mmConduit to T1 1264 1377 75 mm duct


12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size

Conduit to T2 1264 1377 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB1 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB2 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69CB3 1025 1138 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB1 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB2 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB11 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB12 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB13 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 12CB14 912 1025 75 mm ductConduit to 69DT1 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 69DT2 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 12D3) 517 517 50 mm ductConduit to 69VT1 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 69VT2 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 12VT1 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to 12VT2 154 308 50 mm ductConduit to SST1 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to SST2 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to R1 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to R2 515 515 50 mm ductConduit to FL1 131 131 25 mm ductConduit FL1 to FL2 131 131 25 mm ductConduit to FL3 131 131 25 mm ductConduit FL3 to FL4 131 131 25 mm duct

P64 Cable installation

A sample calculation is shown for the ldquoConduit to T1rdquo and values for other conduits are summarized in Table P9

P641 Maximum pulling tension

The maximum tension is calculated using Equation (J1) and Equation (J2) A general version of these equations is shown in Equation (P1) to determine the minimum effective area when multiple sizes of cables are pulled within the same raceway

Tmax = K f n A

= K Aeff (P1)

where



1

23

4

567

8

9

10

11121314

12


The cables to T1 are 2times12C16 1times2C6 10x4C14 and 1times2C14 (see Table P6) Aeff for each conductor size is summarized in Table P8

Table P38mdashAeff for different cable sizes

Cables Conductors nConductor size

(cmil)

Total area A

(cmil)f

Aeff

(cmil)

1 2 663602 (6 AWG) 132 720 10 132 7201 2 4110 (14 AWG) 8220 10 822010 4 4110 (14AWG) 164 400 06 98 640

The minimum effective area (Aeff) is 8220 cmil The maximum pulling tension (note area was changed to kcmil) is determined by using Equation (P1) as follows


= 292633 = 029 kN (66 lb)



P642 Jam ratio

Cable jamming may occur due to wedging of cables in the raceway For the cables being pulled for T1 there are ten cables of the same diameter



Dd = 75108 = 694


P643 Pulling tension

The raceway route from the main cable trench to T1 consists of the following (see Figure P3)





123

4

5

67

8

9

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

12





P6431 Section 1

There may be an incoming tension if the cable is being pulled off reels In this example the cable is coming from a trench and it is anticipated that the cable would have been pulled into the trench and fed into the duct with rollers The incoming tension will initially be the total mass of the cable length being pulled and it will gradually decrease as the cables are pulled into the raceway The highest tension occurs near the end of the pull when the initial tension will be near zero The initial tension will be assumed to be the remaining length that needs to be pulled in or the length of cable extending beyond the last bend to reach the termination point This length is approximately 3 m (06 m for the bend and 2 m to reach above ground)

Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

P6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc


1

23

45

6

789

1011121314

15

16

17

1819

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


For this case

L = 15 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 660 N

= 1417 N

P6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

P6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041


1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 557 N



P644 Sidewall bearing pressure



= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


P645 Cable summary

Results for all raceways are given in Table P9 The pulling tension is below the maximum for all runs except those to 69CB1 and 69CB2 In these cases one bend in the run can be eliminated by angling the ducts between the end of the trench and the circuit breaker When this is done the pulling tensions reduce to 033 kN and 03 kN for 69CB1 and 69CB2 respectively With these changes the pulling tensions are acceptable for all cables

Table P39mdashSummary of cable installation parameters

Raceway sectionNumber

of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 14

Conduit to T2 14

Conduit to 345CB1 11





1

234

56

7

89

1011

12

13

14

15

16

1718192021

22

12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)



Conduit to 345CCVT1 2




Conduit to FO JB5 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1

Conduit to LT1 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1

Conduit to 345REA1 1

Conduit to 138CAP1 1


Conduit to 138MOS1 3


Conduit to 138CT1 1

Conduit to 138CT2 1

Conduit to 138CB1 8

Conduit to 138CB2 8

Conduit to 138CB3 8

Conduit to 138CB4 8

Conduit to 138CB5 8

Conduit to 138CB6 8

Conduit to 138CB7 8

Conduit to 138CB8 8


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to 138CB9 8






Conduit to 138CVT1 2










Conduit to FO JB3 1

Conduit to FO JB4 1

Conduit to FO JB2 1

Conduit to FO JB1 1

Conduit to 15PT1 2

Conduit to 15PT2 2

Conduit to 15CB1 6

Conduit to 15CB2 6

Conduit to FL3 1


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit FL3 to FL1 1

Conduit to FL2 1


Conduit to FL7 1


Conduit to FL6 1


Conduit to FL11 1


Conduit to FL10 1


Conduit to FL15 1


Conduit to FL14 1


Conduit to FL21 1



Conduit to FL22 1



Conduit to FL25 1


Conduit to FL24 1



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to FL27 1




Conduit to FL31 1

Conduit to FL33 1


Conduit to FL34 1


Conduit to FL37 1


Conduit to FL39 1

Conduit to FL40 1


Conduit to YOUT1 1

Conduit to YOUT2 1


of cables

Maximumpullingtension

(kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 6 17 170 056Conduit to T2 6 17 170 052Conduit to 69CB1 5 05 104 050Conduit to 69CB2 5 05 104 046Conduit to 69CB3 6 05 126 031Conduit to 12CB1 5 05 104 022Conduit to 12CB2 5 05 104 015Conduit to 12CB11 5 05 104 023Conduit to 12CB12 5 05 104 022Conduit to 12CB13 5 05 104 017Conduit to 12CB14 5 05 104 015Conduit to 69DT1 3 05 048 019Conduit to 69DT2 3 05 048 016


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to 12D3 3 05 048 009Conduit to 69VT1 1 06 017 005Conduit to 69VT2 1 06 017 004Conduit to 12VT1 1 06 017 003Conduit to 12VT2 1 06 017 002Conduit to SST1 1 71 148 037Conduit to SST2 1 7 1 1 48 028Conduit to R1 1 7 1 1 48 024Conduit to R2 1 71 148 035Conduit to FL1 1 05 013 002Conduit between FL1 and FL2 1 05 013 002Conduit to FL3 1 05 013 004Conduit between FL3 and FL4 1 05 013 002


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12


Annex Q

(informative)

Bibliography

Bibliographical references are resources that provide additional or helpful material but do not need to be understood or used to implement this standard Reference to these resources is made for informational use only

[B1] AEIC CG5-2005 Underground Extruded Power Cable Pulling Guide13

[B2] AIEE Committee Report ldquoInsulation level of relay and control circuitsrdquo AIEE Transactions pt 2 vol 68 pp 1255ndash1257 1949

[B3] ASTM E 1 19-2000a Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials14

[B4] ASTM B 8-2004 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Hard Medium-Hard or Soft

[B5] Baumgartner E A ldquoTransient protection of pilot wire cables used for high speed tone and ac pilot wire relayingrdquo presented at 20th Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers College Station TX pp 24ndash26 Apr 1967

[B6] Birch F H Burrows G H and Turner H J ldquoExperience with transistorized protection in BritainmdashPart II Investigations into transient overvoltages on secondary wiring at EHV switching stationsrdquo paper 31-04 presented at CIGRE 1968

[B7] Borgvall T Holmgren B Sunden D Widstrom T and Norback K ldquoVoltages in substation control cables during switching operationsrdquo paper 36-05 presented at CIGRE pp 1ndash23 Aug 24 1970

[B8] Buckingham R P and Gooding F H ldquoThe efficiency of nonmagnetic shields on control and communication cablerdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-89 pp 1091ndash 1099 1970

[B9] Comsa R P and Luke Y M Yu ldquoTransient electrostatic induction by EHV transmission linesrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-88 pp 1783ndash1787 Dec 1969

[B10] Dietch Dienne and Wery ldquoProgress report of Study Committee No 4 (protection and relaying)mdash Appendix II Induced interference in wiring feeding protective relaysrdquo paper 3 1-01 presented at CIGRE 1968

[B11] Dietrich R E Ramberg H C and Barber T C ldquoBPA experience with EMI measurement and shielding in EHV substationsrdquo Proceedings of the American Power Conference vol 32 pp 1054ndash1061 Apr 1970

[B12] EEI Underground Systems Reference Book 1957

[B13] EIATIA-568 Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard15

[B14] EIATIA-569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

[B15] EIATIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications

[B16] EPRI EL-5036 Project 2334 Power Plant Electrical Reference SeriesmdashVolume 4 Wire and Cable

[B17] EPRI EL-2982 Project 1359-2 Measurement and Characterization of Substation Electromagnetic Transients Final Report Mar 1983

[B18] EPRI EL-5990-SR Proceedings Telephone Lines Entering Power Substations Aug 1988


1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

222324

2526

272829

303132

33

34

35

3637

38

3940

41

12


[B19] EPRI EL-6271 ldquoResearch results useful to utilities nowrdquo Distribution Cable Digest vol 1

[B20] Fillenberg R R Cleaveland G W and Harris R E ldquoExploration of transients by switching capacitorsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-90 pp 250ndash260 JanFeb 1971

[B21] ldquoFire protection and prevention practices within the electric utility industryrdquo Edison Electric Institute Insurance Committee Report of the Fire Protection and Prevention Task Force Mar 1960

[B22] Garton H L and Stolt H K ldquoField tests and corrective measures for suppression of transients on solid state devices in EHV stationsrdquo Proceedings of the American Power Conference vol 31 pp 1029ndash 1038 1969

[B23] Gavazza R J and Wiggins C M ldquoReduction of interference on substation low voltage wiringrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery vol 11 no 3 pp 1317ndash1329 July 1996

[B24] Gillies D A and Ramberg H C ldquoMethods for reducing induced voltages in secondary circuitsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-86 pp 907ndash916 July 1967

[B25] Gillies D A and Rogers E J ldquoInduced transient voltage reductions in Bonneville Power Administration 500 kV substationrdquo presented at the IEEE PES Summer Power Meeting San Francisco CA July 9ndash14 1972 paper C 72-522-1

[B26] Gillies D A and Rogers E J ldquoShunt capacitor switching EMI voltages their reduction in Bonneville Power Administration substationsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-93 pp 1849ndash1 860 NovDec 1974

[B27] Gillies D A Rogers E J and Ramberg H D ldquoTransient voltages-high voltage capacitor switchingrdquo presented at the 20th Annual Conference for Relay Engineers College Station TX Apr 1967

[B28] Gooding F H and Slade H B ldquoShielding of communication cablesrdquo AIEE Transactions (Communication and Electronics) vol 75 pp 378ndash387 July 1955

[B29] Halman T R and Harris L K ldquoVoltage surges in relay control circuitsrdquo AIEE Transactions pt 2 vol 67 pp 1693ndash1701 1948

[B30] Hammerlund B ldquoNoise and noise rejection methods in control circuits particularly for HV power stationsrdquo Proceedings of the IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Symposium July 1968 pp 216ndash227

[B31] Hampe G W ldquoPower system transients with emphasis on control and propagation at radio frequenciesrdquo presented at the 21st Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers College Station TX Apr 1968

[B32] Harvey S M ldquoControl wiring and transients and electromagnetic compatibility in GISrdquo Proceedings of the International Symposium of Gas-Insulated Substations

[B33] Harvey S M and Ponke W J ldquoElectromagnetic shielding of a system computer in a 230 kV substationrdquo presented at the IEEE PES Summer Meeting San Francisco CA July 20ndash25 1975 paper F 75 442-4

[B34] Hicks R L and Jones D E ldquoTransient voltages on power station wiringrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-90 pp 26 1ndash269 JanFeb 1971

[B35] IEC 60227 Parts 1ndash7 (with amendments and various editions for the parts) Polyvinyl chloride insulated cables of rated voltages up to and including 450750 V16

[B36] IEC 602282004 Ed 30b Conductors of Insulated Cables

[B37] IEC 60245 Parts 1ndash8 (with amendments and various editions for the parts) Rubber insulated cablesmdashRated voltages up to and including 450750 V

[B38] IEC 60287 Parts 1-1 through 3-2 (with amendments and various editions for the parts) Electric cablesmdashCalculation of the current rating

[B39] IEC 603041982 Ed 30b Standard colours for insulation for low-frequency cables and wires


1

234

56

789

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

2223

2425

2627

282930

3132

333435

3637

3839

40

4142

4344

45

12


[B40] IEC 60332 Parts 1-1 through 3-25 (with amendments and various editions for the parts) Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions

[B41] IEC 61000-4-12006 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)mdashPart 4-1 Testing and Measurement TechniquesmdashOverview of IEC 61000-4 Series

[B42] IEC 61000-4-42004 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)mdashPart 4-4 Testing and Measurement TechniquesmdashElectrical Fast TransientBurst Immunity Test

[B43] IEC 61000-4-52005 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)mdashPart 4-5 Testing and Measurement TechniquesmdashSurge Immunity Test

[B44] IEEE Committee Report ldquoA guide for the protection of wire line communications facilities serving electric power stationsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-85 pp 1065ndash 1083 Oct 196617 18

[B45] IEEE Committee Report ldquoBibliography on surge voltages in ac power circuits rated 600 volts and lessrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-89 pp 1056ndash1061 JulyAug 1970

[B46] IEEE 100 The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms Seventh Edition

[B47] IEEE Std 48-1996 (Reaff 2003) IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for AlternatingmdashCurrent Cable Terminations 25 kV through 765 kV

[B48] IEEE Std 80-2000 IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding

[B49] IEEE Std 81-1983 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity Ground Impedance and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground SystemmdashPart 1 Normal Measurements

[B50] IEEE Std 82-1994 IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors

[B51] IEEE Std 83 TH01-4-2 Fiber Optic Applications in Electrical Substations

[B52] IEEE Std 367-1987 IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault

[B53] IEEE Std 400-2001 IEEE Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems

[B54] IEEE Std 404-2000 IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V

[B55] IEEE Std 442-1981 (Reaff 1991) IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements

[B56] IEEE Std 487-2000 IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations

[B57] IEEE Std 51 8-1 982 (Reaff 1990) IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources

[B58] IEEE Std 532-1993 IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables

[B59] IEEE Std 576-2000 IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Termination and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications

[B60] IEEE Std 635-2004 IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables

[B61] IEEE Std 643-2004 (Reaff 1991) IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications

[B62] IEEE Std 848-1 996 IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating of Fire-Protected Cables

[B63] IEEE Std 979-1 994 IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection

[B64] IEEE Std 1026-1995 IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of Compatibility of Materials with Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and Jackets


12

34

56

78

91011

1213

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

2324

2526

2728

29

3031

3233

34

3536

37

38

3940

41

4243

12


[B65] IEEE Std 1050T2004 IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations

[B66] IEEE Std 1 138-1994 (Reaff 2002) IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines

[B67] IEEE Std 1 143-1994 IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables

[B68] IEEE Std 1202-1991 Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies

[B69] IEEE Std 1210-1996 IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants with Wire and Cable

[B70] IEEE Std 123 5-2000 IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground Power Cables and Ducts

[B71] IEEE Std 1 590 IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Optical Fiber Communication Facilities Serving or Connected to Electrical Supply Locations

[B72] IEEE Std C371-2007 IEEE Standard for SCADA and Automatic Systems

[B73] IEEE Std C37901-2002 IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus

[B74] IEEE Std C3799-2000 IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks

[B75] IEEE Std C371221 XXXX

[B76] IEEE Std C5713-1993 IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers

[B77] IEEE Std C57133-2003 (Reaff 1983) IEEE Guide for the Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases

[B78] Jaczewski M and Pilatowicz A ldquoInterference between power and telecommunication linesrdquo paper 36-03 presented at CIGRE pp 1ndash8 Aug 24 1970

[B79] Kotheimer W C ldquoControl circuit transients in electric power systemsrdquo presented at the 21st Annual Conference for Protective Engineers College Station TX Apr 22ndash24 1968

[B80] Kotheimer W C ldquoControl circuit transientsrdquo Power Engineering vol 73 pp 42ndash45 Jan 1969 and pp 54ndash56 Feb 1969

[B81] Kotheimer W C ldquoThe influence of station design on control circuit transientsrdquo Proceedings of the American Power Conference vol 21 pp 1021ndash1028 1969

[B82] Kotheimer W C ldquoTheory of shielding and grounding of control cables to reduce surgesrdquo Pennsylvania Electric Association Stroudsburg PA Oct 5 1973

[B83] Martzloff F D and Hahn G J ldquoSurge voltages in residential and industrial power circuitsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-89 pp 1049ndash1056 JulyAug 1970

[B84] McKenna D and OrsquoSullivan T C ldquoInduced voltages in coaxial cables and telephone linesrdquo paper 36-01 presented at CIGRE pp 1ndash10 Aug 24 1970

[B85] ldquoMethods of reducing transient overvoltages in substation control cablesrdquo British Columbia Hydro and Power Authority Report No 6903 June 15 1969

[B86] Mildner R C Arends C B and Woodland P C ldquoThe short-circuit rating of thin metal tape cable shieldsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-87 pp 749ndash759 Mar 1968

[B87] Neher J H and McGrath M H ldquoThe calculation of the temperature rise and load capability of cable systemsrdquo AIEE Transactions vol 76 pt III pp 752ndash772 Oct 1957

[B88] NEMA FB 210-2003 Selection and Installation Guidelines for Fittings for Use with Non-flexible Electrical Metal Conduit or Tubing (Rigid Metal Conduit Intermediate Metal Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing)19


12

34

5

67

89

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

2021

2223

2425

2627

2829

3031

3233

3435

3637

3839

4041

424344

12


[B89] NEMA FB 220-2003 Selection and Installation Guidelines For Fittings for Use With Flexible Electrical Conduit and Cable

[B90] NEMA FG 1-1993 Fiberglass Cable Tray Systems

[B91] NEMA TC 3-2004 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing

[B92] NEMA TC 6amp8-2003 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Utilities for Underground Installations

[B93] NEMA TC 9-2004 Fittings for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation

[B94] NEMA VE 1-2002 Metallic Cable Tray Systems

[B95] NEMA VE 2-2001 Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines

[B96] NEMA WC 51 -2003ICEA P-54-440 3d ed Ampacities of Cables in Open-Top Cable Trays

[B97] NEMA WC 57-2004ICEA S-73-532 Standard for Control Thermocouple Extension and Instrumentation Cables

[B98] NEMA WC 70-1999ICEA S-95-658-1999 Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy

[B99] NEMA WC 71-1999ICEA S-96-659-1999 Standard for Nonshielded Cables Rated 2001ndash5000 Volts for use in the Distribution of Electric Energy

[B100] NEMA WC 74-2000ICEA S-93-639 5ndash46 kV Shielded Power Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy

[B101] NFPA 70 2011 Edition National Electrical Codereg (NECreg)20

[B102] NFPA 72-2002 National Fire Alarm Code

[B103] Pesonen A Kattelus J Alatalo P and Grand G ldquoEarth potential rise and telecommunication linesrdquo paper 36-04 presented at CIGRE pp 1ndash21 Aug 24 1970

[B104] Perfecky L J and Tibensky M S ldquoMethods for RMS symmetrical station ground potential rise calculations for protection of telecommunications circuits entering power stationsrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-1 00 no 12 pp 4785ndash4794 Dec 1981

[B105] ldquoProtection against transientsrdquo Silent Sentinels (Westinghouse) RPL 71-4 Aug 1971

[B106] Rackowski et al ldquoEffect of switching shunt capacitors on buses protected by linear coupler differential relaysrdquo Westinghouse Electric Corporation Pittsburgh PA Electric Utility Engineering Report No 59ndash70

[B107] ldquoRecommended Good Practice for the Installation of Nonmetallic Jacketed Cables in Troughs and the Protection of Electrical Center Roomsrdquo Factory Insurance Association 9-69-1 5C

[B108] Rifenburg R C ldquoPipe-line design for pipe-type feedersrdquo AIEE Transactions (Power Apparatus and Systems) vol 72 pp 1275ndash1288 Dec 1953

[B109] Rorden H L Dills J M Griscom S B Skooglund J W and Beck E ldquoInvestigations of switching surges caused by 345 kV disconnecting switch operationrdquo AIEE Transactions (Power Apparatus and Systems) vol 77 pp 838ndash844 Oct 1958

[B110] Sonnemann W K ldquoA laboratory study of high-voltage high-frequency transientsrdquo presented at the 18th Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers College Station TX Apr 1965

[B111] Sonnemann W K ldquoTransient voltages in relay control circuitsrdquo AIEE Transactions (Power Apparatus and Systems) vol 80 pp 1155ndash1162 Feb 1962

[B112] Sonnemann W K ldquoTransient voltages in relay control circuitsmdashPart IIrdquo presented at the 16th Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers College Station TX Apr 1963


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

1112

1314

1516

1718

19

20

2122

232425

26

272829

3031

3233

343536

3738

3940

4142

12


[B113] Sonnemann W K ldquoVoltage surges in relay control circuitsrdquo presented at the 13th Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers College Station TX Apr 1960

[B114] Sonnemann W K and Felton R J ldquoTransient voltage measurement techniquesrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-87 pp 1173ndash1179 Apr 1968

[B115] Sonnemann W K and Marieni G I ldquoA review of transients voltages in control circuitsrdquo Silent Sentinels (Westinghouse) RPL 67-3 Apr 1973

[B116] ldquoSubstation fire prevention and protectionrdquo Fire Protection and Prevention Task Force EE1 Insurance Committee Nov 1969

[B117] Sullivan R J ldquoTransient and solid state circuitsrdquo presented at the Pennsylvania Electric Association Conference May 21 1971

[B118] Sutton H J ldquoTransient pickup in 500 kV control circuitsrdquo Proceedings of the American Power Conference Apr 1970

[B119] Sutton H J ldquoTransients induced in control cables located in EHV substationrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-89 pp 1069ndash1081 JulyAug 1970

[B120] Williams K L and Lawther M A ldquoInstalling substation control cablerdquo Transmission and Distribution May 1971

[B121] Woodland F Jr ldquoElectrical interference aspects of buried electric power and telephone linesrdquo IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems vol PAS-89 pp 275ndash280 Feb 1970


12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

12




1 Overview

11 Scope

12 Purpose




41 General



431 Conductor sizing

4311 CT circuits

4312 VT circuits

4313 Trip and close coil circuits

4314 Circuit breaker motor backup power

4315 Alarm and status circuits

4316 Battery circuits

432 Voltage rating

433 Cable construction












1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation



51 General




d) IEEE Std 4873 for applications of hybrid facilities where part of the circuit is on metallic wire-line and the remainder of the circuit is on optical fiber cable



a) Telephone cables and other multiconductor communications cables that are not serial Ethernet or coaxial cables


c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables

511 Telephone cable and multiconductor communication cables

512 Serial cables

5121 Serial RS232 cables





5123 USB cables

513 Ethernet cables

514 Coaxial cables

a) An outer jacket







515 Terminations

5151 Punchdown blocks

5152 Terminals

5153 DB connectors

5154 RJ (registered jack) connectors

5155 Coaxial connectors









b) Flame tests per UL 1277 ICEA T-29-520 ICEA T-30-520 and the 70000 BTU ldquoCable Tray Propagation Testrdquo per IEEE Std 383

c) Rated 600 V



b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable


541 Raceway design

542 Routing

543 Electrical segregation






c) The walls of the pathway(s) have a minimum thickness 1 mm (004 in) nominal if made of steel or 15 mm (006 in) nominal if made of aluminum



551 High-speed data circuits

552 Metallic cables

553 Isolation of telephone cables


a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping

57 Handling



591 Ethernet cables

592 USB cables

593 Other cables





e) Cable selection






6 Fiber-optic cable


2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General


b) Cladding The cladding consists of an optical material on the layer outside the core that reflects or bends the light back into the core Cladding is typically 125 μm thick

c) Buffer The buffer can be made of multiple layers that do not carry light The buffer protects the inner layers from moisture and damage where moisture inhibits the performance of the core The buffer also includes strength members typically made of aramid yarn to prevent the fiber from breaking

d) Jacket The jacket provides the outermost layer or layers of protection for the fibers The jacket materials depend on the application and serves as mechanical protection to the fiber core and cladding inside Metallic and non-metallic armoring can be considered part of the cable jacket Common types of fiber optic cable jackets with and without armoring are discussed in clause 64


62 Fiber types











621 Singlemode fiber

622 Multimode fiber

623 Plastic fiber






625 Loose tube cables

626 Tight buffered cables

627 Ribbon cables

628 Overall jackets








629 Indoor cable jackets

6210 Outdoor cable jackets

6211 Terminations


64 Cable selection

641 Fiber type

a) Calculate the distance involved (route)

b) Determine the required bandwidth

c) Determine the attenuation requirements

a) Fiber type glass that can be single mode or multimode or plastic with the following specifications




2) Fiber performance designation (including attenuationloss performance) as listed in the table above






642 Buffer tube configurations

643 Total number of fibers and tubes

644 Cable jacket

1) Environmental considerations such as temperature

2) Bend requirements

3) Installation requirements such as low installation andor operating temperature


5) Other


a) Future expansion



d) Patching of fiber strands to complete a communication path and subsequent location of patch panels and splice enclosures




651 Cable route design

6511 Raceway

6512 Support hardware

6513 Splice enclosures

6514 Patch panels

6515 Splicing

652 Routing













71 General




732 Voltage rating















822 Voltage rating and insulation level












Annex A (informative) Flowchart

Annex B (normative) Service conditions for cables

Annex C (normative) Control and power cable selection

C1 Conductor

C11 Material

C12 Size

C13 Construction

C2 Ampacity



C3 Voltage drop

C31 Cable impedance

C311 DC resistance

C312 AC resistance






C313 Reactance

C32 Load


C5 Insulation

C51 Voltage rating





C6 Jacket

C61 Material

C62 Markings

C7 Attenuation


Annex D (informative) Design checklist for metallic communication cables entering a substation

D1 Pre-design



D4 Site conditions




Annex E (normative) Cable raceway design


E2 Conduit






E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





E41 Dropouts

E42 Covers

E43 Grounding

E44 Identification

E45 Supports

E46 Location

E5 Wireways


E61 Direct burial

E62 Cable tunnels


E631 Floor trenches

E632 Raised floors

Annex F (normative) Routing

F1 Length

F2 Turns


F4 Fire impact

Annex G (normative) Transient protection of instrumentation control and power cable


G11 Switching arcs


b) Conducted coupling through stray capacitances such as those associated with bushings CTs and CVTs



G13 Lightning







a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing


a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability
















G362 Coaxial cables


Annex H (normative) Electrical segregation

Annex I (normative) Separation of redundant cables



I3 Separation

Annex J (normative) Cable pulling tension calculations


J2 Design limits



J23 Jam ratio











Annex K (normative) Handling

K1 Storage


Annex L (normative) Installation

L1 Installation



L4 Training cables


Annex M (normative) Acceptance testing

M1 Purpose

M2 Tests

Annex N (normative) Recommended maintenance and inspection

N1 General

N2 Inspections


N4 Maintenance

Annex O (informative) Example for small substation

O1 General




O32 Insulation

O33 Voltage rating




O5 Cable sizing



O5111 Ampacity

O5112 Voltage drop



O512 Close coil


O5131 Ampacity

O5132 Burden



O514 Motor supply

O5141 Ampacity

O5142 Voltage drop




O5151 Ampacity

O5152 Voltage drop





O521 Motor supply

O5211 Ampacity

O5212 Voltage drop





O5231 Ampacity

O5232 Voltage drop



O53 Transformer




O5331 Ampacity

O5332 Voltage drop




O541 Ampacity

O542 Voltage drop




O551 Ampacity

O552 Voltage drop




O561 Ampacity





O571 Ampacity

O572 Voltage drop




O59 Cable summary




O63 Raceway sizing



O642 Jam ratio


O6431 Section 1

O6432 Section 2

O6433 Section 3

O6434 Section 4


O645 Cable summary

Annex P (informative) Example for large substation

P1 General









P32 Insulation





P33 Voltage rating







P5 Cable sizing



P5111 Ampacity

P5112 Voltage drop



P512 Close coil


P5131 Ampacity

P5132 Burden



P514 Motor supply

P5141 Ampacity

P5142 Voltage drop




P5151 Ampacity

P5152 Voltage drop





P521 Motor supply

P5211 Ampacity

P5212 Voltage drop





P5231 Ampacity

P5232 Voltage drop



P53 Transformer




P5331 Ampacity

P5332 Voltage drop




P541 Ampacity

P542 Voltage drop




P551 Ampacity

P552 Voltage drop




P561 Ampacity

P562 Voltage drop




P571 Ampacity





P581 Ampacity

P582 Voltage drop



P59 DC battery

P591 Ampacity

P592 Voltage drop




P511 Cable summary




P63 Raceway sizing



P642 Jam ratio


P6431 Section 1

P6432 Section 2

P6433 Section 3

P6434 Section 4


P645 Cable summary

Annex Q (informative) Bibliography


Abstract The design installation and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are covered in this guide with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequencesKeywords acceptance testing cable cable installation cable selection communication cable electrical segregation fiber-optic cable handling power cable pulling tension raceway recommended maintenance routing separation of redundant cable service conditions substation transient protection

123456













1234567

89

10

11121314

15161718192021

2223242526

2728

2930313233

343536373839404142

43

44454647

4849505152


Notice to users



Copyrights




Errata


Patents



iv

1

2

34567

8

910111213

14

151617181920212223

24

252627

28

2930313233343536




v

1234567


Participants

















Member Emeritus






vi

1

2

34

5678

91011

121314

15

1617

18

192021

222324

252627

28

2930

31

32333435

363738

394041

424344

4546

47

4849505152535455

56


Introduction







vii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Contents



3 Definitions2






viii

1

234

5

6

789

1011121314151617181920

2122232425262728293031

3233343536373839404142

43444546










ix

123456789

10111213141516171819202122

23

24

252627282930313233

3435363738394041

42434445464748














x

12345

6789

10

11121314

1516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

3233343536

37383940414243

4445





xi

12345

67





1 Overview


11 Scope


12 Purpose



1

1

2

3

45678

910111213

14

151617181920

21

222324

25

2627























2

12

345

6

78

9

10111213

14

1516

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

27

28

29

30

12















41 General






3

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

16

17181920212223

242526

27282930

313233












4

12

34

5

6

789

10111213

14151617181920

212223242526

272829303132

3334353637









5

12345678

91011121314

1516

1718

192021

222324252627












6

12

345678

91011

1213141516

17181920212223

2425262728293031

3233

34353637

38394041













7

1

2

34

56789

10

111213141516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

32

3334353637383940














1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation




8

1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24


51 General






















coaxial cables


c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


9

1

2

3456

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

29

30

31

32

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814









10

123456

789

10111213

1415161718192021

22232425262728293031

323334353637383940414243444546

474849

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814













11

1234

56789

10111213

141516

1718192021222324

2526272829303132333435

36373839

40

41

42

4344









12

123456

789

1011

121314151617181920

21222324252627282930

3132333435363738

3940414243




1

2 4 MHz 4 Mbps

3 16 MHz 10 Mbps

4 20 MHz 16 Mbps

5 100 MHz

5e 100 Mhz

6 250 MHz

6A 500 MHz


No standard exists


level 1

Less than 1 MHz


No standard exists



TIAEIA-568-C





TIAEIA-568-A











TIAEIA-568-C




10GBaseT


TIAEIA-568-C




13

1

2




a) An outer jacket











14

1

23456

78

9

10

11

12

131415161718

19202122232425

262728293031

32

33














15

1

234

56789

101112

13

14

15

1617181920

21222324

2526272829303132333435









16

123456789

1011

121314151617

181920212223242526272829

3031323334353637383940

414243

4445













17

12

3

456789

1011121314

1516171819

20212223

2425

26


Common Name














18

1

2

345

67

8

9101112131415161718192021

222324

252627

2829

303132

















c) Rated 600 V




19

12

3

4567

89

101112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324252627

28

29

30

31

32333435

3637

Zook Adam 031014








b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable





20

1234567

89

10

11

12131415

161718

19

20

21

22

23242526

272829303132333435

363738394041












21

1234567

8

9

1011121314

15161718

192021222324

252627

2829303132

33343536373839404142

Zook Adam 030814





















22

123

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

141516

1718

19

20

212223

2425

26272829303132

333435
















23

12

3

4

56

7

89

10

1112

1314

15161718

1920

21222324252627

2829303132333435

36373839












a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping



24

12345

6

789

1011

121314

15

161718

19

2021222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814



57 Handling












25

1234567

8

91011121314

15

16

171819

20212223

242526

27

28

2930

313233343536

Zook Adam 031014



















e) Cable selection







26

1234

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

1819202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32



6 Fiber-optic cable



2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920212223

242526272829

3031323334

3536

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814









breaking







62 Fiber types




Table 2G655C G655D

TIA NA 492AAAA




Core μm NA 625 50 50 50 9 9


28

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

1617

18

192021

22



NA 8501300

8501300

8501300

8501300

13101550

1310 1383 1550


NA 200 500 1500 3500 NA NA


NA 500 500 500 500 NA NA


NA Not specified

Not specified

2000 4700 NA NA


NA 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000


NA 275 550 550 1000 2000 2000


NA 33 82 300 550 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000













29

1

23456789

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21















30

1

2

3456789

101112

13141516

17

181920212223242526272829

303132

3334353637

3839

Zook Adam 030814

















31

1234567

89

1011121314151617

18192021

22

232425262728293031323334

35363738

3940

41

42

43

44
















32

123

456789

10111213

1415

16171819202122

232425

262728

29303132

333435

36373839404142















33

12345

6789

10

1112

1314151617181920212223242526272829303132

333435363738

3940

41

42

43

44

Zook Adam 010414



















34

1

2

3

4

56789

1011

12131415161718192021222324252627282930313233

3435363738

3940

4142434445















35

1

23

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19202122

2324252627

2829303132

3334

3536373839

40414243




Acronym



1 IEC 61754-22 FOCIS 2

EIATIA-604-2


Rare X 25



1 IEC 61754-42 TIA-568-A3 FOCIS 3

EIATIA-604-3


25



1 IEC 61754-182 FOCIS 12

EIATIA-604-12


X 245times44 mm


1 IEC 61754-202 FOCIS 10

EIATIA-604-10


X X 125


1 IEC 61754-132 FOCIS

EIATIA-604-4


X 25


X X Varies


X 22






36

1234

5

6

7

89

10

111213

14

15161718






64 Cable selection


a) Fiber type



d) Cable jacket

e) Terminations




37

1234567

89

10111213

14151617

181920212223

24

25262728

29

30

31

32

33

3435

363738

Craig Preuss 030814
116725 030814





specifications





above













38

123

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

192021222324

252627

28293031

323334

353637



5) Other





a) Future expansion














39

123

4567

89

1011121314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

293031

3233

343536

3738

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














40

1234

56789

10

111213141516

171819

202122

2324

25262728

293031

32

3334353637

38394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














41

123456789

10

1112

1314

15161718192021

2223

24252627

28

293031

323334

353637383940

414243

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814













42

12

34567

89

1011

121314

15

1617

18192021222324252627

282930313233

3435363738394041

424344

Zook Adam 010414














43

12

345

6

789

101112

131415161718192021

222324252627

282930

31323334

35

363738

394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414















44

123

45678

9101112

1314

15

161718192021

2223

24

2526272829

30313233

34353637

383940

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414

















45

12

34

567

8

9

10

11121314151617

1819

20

212223242526

272829303132

33343536

373839

4041








71 General









46

1234

56789

1011

12

13

1415

16

17181920

212223

2425

26

27282930

3132

33

Adam Zook 040713
Zook Adam 010414












47

1

23

456789

10

11

12

13

14151617

181920

21


















48

1

2

3

4

567

89

101112

13

1415

16

1718

192021

22

2324

25

262728293031














49

1

2

345

6789

101112131415

1617181920

21222324252627

28

29

3031

32

3334353637



















50

1

2

3456

7

89

10

1112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26


Annex A

(informative)

Flowchart




START


Cable Selection










Considered




Installation

Acceptance Testing


Finish






Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes


Annex B

Annex C

Annex D

Annex E

Annex F

Annex G

Annex H

Annex I

Annex J

Annex G

Annex K

Annex L

Annex M

Annex N

No

No

No

No

1

2

3

45

678

12


Annex B

(normative)












1

2

3

4

567

89

10

11121314

1516

1718

1920212223242526272829

303132333435

363738394041

12





Parameter M1 M2 M3





















1234567

89

10111213141516171819202122

2324

12




Crush (TSB-1852009)









Impact (ISO 24702-2006)

















123

4567

8

12

















Parameter I1 I2 I3





guideline






1

23

12



guideline







Parameter C1 C2 C3

Ambient temperature






123456

7

89

10

1112131415

1617

12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













IEC 61131-2












12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













Parameter E1 E2 E3








123

45

12








IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326





IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-2-5IEC 61131-2







IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326








12







12345678

91011

1213141516171819202122

12


Annex C

(normative)



C1 Conductor


C11 Material










1

2

3

456789

10

111213

14

15161718

19202122

23242526

272829

30

3132

3334

3536

12


C12 Size




C13 Construction




Class Use




B 7 19 37C 19 37 61D 37 61 91G 49 133 259H 133 259 427K 41 (14 AWG)

65 (12 AWG)- -


1

2345

6

78

9

10111213

141516171819

20

21

12


C2 Ampacity












1

2

3456

789

101112

13141516171819

2021222324

25262728

293031

32333435363738

394041

42434445

12







C3 Voltage drop




where




where





123

4

56

789

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

202122232425

26

27

282930313233

34

12






C31 Cable impedance




Conductor size Rdca

(mΩm)Rdca

(Ω1000prime)

Numberof

conductors

90 degCampacity

(A)




18 1620 2608 795 2 14 84 0330 102 04004 112 97 0380 113 04457 98 114 0450 131 051512 7 157 0620 173 068019 7 183 0720 198 0780

16 2580 1637 499 2 18 90 0355 107 04204 144 104 0410 121 04757 126 123 0485 147 058012 9 169 0665 185 073019 9 197 0775 213 0840

14 4110 1030 314 2 25 97 0380 113 04454 20 112 0440 128 05057 175 132 0520 157 062012 125 183 0720 199 078019 125 213 0840 240 0945

12 6530 650 198 2 30 107 0420 123 0485


1234

567

89

101112

131415161718

19

20212223

2425

26

12


4 24 123 0485 147 05807 21 156 0615 171 067512 15 203 0800 230 090519 15 248 0975 264 1040

10 10 380 407 124 2 40 119 0470 136 05354 32 146 0575 163 06407 28 175 0690 191 075012 20 240 0945 257 1010

8 16 510 255 078 1 55 71 0280 104 04102 55 160 0630 177 06953 55 170 0670 185 07304 44 187 0735 203 0800

6 26 240 161 049 1 75 89 0350 114 04502 75 180 0710 197 07753 75 192 0755 208 08204 60 211 0830 237 0935

4 41 740 101 031 1 95 102 0400 127 05002 95 206 0810 232 09153 95 230 0905 245 09654 76 251 0990 268 1055

2 66 360 0636 0194 1 130 118 0465 150 05902 130 248 0975 263 10353 130 263 1035 279 11004 104 290 1140 305 1200



C311 DC resistance



μΩm (μΩft) (C4)

where



1234567

89

10

111213141516

17

18

192021

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 042213









(size in cmil)

Copper (100 IACS)



ρ1


α 1 000403 degC 000403 degC 0 00224degF



(Ω) (C5)




A=ρ1L


mm2 (cmil) (C6)

C312 AC resistance



where



123456

7

89

10

11121314151617

18

19

202122

23

24

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 050213
check





Y cs=11

( Rdc

3 28k S+13 124

Rdc k Sminus25 27

( Rdc kS )2 )

2

(C8)

Y cs=11

( Rdc

kS+ 4

Rdc kSminus 256

( Rdc k S)2 )

2

(C9)

where





Y cp= f ( xp)( DC

S )2 ( 1 18

f ( xp )+0 27+0 312( DC

S )2)

(C10)





123

4

56789

10

11

12

13

14

15

17

18

19

20212223

24

12


where



For metric units

f ( xp)=11

( Rdc

3 28 k p+13124

Rdck pminus25 27

( Rdc k p )2 )

2

(C11)

For imperial units

f ( xp)=11

(Rdc

k p+ 4

Rdc k pminus 256

(Rdc k p )2)

2

(C12)





Y sc=RS

Rdc ( XM2

X M2 +RS

2 )(C13)

where



For metric units


1

2345678

9

10

11

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

222324252627

28

12


X M=173 6 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩm) (C14)

For imperial units

X M=52 92 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩft) (C15)

where




For metric units


Rdc (C16)

For imperial units


Rdc (C17)

where


C313 Reactance


For metric units


1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

15

16

17

18

19

2021

22

2324252627

28

12


X=2 πf (0 4606 log10( S rC )+00502 )

(μΩmphase) (C18)

For imperial units

X=2 πf (0 1404 log10( S rC )+0 0153 )

(μΩftphase) (C19)

where





C32 Load




A

A

C

B

B Right Triangle

C

A

C Symmetrical Flat

C

B

C

A B

D Cradle

B

1

2

3

4

5

678

910

11

121314151617

12











log10(T 2+K o


where



Conductor type K0



For metric units

A=I SC

radic486 9tF

log10(T 2+K0

T 1+K0)

mm2 (C21)

For imperial units


1

2

3

456

789

10

11

121314151617

18

192021

22

23

24

12


A=I SC

radic 0 0125tF

log10( T2+K0

T1+ K0)

cmil (C22)





C5 Insulation


C51 Voltage rating







1

2345

6

7

8

9101112

13

141516

17181920

21

222324

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 040913
Adam Zook 100913









C6 Jacket


C61 Material


C62 Markings


C7 Attenuation



12

3

45

6

789

10

1112

13

141516

17

18192021222324252627

28

293031

32

333435

12





1

23456

12


Annex D

(informative)


substation


D1 Pre-design









a) Revenue meters









1

2

3

4

5

6

789

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

12







D4 Site conditions

















1

23

4

56

78

9

1011

12

13

1415

1617

18192021

2223

2425

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

12














1

2

34

56

7

89

10

11

1213

1415

1617

1819

12


Annex E

(normative)











times100 (E1)



1

2

3

456

789

101112

131415

1617

1819202122

23242526

27

2829

30

3132

12


E2 Conduit












1

2

3456

789

1011

121314

151617181920212223

242526

272829303132333435

3637

383940

4142434445

12

















123

456

789

1011121314

15

16

1718192021222324

2526

2728293031

3233

343536

3738

39

40

12





















12345

67

89

10

1112

131415

16

1718

19

20

2122

2324

25

26

2728

293031

32

3334

35363738

12














E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





12

3

45

678

910

11

1213

14151617

18

19

2021

2223

24

25

262728293031

3233

3435

12

















1

2345

67

89

1011

12

1314

151617181920

21222324252627

2829

3031

32

33343536373839

40414212





E41 Dropouts



E42 Covers




E43 Grounding


E44 Identification



1234

5678

9

10

1112

1314151617

18

1920

2122

2324

25

26272829303132

33

3435

12


E45 Supports


E46 Location


E5 Wireways




E61 Direct burial






E62 Cable tunnels



1

234

5

6

7

89

101112131415

16

1718

19

2021

222324

25262728

29

303132

33

34

12











123

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

1516

171819

202122232425

12




E631 Floor trenches




E632 Raised floors




123

4567

8

91011

12131415

1617

18

1920

21

12


Annex F

(normative)

Routing





F1 Length


F2 Turns






1

2

3

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19

20

212223

24

2526272829

30

3132333435

3637

12

Adam Zook 041713
Zook Adam 020914
Zook Adam 020914








F4 Fire impact




12

3456789

1011121314

151617

18192021

222324

2526272829

30

313233

34353637

12

Adam Zook 041713


Annex G

(normative)





G11 Switching arcs











1

2

3

456

7

8

9

1011121314151617

1819

20

21

22

23

24

252627282930

313233343536

12







G13 Lightning












12

345

678

9

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

20

2122232425

262728293031

32

333435

36373839

12











1234567

8

910111213141516171819

2021222324

2526272829

30

3132333435363738394041424344

45464748

12



a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing









a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability


123456

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516

1718

192021

22232425

26

2728293031323334

35

36

37

38

39

12












1234

5

6

7

89

1011121314

15161718192021222324

252627

28293031323334

353637383940

12
















1

23

456789

10

1112131415161718

19

20

212223

2425262728

2930

31

323334

353637

38

12















12

3

4567

89

101112

13

14151617

18

192021222324

25262728

293031323334353637383940

41

42

12















1

23

4

56789

10111213

141516

1718

1920

21

2223

24252627282930

31323334353637

38394041

12















1

23456789

101112

13

14

15161718

192021

222324

25

26272829

30

3132

3334353637383940

414212

















1

23456789

10

11121314151617

1819

20

2122

232425

2627

28

293031

32

333435

3637

3839404112






G362 Coaxial cables






12

3456

789

101112

1314

15

16171819

2021222324

25

2627282930

12


Annex H

(normative)

















1

2

3

4567

89

1011

12

1314151617

12


Annex I

(normative)









I3 Separation





1

2

3

4

56789

10111213

1415161718

19

2021222324

25

262728293031

32

333435

3637

38

12

Zook Adam 010414







1

23

456

789

10

12


Annex J

(normative)









J2 Design limits




T cond=KtimesA (J1)

where




1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

12131415

16171819

20212223

24

25

26

2728

29

30

31

32333412











where








P=T 0

r (J5)106


12345

6

789

10

11121314

1516

1718

19

20

212223242526

2728

29

303132

33

3412



P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J6)


P=T 0

2 r (J7)


P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J8)

where




J23 Jam ratio



Dd

gt3 0



1

2

34

5

67

8

9

1011121314

1516

171819202122

23

242526272829

30

31

3212

Adam Zook 042413
Same as J6


Dd

lt2 8


2 8le Dd

le3 0








In SI units

T = Lmgfc (J9)

where



In English units

T = Lwfc (J10)

where


1

2

3

4567

8

910111213

14

151617

18

192021

22

23

24

2526272829303132

33

34

12








c=1+ 43 ( d

Dminusd )2

(J11)


c= 1


2

(J12)


c=1+2( dDminusd )

2

(J13)

where




12345

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819202122

12







where



12

3

45

6

7

8

9

12





where







AB

C D E

F G

Riser Pole

Substation Manhole


H

1

23

4

5

6789

101112131415

16

171819

2021

2223242526

12




Fill=sumCablearea

Racewayareatimes100

(J17)


Fill=3 π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (10 232 )

2 times100=47 98

98


Fill=3π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (12 822 )

2 times100=30 5



JamRatio=1 05 D

d (J18)

where



4 09=3 29



1

23

4

5

6

789

10

11

1213

14

15

161718

19

20

212223

12

Adam Zook 041813




Tcond = K middot A

Tcond = (525)(381) = 20 kN (4500 lb)











c= 1


2minus1 13


TD = (152)(8)(981)(05)(113) = 673 kN (1518 lb)

TE = TDecfθ

where



TE = 673 e(113)(05)(45)(001745)


1

23

4

5

6

78

9

101112

13

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

23

24

25

26

272829

30

12


TE = 673 e04437

TE = 105 kN (2366 lb)

TF = TE + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TF = 105 + 133

TF = 118 kN (2670 lb)

TG = T Fecfθ

TG = 118e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TG = 118 e04437

TG = 184 kN (4161 lb)

TH = TG + (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TH = 184 + 266

TH = 211 kN (4768 lb)


P=(1 13)(18 400 )

(2 )(3 810 )=

274 kN (188 lbft) 1

P=( 113 x 18400)(2 x 3800) =274 Nmm = 2740Nm = 274 kNm

This is acceptable


TG = Lmgfc

TG = (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TG = 266 kN (607 lb)

TF = TGecfθ

TF = 27e04437

TF = 42 kN (946 lb)

TE = TF + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TE = 42 + 13

TE = 55 kN (1250 lb)

TD = 55ecfθ


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2912

Adam Zook 180413


TD = 55e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TD = 55e04437

TD = 86 kN (1948 lb)

TC = TD + (152)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TC = 86 + 67

TC = 153 kN (3466 lb)

TB = 153ecfθ

TB = 153e(113)(05)(90)(001745)

TB = 153e08873

TB = 372 kN (8417 lb)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11121314

12


Annex K

(normative)

Handling



K1 Storage










1

2

3

45

678

9

101112131415

161718

19

20212223

242526

2728

2930

3132

12


Annex L

(normative)

Installation


L1 Installation












1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

1213

14151617

181920

2122

2324

2526

27282930

31323334

35363738

12













DegreesCelsius

DegreesFahrenheit



12

345

67

89

1011

121314

1516171819

2021

2223242526

2728

29

3031

12









AWG or kcmil ft m




L4 Training cables









1

23

4567

89

10

11

1213

14

1516

17

181920

21

22

2324

2526

12










1234

5678

910

1112

13

141516

1718

12


Annex M

(normative)

Acceptance testing


M1 Purpose


M2 Tests







Lengthm (ft)

RMΩ

305 (100) 16610 (200) 8914 (300) 53122 (400) 4152 (500) 32


1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

12

131415

161718

1920212223242526

272829

30

31

12


183 (600) 27213 (700) 23244 (800) 2274 (900) 18305 (1000

)16



1

23

4

12


Annex N

(normative)




N1 General



N2 Inspections





1

2

3

456789

1011

12

13141516

17181920212223

24

252627

282930313233

34353637

12









N4 Maintenance





1

23456

789

101112131415

1617181920

212223

242526272829

3031

32

33343536

3738

394041424344

12




123

12


Annex O

(informative)


O1 General









Parameter Value



Parameter HV LV



1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

151617

1819

202122

232425

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 050213



Parameter Value




















1

2

3

4

12

Adam Zook 050213
15
Adam Zook 050213
58





Refer to C11



O32 Insulation

Refer to C5



12

3

4

5

678

91011

12

13

1415161718192012




O33 Voltage rating









Refer to Annex F





1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13141516

17

1819

20

21

22232425

262728293031

3233

12




12

12




12

3

12



EquipmentLength

(See note)

m ft



O5 Cable sizing






1

2

3

4

5

67

8

910

12


O5111 Ampacity





O5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V10 A

= 0525 Ω




104 at 75 degC

= 9030 cmil




= 39698 mΩm


= 429 V


1

23

4

5678

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Refer to C4








A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 1 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 3699 cmil




O512 Close coil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

17

1819

20

2122

232425

26

27282930

12


O5131 Ampacity





O5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 099 Ω



= 4789 cmil



Refer to C4



1

23

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

2526

27

28

29

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 73 cmil




O514 Motor supply


O5141 Ampacity




O5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 10 A


12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

1718

19

202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12


= 06 Ω




= 7901 cmil




= 42289 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 110 V




Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05


1

2

3

45

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12


= 5549 cmil






O5151 Ampacity




O5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V98 A

= 0549 Ω




1

23

4

56

7

8

9

1011

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12



= 8641 cmil




= 42289 mΩm



A = 45 V or 38


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

2930

12




O521 Motor supply


O5211 Ampacity





O5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω





12

3

4

5678

9

101112

1314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2930

12


= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 3399 cmil






= 1068 mΩm


= 50 V


= 111 V



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






O5231 Ampacity




O5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



1

234

56

7

8

9

10

111213

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 59836 mΩm


= 017 V or 014


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12


O53 Transformer









O5331 Ampacity




O5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 120 V


1

2

345

67

8

910

11

1213141516

1718

19

20

21

222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Rdc = Rac = 120 V 36 A

= 0332 Ω



= 10 003 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil






= 14891 mΩm


= 457 V or 19


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12




O541 Ampacity




O542 Voltage drop




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 1075 cmil





1

2345

6

78

9

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






= 1068 mΩm




O551 Ampacity



O552 Voltage drop





= 08342 mΩm


= 31 V or 13



1

234

5

6

7

8

9

101112

13

14

151617

18

19

202122

23

2425

26

27

28

2930

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil







O561 Ampacity






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

151617

18

1920212223

24

25

262728

29

30

12




= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 193 A

= 2795 Ω



= 2827 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

12



= 672 mΩm


= 234 V or 19 (234120 times 100)



O571 Ampacity



O572 Voltage drop




= 120 V


Rac = 120 V 444 A

= 027 Ω



= 12 356 cmil



Refer to C4


12

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

121314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516171819202122

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

34567

89

10

11121314

12



O59 Cable summary



EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)







123

4

56

7

8

910

11

1213

12




O63 Raceway sizing

















1

23456

7

89

101112

13

14

151617

18192021

22

12








where






(cmil)

2 12 2 580 (16 AWG) 61 920 10 61 9201 2 26 240 (6 AWG) 52 480 10 52 480


1

23

4

567

89

10

11

12131415161718

19

12


3 4 6 530 (12 AWG) 78 360 06 47 016



= 1673 = 17 kN (376 lb)



O642 Jam ratio




Dd = 7512 = 625










O6431 Section 1



1

23

4

5

67

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

2526

27

2829

12



Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

O6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc

For this case

L = 38 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 1673 N


123456

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

29

30

12


= 243 N

O6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

O6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041

= 557 N




1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

222324

2526

12





= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


O645 Cable summary




Maximumpulling

tension (kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



1

2345

6

7

8

9

10

1112131415

16

12




1

12


Annex P

(informative)


P1 General










Parameter Value




1

2

3

4

56

7

8

910111213141516171819

2021

2223

24252627

282930

31

12




Parameter HV LV TV





Parameter Value

DC system




Fault level 3 kA



Voltage 208120 V

Load 500 kVA





Trip coil


(dc) 105 A Total

Close coil


(dc) 105 A Total




1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413
agaetz 061413
Review for need
agaetz 100913
Match O


Parameter Value

10 48 A Total

AC load










128 A run 125 V (dc) 10

134 A run 120 V(dc)

AC load





CTs

30005 A C800 RF8

12005A C400 RF133

Trip coil

Trip 1 59 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 21 Ω

Trip2 170 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 20 Ω

Close coil

28A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 883 Ω



AC load




12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413


Parameter Value

Transformer

CTs

High 12005 C800

Low 20005 C800

Tertiary 30005 C800

Cooling fan motors

12 746 W 208 V(ac)

FLC 32 ALRC 1109 A






Motor


90 V(dc) minimum


Status points 3

Voltage transformer













1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto







Refer to C11




1

23

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

12



Refer to XX



Refer to XX



Refer to XX


Refer to XX

P32 Insulation


Refer to C5





Refer to XX



1

2

34

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819202122

23

2425

26

27

28293031

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input
Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input






Refer to XX





Refer to XX

P33 Voltage rating





123

4

5678

9

10

11121314151617

18

192021222324

25

26

27

28

293031

3233343536

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input














Refer to Annex F





1

2

34567

89

10111213

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24252627

282930

31323334

12




12

12




12

3

12



Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)












345kV CCVT (345CCVT1) 82 269

345kV CCVT (345CCVT2) 52 171

345kV CCVT (345CCVT3) 81 266

345kV CCVT (345CCVT4) 75 246





345kV Reactor (345REA1) 155 509





1

2

12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)



















138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 82 269

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 70 230

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 52 171

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 45 148

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 40 131


12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 33 108

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 60 197

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 36 118





15kV PT (15PT1) 55 180

15kV PT (15PT2) 67 220
















12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)


























12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)






DC Panel Main 5 16

AC Panel Main 10 32



P5 Cable sizing





P5111 Ampacity





1

2

34

5

67

8

910

11

12131415

12



P5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V105 A

= 05 Ω




75 degC

= 20 017 cmil





= 1673 mΩm


= 40 V


Refer to C4







12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12




A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 11 049 cmil




P512 Close coil





P5131 Ampacity






123

4

5

6

78

9

10

1112

13

1415

161718

19

20212223

24

2526

2728

29

303132

12


P5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 299 Ω



= 3347 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 573 cmil



1

23

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

282930

12




P514 Motor supply


P5141 Ampacity




P5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 48 A

= 0125 Ω




= 80 068 cmil





1

2

3

45

6

78

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

26

27

2829

12


= 0416 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 455 V


Vmotor = 120 V ndash 455 V = 11545 V



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







1

2

3

4

56

7

89

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

2930

12


P5151 Ampacity




P5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V519 A

= 0116 Ω




= 8641 cmil




= 0416 mΩm




1

23

4

567

8

91011

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


A = 487 V or 40


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







P521 Motor supply



1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19202122

23

24

25262728

12

Adam Zook 080813


P5211 Ampacity





P5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω




= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4





1

234

56

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil






= 266 mΩm


= 125 V


= 11475 V






123

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

1213

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

232425

2627

12



P5231 Ampacity




P5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



Refer to C4






1

2

3

4

567

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 080813



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 1052 mΩm


= 003 V or 0027

P53 Transformer









1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

1920

21

22232425

26

27282930

12

Adam Zook 080813




P5331 Ampacity




P5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 104 V


Rdc = Rac = 104 V 539 A

= 019 Ω



= 40 200 cmil



Refer to C4




12

34

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 0661 mΩm


= 62 V or 298



P541 Ampacity




P542 Voltage drop



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819

20

2122

23

242526

27

2829

12




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 3750 cmil








= 1068 mΩm


= 82 VA




1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526272829

12

Adam Zook 061413
check


P551 Ampacity



P552 Voltage drop





= 0015 mΩm


= 319 V or 15



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil



1

2

345

6

7

89

10

11

1213

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






P561 Ampacity



P562 Voltage drop




= 414 V


Rdc = Rac = 414 V 924 A

= 448 Ω



= 5879 cmil



Refer to C4




1

23

4

567

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






A = Isc 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36829 cmil






P571 Ampacity







= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 386 A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516

17

18

192021

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 1554 Ω



= 8983 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 1052 mΩm


= 129 V or 108 (129120 times 100)


1

2

34

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

12




P581 Ampacity



P582 Voltage drop




= 104 V


Rac = 104 V 444 A

= 0234 Ω



= 22 886 cmil



Refer to C4






1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil




P59 DC battery


P591 Ampacity




P592 Voltage drop



= 315 V


Rac = 315 V 25 A

= 0126 Ω



= 3484 cmil


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9101112

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






= 1068 mΩm


= 267 V


V = 105 V ndash 267 V

= 10233 V



= 1233 V

Rdc = 1233 V105 A

= 117 Ω



= 8554 cmil



Refer to C4



12

3456789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

2728

29

30

31

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516171819

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

345678

91011

1213

12




P511 Cable summary



Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


















12

345

6

78

9

12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


























12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)



138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 2 2x4C14





15kV PT (15PT1) 1 1x4C14

15kV PT (15PT2) 1 1x4C14





EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)


12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


2times4C14



























1

23

4

56

7

89

101112

12


P63 Raceway sizing













area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size








Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


1

23456

7

8

91011

12131415

16

12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size


Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


Bank 3844 4805 150 mm x 75 mm
























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size





























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size






Tmax = K f n A

= K Aeff (P1)

where



1

23

4

567

8

9

10

11121314

12





(cmil)

Total area A

(cmil)f

Aeff

(cmil)

1 2 663602 (6 AWG) 132 720 10 132 7201 2 4110 (14 AWG) 8220 10 822010 4 4110 (14AWG) 164 400 06 98 640



= 292633 = 029 kN (66 lb)



P642 Jam ratio




Dd = 75108 = 694








123

4

5

67

8

9

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

12





P6431 Section 1


Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

P6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc


1

23

45

6

789

1011121314

15

16

17

1819

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


For this case

L = 15 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 660 N

= 1417 N

P6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

P6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041


1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 557 N






= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


P645 Cable summary




of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 14

Conduit to T2 14






1

234

56

7

89

1011

12

13

14

15

16

1718192021

22

12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)







Conduit to FO JB5 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1

Conduit to LT1 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1






Conduit to 138CT1 1

Conduit to 138CT2 1

Conduit to 138CB1 8

Conduit to 138CB2 8

Conduit to 138CB3 8

Conduit to 138CB4 8

Conduit to 138CB5 8

Conduit to 138CB6 8

Conduit to 138CB7 8

Conduit to 138CB8 8


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to 138CB9 8
















Conduit to FO JB3 1

Conduit to FO JB4 1

Conduit to FO JB2 1

Conduit to FO JB1 1

Conduit to 15PT1 2

Conduit to 15PT2 2

Conduit to 15CB1 6

Conduit to 15CB2 6

Conduit to FL3 1


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)


Conduit to FL2 1


Conduit to FL7 1


Conduit to FL6 1


Conduit to FL11 1


Conduit to FL10 1


Conduit to FL15 1


Conduit to FL14 1


Conduit to FL21 1



Conduit to FL22 1



Conduit to FL25 1


Conduit to FL24 1



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to FL27 1




Conduit to FL31 1

Conduit to FL33 1


Conduit to FL34 1


Conduit to FL37 1


Conduit to FL39 1

Conduit to FL40 1


Conduit to YOUT1 1

Conduit to YOUT2 1


of cables


(kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12


Annex Q

(informative)

Bibliography





















1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

222324

2526

272829

303132

33

34

35

3637

38

3940

41

12
























1

234

56

789

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

2223

2425

2627

282930

3132

333435

3637

3839

40

4142

4344

45

12




























12

34

56

78

91011

1213

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

2324

2526

2728

29

3031

3233

34

3536

37

38

3940

41

4243

12



























12

34

5

67

89

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

2021

2223

2425

2627

2829

3031

3233

3435

3637

3839

4041

424344

12



























12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

1112

1314

1516

1718

19

20

2122

232425

26

272829

3031

3233

343536

3738

3940

4142

12












12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

12




1 Overview

11 Scope

12 Purpose




41 General




4311 CT circuits

4312 VT circuits





432 Voltage rating













1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation



51 General









c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


512 Serial cables






5123 USB cables

513 Ethernet cables

514 Coaxial cables

a) An outer jacket







515 Terminations


5152 Terminals

5153 DB connectors












c) Rated 600 V



b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable


541 Raceway design

542 Routing











552 Metallic cables



a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping

57 Handling



591 Ethernet cables

592 USB cables

593 Other cables





e) Cable selection






6 Fiber-optic cable


2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






62 Fiber types












622 Multimode fiber

623 Plastic fiber








627 Ribbon cables

628 Overall jackets










6211 Terminations


64 Cable selection

641 Fiber type
















644 Cable jacket





5) Other


a) Future expansion








6511 Raceway



6514 Patch panels

6515 Splicing

652 Routing













71 General




732 Voltage rating






























C1 Conductor

C11 Material

C12 Size

C13 Construction

C2 Ampacity



C3 Voltage drop

C31 Cable impedance

C311 DC resistance

C312 AC resistance






C313 Reactance

C32 Load


C5 Insulation

C51 Voltage rating





C6 Jacket

C61 Material

C62 Markings

C7 Attenuation



D1 Pre-design



D4 Site conditions






E2 Conduit






E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





E41 Dropouts

E42 Covers

E43 Grounding

E44 Identification

E45 Supports

E46 Location

E5 Wireways


E61 Direct burial

E62 Cable tunnels


E631 Floor trenches

E632 Raised floors


F1 Length

F2 Turns


F4 Fire impact



G11 Switching arcs





G13 Lightning







a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing


a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability
















G362 Coaxial cables






I3 Separation



J2 Design limits



J23 Jam ratio












K1 Storage



L1 Installation



L4 Training cables



M1 Purpose

M2 Tests


N1 General

N2 Inspections


N4 Maintenance


O1 General




O32 Insulation

O33 Voltage rating




O5 Cable sizing



O5111 Ampacity

O5112 Voltage drop



O512 Close coil


O5131 Ampacity

O5132 Burden



O514 Motor supply

O5141 Ampacity

O5142 Voltage drop




O5151 Ampacity

O5152 Voltage drop





O521 Motor supply

O5211 Ampacity

O5212 Voltage drop





O5231 Ampacity

O5232 Voltage drop



O53 Transformer




O5331 Ampacity

O5332 Voltage drop




O541 Ampacity

O542 Voltage drop




O551 Ampacity

O552 Voltage drop




O561 Ampacity





O571 Ampacity

O572 Voltage drop




O59 Cable summary




O63 Raceway sizing



O642 Jam ratio


O6431 Section 1

O6432 Section 2

O6433 Section 3

O6434 Section 4


O645 Cable summary


P1 General









P32 Insulation





P33 Voltage rating







P5 Cable sizing



P5111 Ampacity

P5112 Voltage drop



P512 Close coil


P5131 Ampacity

P5132 Burden



P514 Motor supply

P5141 Ampacity

P5142 Voltage drop




P5151 Ampacity

P5152 Voltage drop





P521 Motor supply

P5211 Ampacity

P5212 Voltage drop





P5231 Ampacity

P5232 Voltage drop



P53 Transformer




P5331 Ampacity

P5332 Voltage drop




P541 Ampacity

P542 Voltage drop




P551 Ampacity

P552 Voltage drop




P561 Ampacity

P562 Voltage drop




P571 Ampacity





P581 Ampacity

P582 Voltage drop



P59 DC battery

P591 Ampacity

P592 Voltage drop




P511 Cable summary




P63 Raceway sizing



P642 Jam ratio


P6431 Section 1

P6432 Section 2

P6433 Section 3

P6434 Section 4


P645 Cable summary














1234567

89

10

11121314

15161718192021

2223242526

2728

2930313233

343536373839404142

43

44454647

4849505152


Notice to users



Copyrights




Errata


Patents



iv

1

2

34567

8

910111213

14

151617181920212223

24

252627

28

2930313233343536




v

1234567


Participants

















Member Emeritus






vi

1

2

34

5678

91011

121314

15

1617

18

192021

222324

252627

28

2930

31

32333435

363738

394041

424344

4546

47

4849505152535455

56


Introduction







vii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Contents



3 Definitions2






viii

1

234

5

6

789

1011121314151617181920

2122232425262728293031

3233343536373839404142

43444546










ix

123456789

10111213141516171819202122

23

24

252627282930313233

3435363738394041

42434445464748














x

12345

6789

10

11121314

1516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

3233343536

37383940414243

4445





xi

12345

67





1 Overview


11 Scope


12 Purpose



1

1

2

3

45678

910111213

14

151617181920

21

222324

25

2627























2

12

345

6

78

9

10111213

14

1516

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

27

28

29

30

12















41 General






3

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

16

17181920212223

242526

27282930

313233












4

12

34

5

6

789

10111213

14151617181920

212223242526

272829303132

3334353637









5

12345678

91011121314

1516

1718

192021

222324252627












6

12

345678

91011

1213141516

17181920212223

2425262728293031

3233

34353637

38394041













7

1

2

34

56789

10

111213141516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

32

3334353637383940














1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation




8

1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24


51 General






















coaxial cables


c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


9

1

2

3456

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

29

30

31

32

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814









10

123456

789

10111213

1415161718192021

22232425262728293031

323334353637383940414243444546

474849

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814













11

1234

56789

10111213

141516

1718192021222324

2526272829303132333435

36373839

40

41

42

4344









12

123456

789

1011

121314151617181920

21222324252627282930

3132333435363738

3940414243




1

2 4 MHz 4 Mbps

3 16 MHz 10 Mbps

4 20 MHz 16 Mbps

5 100 MHz

5e 100 Mhz

6 250 MHz

6A 500 MHz


No standard exists


level 1

Less than 1 MHz


No standard exists



TIAEIA-568-C





TIAEIA-568-A











TIAEIA-568-C




10GBaseT


TIAEIA-568-C




13

1

2




a) An outer jacket











14

1

23456

78

9

10

11

12

131415161718

19202122232425

262728293031

32

33














15

1

234

56789

101112

13

14

15

1617181920

21222324

2526272829303132333435









16

123456789

1011

121314151617

181920212223242526272829

3031323334353637383940

414243

4445













17

12

3

456789

1011121314

1516171819

20212223

2425

26


Common Name














18

1

2

345

67

8

9101112131415161718192021

222324

252627

2829

303132

















c) Rated 600 V




19

12

3

4567

89

101112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324252627

28

29

30

31

32333435

3637

Zook Adam 031014








b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable





20

1234567

89

10

11

12131415

161718

19

20

21

22

23242526

272829303132333435

363738394041












21

1234567

8

9

1011121314

15161718

192021222324

252627

2829303132

33343536373839404142

Zook Adam 030814





















22

123

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

141516

1718

19

20

212223

2425

26272829303132

333435
















23

12

3

4

56

7

89

10

1112

1314

15161718

1920

21222324252627

2829303132333435

36373839












a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping



24

12345

6

789

1011

121314

15

161718

19

2021222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814



57 Handling












25

1234567

8

91011121314

15

16

171819

20212223

242526

27

28

2930

313233343536

Zook Adam 031014



















e) Cable selection







26

1234

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

1819202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32



6 Fiber-optic cable



2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920212223

242526272829

3031323334

3536

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814









breaking







62 Fiber types




Table 2G655C G655D

TIA NA 492AAAA




Core μm NA 625 50 50 50 9 9


28

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

1617

18

192021

22



NA 8501300

8501300

8501300

8501300

13101550

1310 1383 1550


NA 200 500 1500 3500 NA NA


NA 500 500 500 500 NA NA


NA Not specified

Not specified

2000 4700 NA NA


NA 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000


NA 275 550 550 1000 2000 2000


NA 33 82 300 550 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000













29

1

23456789

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21















30

1

2

3456789

101112

13141516

17

181920212223242526272829

303132

3334353637

3839

Zook Adam 030814

















31

1234567

89

1011121314151617

18192021

22

232425262728293031323334

35363738

3940

41

42

43

44
















32

123

456789

10111213

1415

16171819202122

232425

262728

29303132

333435

36373839404142















33

12345

6789

10

1112

1314151617181920212223242526272829303132

333435363738

3940

41

42

43

44

Zook Adam 010414



















34

1

2

3

4

56789

1011

12131415161718192021222324252627282930313233

3435363738

3940

4142434445















35

1

23

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19202122

2324252627

2829303132

3334

3536373839

40414243




Acronym



1 IEC 61754-22 FOCIS 2

EIATIA-604-2


Rare X 25



1 IEC 61754-42 TIA-568-A3 FOCIS 3

EIATIA-604-3


25



1 IEC 61754-182 FOCIS 12

EIATIA-604-12


X 245times44 mm


1 IEC 61754-202 FOCIS 10

EIATIA-604-10


X X 125


1 IEC 61754-132 FOCIS

EIATIA-604-4


X 25


X X Varies


X 22






36

1234

5

6

7

89

10

111213

14

15161718






64 Cable selection


a) Fiber type



d) Cable jacket

e) Terminations




37

1234567

89

10111213

14151617

181920212223

24

25262728

29

30

31

32

33

3435

363738

Craig Preuss 030814
116725 030814





specifications





above













38

123

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

192021222324

252627

28293031

323334

353637



5) Other





a) Future expansion














39

123

4567

89

1011121314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

293031

3233

343536

3738

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














40

1234

56789

10

111213141516

171819

202122

2324

25262728

293031

32

3334353637

38394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














41

123456789

10

1112

1314

15161718192021

2223

24252627

28

293031

323334

353637383940

414243

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814













42

12

34567

89

1011

121314

15

1617

18192021222324252627

282930313233

3435363738394041

424344

Zook Adam 010414














43

12

345

6

789

101112

131415161718192021

222324252627

282930

31323334

35

363738

394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414















44

123

45678

9101112

1314

15

161718192021

2223

24

2526272829

30313233

34353637

383940

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414

















45

12

34

567

8

9

10

11121314151617

1819

20

212223242526

272829303132

33343536

373839

4041








71 General









46

1234

56789

1011

12

13

1415

16

17181920

212223

2425

26

27282930

3132

33

Adam Zook 040713
Zook Adam 010414












47

1

23

456789

10

11

12

13

14151617

181920

21


















48

1

2

3

4

567

89

101112

13

1415

16

1718

192021

22

2324

25

262728293031














49

1

2

345

6789

101112131415

1617181920

21222324252627

28

29

3031

32

3334353637



















50

1

2

3456

7

89

10

1112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26


Annex A

(informative)

Flowchart




START


Cable Selection










Considered




Installation

Acceptance Testing


Finish






Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes


Annex B

Annex C

Annex D

Annex E

Annex F

Annex G

Annex H

Annex I

Annex J

Annex G

Annex K

Annex L

Annex M

Annex N

No

No

No

No

1

2

3

45

678

12


Annex B

(normative)












1

2

3

4

567

89

10

11121314

1516

1718

1920212223242526272829

303132333435

363738394041

12





Parameter M1 M2 M3





















1234567

89

10111213141516171819202122

2324

12




Crush (TSB-1852009)









Impact (ISO 24702-2006)

















123

4567

8

12

















Parameter I1 I2 I3





guideline






1

23

12



guideline







Parameter C1 C2 C3

Ambient temperature






123456

7

89

10

1112131415

1617

12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













IEC 61131-2












12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













Parameter E1 E2 E3








123

45

12








IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326





IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-2-5IEC 61131-2







IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326








12







12345678

91011

1213141516171819202122

12


Annex C

(normative)



C1 Conductor


C11 Material










1

2

3

456789

10

111213

14

15161718

19202122

23242526

272829

30

3132

3334

3536

12


C12 Size




C13 Construction




Class Use




B 7 19 37C 19 37 61D 37 61 91G 49 133 259H 133 259 427K 41 (14 AWG)

65 (12 AWG)- -


1

2345

6

78

9

10111213

141516171819

20

21

12


C2 Ampacity












1

2

3456

789

101112

13141516171819

2021222324

25262728

293031

32333435363738

394041

42434445

12







C3 Voltage drop




where




where





123

4

56

789

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

202122232425

26

27

282930313233

34

12






C31 Cable impedance




Conductor size Rdca

(mΩm)Rdca

(Ω1000prime)

Numberof

conductors

90 degCampacity

(A)




18 1620 2608 795 2 14 84 0330 102 04004 112 97 0380 113 04457 98 114 0450 131 051512 7 157 0620 173 068019 7 183 0720 198 0780

16 2580 1637 499 2 18 90 0355 107 04204 144 104 0410 121 04757 126 123 0485 147 058012 9 169 0665 185 073019 9 197 0775 213 0840

14 4110 1030 314 2 25 97 0380 113 04454 20 112 0440 128 05057 175 132 0520 157 062012 125 183 0720 199 078019 125 213 0840 240 0945

12 6530 650 198 2 30 107 0420 123 0485


1234

567

89

101112

131415161718

19

20212223

2425

26

12


4 24 123 0485 147 05807 21 156 0615 171 067512 15 203 0800 230 090519 15 248 0975 264 1040

10 10 380 407 124 2 40 119 0470 136 05354 32 146 0575 163 06407 28 175 0690 191 075012 20 240 0945 257 1010

8 16 510 255 078 1 55 71 0280 104 04102 55 160 0630 177 06953 55 170 0670 185 07304 44 187 0735 203 0800

6 26 240 161 049 1 75 89 0350 114 04502 75 180 0710 197 07753 75 192 0755 208 08204 60 211 0830 237 0935

4 41 740 101 031 1 95 102 0400 127 05002 95 206 0810 232 09153 95 230 0905 245 09654 76 251 0990 268 1055

2 66 360 0636 0194 1 130 118 0465 150 05902 130 248 0975 263 10353 130 263 1035 279 11004 104 290 1140 305 1200



C311 DC resistance



μΩm (μΩft) (C4)

where



1234567

89

10

111213141516

17

18

192021

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 042213









(size in cmil)

Copper (100 IACS)



ρ1


α 1 000403 degC 000403 degC 0 00224degF



(Ω) (C5)




A=ρ1L


mm2 (cmil) (C6)

C312 AC resistance



where



123456

7

89

10

11121314151617

18

19

202122

23

24

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 050213
check





Y cs=11

( Rdc

3 28k S+13 124

Rdc k Sminus25 27

( Rdc kS )2 )

2

(C8)

Y cs=11

( Rdc

kS+ 4

Rdc kSminus 256

( Rdc k S)2 )

2

(C9)

where





Y cp= f ( xp)( DC

S )2 ( 1 18

f ( xp )+0 27+0 312( DC

S )2)

(C10)





123

4

56789

10

11

12

13

14

15

17

18

19

20212223

24

12


where



For metric units

f ( xp)=11

( Rdc

3 28 k p+13124

Rdck pminus25 27

( Rdc k p )2 )

2

(C11)

For imperial units

f ( xp)=11

(Rdc

k p+ 4

Rdc k pminus 256

(Rdc k p )2)

2

(C12)





Y sc=RS

Rdc ( XM2

X M2 +RS

2 )(C13)

where



For metric units


1

2345678

9

10

11

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

222324252627

28

12


X M=173 6 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩm) (C14)

For imperial units

X M=52 92 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩft) (C15)

where




For metric units


Rdc (C16)

For imperial units


Rdc (C17)

where


C313 Reactance


For metric units


1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

15

16

17

18

19

2021

22

2324252627

28

12


X=2 πf (0 4606 log10( S rC )+00502 )

(μΩmphase) (C18)

For imperial units

X=2 πf (0 1404 log10( S rC )+0 0153 )

(μΩftphase) (C19)

where





C32 Load




A

A

C

B

B Right Triangle

C

A

C Symmetrical Flat

C

B

C

A B

D Cradle

B

1

2

3

4

5

678

910

11

121314151617

12











log10(T 2+K o


where



Conductor type K0



For metric units

A=I SC

radic486 9tF

log10(T 2+K0

T 1+K0)

mm2 (C21)

For imperial units


1

2

3

456

789

10

11

121314151617

18

192021

22

23

24

12


A=I SC

radic 0 0125tF

log10( T2+K0

T1+ K0)

cmil (C22)





C5 Insulation


C51 Voltage rating







1

2345

6

7

8

9101112

13

141516

17181920

21

222324

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 040913
Adam Zook 100913









C6 Jacket


C61 Material


C62 Markings


C7 Attenuation



12

3

45

6

789

10

1112

13

141516

17

18192021222324252627

28

293031

32

333435

12





1

23456

12


Annex D

(informative)


substation


D1 Pre-design









a) Revenue meters









1

2

3

4

5

6

789

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

12







D4 Site conditions

















1

23

4

56

78

9

1011

12

13

1415

1617

18192021

2223

2425

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

12














1

2

34

56

7

89

10

11

1213

1415

1617

1819

12


Annex E

(normative)











times100 (E1)



1

2

3

456

789

101112

131415

1617

1819202122

23242526

27

2829

30

3132

12


E2 Conduit












1

2

3456

789

1011

121314

151617181920212223

242526

272829303132333435

3637

383940

4142434445

12

















123

456

789

1011121314

15

16

1718192021222324

2526

2728293031

3233

343536

3738

39

40

12





















12345

67

89

10

1112

131415

16

1718

19

20

2122

2324

25

26

2728

293031

32

3334

35363738

12














E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





12

3

45

678

910

11

1213

14151617

18

19

2021

2223

24

25

262728293031

3233

3435

12

















1

2345

67

89

1011

12

1314

151617181920

21222324252627

2829

3031

32

33343536373839

40414212





E41 Dropouts



E42 Covers




E43 Grounding


E44 Identification



1234

5678

9

10

1112

1314151617

18

1920

2122

2324

25

26272829303132

33

3435

12


E45 Supports


E46 Location


E5 Wireways




E61 Direct burial






E62 Cable tunnels



1

234

5

6

7

89

101112131415

16

1718

19

2021

222324

25262728

29

303132

33

34

12











123

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

1516

171819

202122232425

12




E631 Floor trenches




E632 Raised floors




123

4567

8

91011

12131415

1617

18

1920

21

12


Annex F

(normative)

Routing





F1 Length


F2 Turns






1

2

3

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19

20

212223

24

2526272829

30

3132333435

3637

12

Adam Zook 041713
Zook Adam 020914
Zook Adam 020914








F4 Fire impact




12

3456789

1011121314

151617

18192021

222324

2526272829

30

313233

34353637

12

Adam Zook 041713


Annex G

(normative)





G11 Switching arcs











1

2

3

456

7

8

9

1011121314151617

1819

20

21

22

23

24

252627282930

313233343536

12







G13 Lightning












12

345

678

9

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

20

2122232425

262728293031

32

333435

36373839

12











1234567

8

910111213141516171819

2021222324

2526272829

30

3132333435363738394041424344

45464748

12



a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing









a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability


123456

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516

1718

192021

22232425

26

2728293031323334

35

36

37

38

39

12












1234

5

6

7

89

1011121314

15161718192021222324

252627

28293031323334

353637383940

12
















1

23

456789

10

1112131415161718

19

20

212223

2425262728

2930

31

323334

353637

38

12















12

3

4567

89

101112

13

14151617

18

192021222324

25262728

293031323334353637383940

41

42

12















1

23

4

56789

10111213

141516

1718

1920

21

2223

24252627282930

31323334353637

38394041

12















1

23456789

101112

13

14

15161718

192021

222324

25

26272829

30

3132

3334353637383940

414212

















1

23456789

10

11121314151617

1819

20

2122

232425

2627

28

293031

32

333435

3637

3839404112






G362 Coaxial cables






12

3456

789

101112

1314

15

16171819

2021222324

25

2627282930

12


Annex H

(normative)

















1

2

3

4567

89

1011

12

1314151617

12


Annex I

(normative)









I3 Separation





1

2

3

4

56789

10111213

1415161718

19

2021222324

25

262728293031

32

333435

3637

38

12

Zook Adam 010414







1

23

456

789

10

12


Annex J

(normative)









J2 Design limits




T cond=KtimesA (J1)

where




1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

12131415

16171819

20212223

24

25

26

2728

29

30

31

32333412











where








P=T 0

r (J5)106


12345

6

789

10

11121314

1516

1718

19

20

212223242526

2728

29

303132

33

3412



P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J6)


P=T 0

2 r (J7)


P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J8)

where




J23 Jam ratio



Dd

gt3 0



1

2

34

5

67

8

9

1011121314

1516

171819202122

23

242526272829

30

31

3212

Adam Zook 042413
Same as J6


Dd

lt2 8


2 8le Dd

le3 0








In SI units

T = Lmgfc (J9)

where



In English units

T = Lwfc (J10)

where


1

2

3

4567

8

910111213

14

151617

18

192021

22

23

24

2526272829303132

33

34

12








c=1+ 43 ( d

Dminusd )2

(J11)


c= 1


2

(J12)


c=1+2( dDminusd )

2

(J13)

where




12345

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819202122

12







where



12

3

45

6

7

8

9

12





where







AB

C D E

F G

Riser Pole

Substation Manhole


H

1

23

4

5

6789

101112131415

16

171819

2021

2223242526

12




Fill=sumCablearea

Racewayareatimes100

(J17)


Fill=3 π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (10 232 )

2 times100=47 98

98


Fill=3π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (12 822 )

2 times100=30 5



JamRatio=1 05 D

d (J18)

where



4 09=3 29



1

23

4

5

6

789

10

11

1213

14

15

161718

19

20

212223

12

Adam Zook 041813




Tcond = K middot A

Tcond = (525)(381) = 20 kN (4500 lb)











c= 1


2minus1 13


TD = (152)(8)(981)(05)(113) = 673 kN (1518 lb)

TE = TDecfθ

where



TE = 673 e(113)(05)(45)(001745)


1

23

4

5

6

78

9

101112

13

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

23

24

25

26

272829

30

12


TE = 673 e04437

TE = 105 kN (2366 lb)

TF = TE + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TF = 105 + 133

TF = 118 kN (2670 lb)

TG = T Fecfθ

TG = 118e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TG = 118 e04437

TG = 184 kN (4161 lb)

TH = TG + (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TH = 184 + 266

TH = 211 kN (4768 lb)


P=(1 13)(18 400 )

(2 )(3 810 )=

274 kN (188 lbft) 1

P=( 113 x 18400)(2 x 3800) =274 Nmm = 2740Nm = 274 kNm

This is acceptable


TG = Lmgfc

TG = (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TG = 266 kN (607 lb)

TF = TGecfθ

TF = 27e04437

TF = 42 kN (946 lb)

TE = TF + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TE = 42 + 13

TE = 55 kN (1250 lb)

TD = 55ecfθ


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2912

Adam Zook 180413


TD = 55e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TD = 55e04437

TD = 86 kN (1948 lb)

TC = TD + (152)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TC = 86 + 67

TC = 153 kN (3466 lb)

TB = 153ecfθ

TB = 153e(113)(05)(90)(001745)

TB = 153e08873

TB = 372 kN (8417 lb)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11121314

12


Annex K

(normative)

Handling



K1 Storage










1

2

3

45

678

9

101112131415

161718

19

20212223

242526

2728

2930

3132

12


Annex L

(normative)

Installation


L1 Installation












1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

1213

14151617

181920

2122

2324

2526

27282930

31323334

35363738

12













DegreesCelsius

DegreesFahrenheit



12

345

67

89

1011

121314

1516171819

2021

2223242526

2728

29

3031

12









AWG or kcmil ft m




L4 Training cables









1

23

4567

89

10

11

1213

14

1516

17

181920

21

22

2324

2526

12










1234

5678

910

1112

13

141516

1718

12


Annex M

(normative)

Acceptance testing


M1 Purpose


M2 Tests







Lengthm (ft)

RMΩ

305 (100) 16610 (200) 8914 (300) 53122 (400) 4152 (500) 32


1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

12

131415

161718

1920212223242526

272829

30

31

12


183 (600) 27213 (700) 23244 (800) 2274 (900) 18305 (1000

)16



1

23

4

12


Annex N

(normative)




N1 General



N2 Inspections





1

2

3

456789

1011

12

13141516

17181920212223

24

252627

282930313233

34353637

12









N4 Maintenance





1

23456

789

101112131415

1617181920

212223

242526272829

3031

32

33343536

3738

394041424344

12




123

12


Annex O

(informative)


O1 General









Parameter Value



Parameter HV LV



1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

151617

1819

202122

232425

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 050213



Parameter Value




















1

2

3

4

12

Adam Zook 050213
15
Adam Zook 050213
58





Refer to C11



O32 Insulation

Refer to C5



12

3

4

5

678

91011

12

13

1415161718192012




O33 Voltage rating









Refer to Annex F





1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13141516

17

1819

20

21

22232425

262728293031

3233

12




12

12




12

3

12



EquipmentLength

(See note)

m ft



O5 Cable sizing






1

2

3

4

5

67

8

910

12


O5111 Ampacity





O5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V10 A

= 0525 Ω




104 at 75 degC

= 9030 cmil




= 39698 mΩm


= 429 V


1

23

4

5678

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Refer to C4








A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 1 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 3699 cmil




O512 Close coil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

17

1819

20

2122

232425

26

27282930

12


O5131 Ampacity





O5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 099 Ω



= 4789 cmil



Refer to C4



1

23

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

2526

27

28

29

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 73 cmil




O514 Motor supply


O5141 Ampacity




O5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 10 A


12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

1718

19

202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12


= 06 Ω




= 7901 cmil




= 42289 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 110 V




Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05


1

2

3

45

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12


= 5549 cmil






O5151 Ampacity




O5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V98 A

= 0549 Ω




1

23

4

56

7

8

9

1011

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12



= 8641 cmil




= 42289 mΩm



A = 45 V or 38


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

2930

12




O521 Motor supply


O5211 Ampacity





O5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω





12

3

4

5678

9

101112

1314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2930

12


= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 3399 cmil






= 1068 mΩm


= 50 V


= 111 V



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






O5231 Ampacity




O5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



1

234

56

7

8

9

10

111213

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 59836 mΩm


= 017 V or 014


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12


O53 Transformer









O5331 Ampacity




O5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 120 V


1

2

345

67

8

910

11

1213141516

1718

19

20

21

222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Rdc = Rac = 120 V 36 A

= 0332 Ω



= 10 003 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil






= 14891 mΩm


= 457 V or 19


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12




O541 Ampacity




O542 Voltage drop




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 1075 cmil





1

2345

6

78

9

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






= 1068 mΩm




O551 Ampacity



O552 Voltage drop





= 08342 mΩm


= 31 V or 13



1

234

5

6

7

8

9

101112

13

14

151617

18

19

202122

23

2425

26

27

28

2930

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil







O561 Ampacity






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

151617

18

1920212223

24

25

262728

29

30

12




= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 193 A

= 2795 Ω



= 2827 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

12



= 672 mΩm


= 234 V or 19 (234120 times 100)



O571 Ampacity



O572 Voltage drop




= 120 V


Rac = 120 V 444 A

= 027 Ω



= 12 356 cmil



Refer to C4


12

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

121314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516171819202122

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

34567

89

10

11121314

12



O59 Cable summary



EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)







123

4

56

7

8

910

11

1213

12




O63 Raceway sizing

















1

23456

7

89

101112

13

14

151617

18192021

22

12








where






(cmil)

2 12 2 580 (16 AWG) 61 920 10 61 9201 2 26 240 (6 AWG) 52 480 10 52 480


1

23

4

567

89

10

11

12131415161718

19

12


3 4 6 530 (12 AWG) 78 360 06 47 016



= 1673 = 17 kN (376 lb)



O642 Jam ratio




Dd = 7512 = 625










O6431 Section 1



1

23

4

5

67

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

2526

27

2829

12



Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

O6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc

For this case

L = 38 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 1673 N


123456

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

29

30

12


= 243 N

O6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

O6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041

= 557 N




1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

222324

2526

12





= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


O645 Cable summary




Maximumpulling

tension (kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



1

2345

6

7

8

9

10

1112131415

16

12




1

12


Annex P

(informative)


P1 General










Parameter Value




1

2

3

4

56

7

8

910111213141516171819

2021

2223

24252627

282930

31

12




Parameter HV LV TV





Parameter Value

DC system




Fault level 3 kA



Voltage 208120 V

Load 500 kVA





Trip coil


(dc) 105 A Total

Close coil


(dc) 105 A Total




1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413
agaetz 061413
Review for need
agaetz 100913
Match O


Parameter Value

10 48 A Total

AC load










128 A run 125 V (dc) 10

134 A run 120 V(dc)

AC load





CTs

30005 A C800 RF8

12005A C400 RF133

Trip coil

Trip 1 59 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 21 Ω

Trip2 170 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 20 Ω

Close coil

28A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 883 Ω



AC load




12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413


Parameter Value

Transformer

CTs

High 12005 C800

Low 20005 C800

Tertiary 30005 C800

Cooling fan motors

12 746 W 208 V(ac)

FLC 32 ALRC 1109 A






Motor


90 V(dc) minimum


Status points 3

Voltage transformer













1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto







Refer to C11




1

23

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

12



Refer to XX



Refer to XX



Refer to XX


Refer to XX

P32 Insulation


Refer to C5





Refer to XX



1

2

34

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819202122

23

2425

26

27

28293031

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input
Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input






Refer to XX





Refer to XX

P33 Voltage rating





123

4

5678

9

10

11121314151617

18

192021222324

25

26

27

28

293031

3233343536

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input














Refer to Annex F





1

2

34567

89

10111213

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24252627

282930

31323334

12




12

12




12

3

12



Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)












345kV CCVT (345CCVT1) 82 269

345kV CCVT (345CCVT2) 52 171

345kV CCVT (345CCVT3) 81 266

345kV CCVT (345CCVT4) 75 246





345kV Reactor (345REA1) 155 509





1

2

12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)



















138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 82 269

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 70 230

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 52 171

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 45 148

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 40 131


12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 33 108

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 60 197

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 36 118





15kV PT (15PT1) 55 180

15kV PT (15PT2) 67 220
















12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)


























12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)






DC Panel Main 5 16

AC Panel Main 10 32



P5 Cable sizing





P5111 Ampacity





1

2

34

5

67

8

910

11

12131415

12



P5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V105 A

= 05 Ω




75 degC

= 20 017 cmil





= 1673 mΩm


= 40 V


Refer to C4







12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12




A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 11 049 cmil




P512 Close coil





P5131 Ampacity






123

4

5

6

78

9

10

1112

13

1415

161718

19

20212223

24

2526

2728

29

303132

12


P5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 299 Ω



= 3347 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 573 cmil



1

23

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

282930

12




P514 Motor supply


P5141 Ampacity




P5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 48 A

= 0125 Ω




= 80 068 cmil





1

2

3

45

6

78

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

26

27

2829

12


= 0416 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 455 V


Vmotor = 120 V ndash 455 V = 11545 V



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







1

2

3

4

56

7

89

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

2930

12


P5151 Ampacity




P5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V519 A

= 0116 Ω




= 8641 cmil




= 0416 mΩm




1

23

4

567

8

91011

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


A = 487 V or 40


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







P521 Motor supply



1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19202122

23

24

25262728

12

Adam Zook 080813


P5211 Ampacity





P5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω




= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4





1

234

56

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil






= 266 mΩm


= 125 V


= 11475 V






123

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

1213

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

232425

2627

12



P5231 Ampacity




P5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



Refer to C4






1

2

3

4

567

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 080813



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 1052 mΩm


= 003 V or 0027

P53 Transformer









1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

1920

21

22232425

26

27282930

12

Adam Zook 080813




P5331 Ampacity




P5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 104 V


Rdc = Rac = 104 V 539 A

= 019 Ω



= 40 200 cmil



Refer to C4




12

34

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 0661 mΩm


= 62 V or 298



P541 Ampacity




P542 Voltage drop



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819

20

2122

23

242526

27

2829

12




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 3750 cmil








= 1068 mΩm


= 82 VA




1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526272829

12

Adam Zook 061413
check


P551 Ampacity



P552 Voltage drop





= 0015 mΩm


= 319 V or 15



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil



1

2

345

6

7

89

10

11

1213

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






P561 Ampacity



P562 Voltage drop




= 414 V


Rdc = Rac = 414 V 924 A

= 448 Ω



= 5879 cmil



Refer to C4




1

23

4

567

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






A = Isc 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36829 cmil






P571 Ampacity







= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 386 A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516

17

18

192021

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 1554 Ω



= 8983 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 1052 mΩm


= 129 V or 108 (129120 times 100)


1

2

34

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

12




P581 Ampacity



P582 Voltage drop




= 104 V


Rac = 104 V 444 A

= 0234 Ω



= 22 886 cmil



Refer to C4






1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil




P59 DC battery


P591 Ampacity




P592 Voltage drop



= 315 V


Rac = 315 V 25 A

= 0126 Ω



= 3484 cmil


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9101112

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






= 1068 mΩm


= 267 V


V = 105 V ndash 267 V

= 10233 V



= 1233 V

Rdc = 1233 V105 A

= 117 Ω



= 8554 cmil



Refer to C4



12

3456789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

2728

29

30

31

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516171819

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

345678

91011

1213

12




P511 Cable summary



Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


















12

345

6

78

9

12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


























12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)



138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 2 2x4C14





15kV PT (15PT1) 1 1x4C14

15kV PT (15PT2) 1 1x4C14





EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)


12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


2times4C14



























1

23

4

56

7

89

101112

12


P63 Raceway sizing













area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size








Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


1

23456

7

8

91011

12131415

16

12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size


Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


Bank 3844 4805 150 mm x 75 mm
























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size





























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size






Tmax = K f n A

= K Aeff (P1)

where



1

23

4

567

8

9

10

11121314

12





(cmil)

Total area A

(cmil)f

Aeff

(cmil)

1 2 663602 (6 AWG) 132 720 10 132 7201 2 4110 (14 AWG) 8220 10 822010 4 4110 (14AWG) 164 400 06 98 640



= 292633 = 029 kN (66 lb)



P642 Jam ratio




Dd = 75108 = 694








123

4

5

67

8

9

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

12





P6431 Section 1


Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

P6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc


1

23

45

6

789

1011121314

15

16

17

1819

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


For this case

L = 15 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 660 N

= 1417 N

P6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

P6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041


1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 557 N






= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


P645 Cable summary




of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 14

Conduit to T2 14






1

234

56

7

89

1011

12

13

14

15

16

1718192021

22

12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)







Conduit to FO JB5 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1

Conduit to LT1 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1






Conduit to 138CT1 1

Conduit to 138CT2 1

Conduit to 138CB1 8

Conduit to 138CB2 8

Conduit to 138CB3 8

Conduit to 138CB4 8

Conduit to 138CB5 8

Conduit to 138CB6 8

Conduit to 138CB7 8

Conduit to 138CB8 8


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to 138CB9 8
















Conduit to FO JB3 1

Conduit to FO JB4 1

Conduit to FO JB2 1

Conduit to FO JB1 1

Conduit to 15PT1 2

Conduit to 15PT2 2

Conduit to 15CB1 6

Conduit to 15CB2 6

Conduit to FL3 1


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)


Conduit to FL2 1


Conduit to FL7 1


Conduit to FL6 1


Conduit to FL11 1


Conduit to FL10 1


Conduit to FL15 1


Conduit to FL14 1


Conduit to FL21 1



Conduit to FL22 1



Conduit to FL25 1


Conduit to FL24 1



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to FL27 1




Conduit to FL31 1

Conduit to FL33 1


Conduit to FL34 1


Conduit to FL37 1


Conduit to FL39 1

Conduit to FL40 1


Conduit to YOUT1 1

Conduit to YOUT2 1


of cables


(kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12


Annex Q

(informative)

Bibliography





















1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

222324

2526

272829

303132

33

34

35

3637

38

3940

41

12
























1

234

56

789

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

2223

2425

2627

282930

3132

333435

3637

3839

40

4142

4344

45

12




























12

34

56

78

91011

1213

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

2324

2526

2728

29

3031

3233

34

3536

37

38

3940

41

4243

12



























12

34

5

67

89

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

2021

2223

2425

2627

2829

3031

3233

3435

3637

3839

4041

424344

12



























12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

1112

1314

1516

1718

19

20

2122

232425

26

272829

3031

3233

343536

3738

3940

4142

12












12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

12




1 Overview

11 Scope

12 Purpose




41 General




4311 CT circuits

4312 VT circuits





432 Voltage rating













1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation



51 General









c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


512 Serial cables






5123 USB cables

513 Ethernet cables

514 Coaxial cables

a) An outer jacket







515 Terminations


5152 Terminals

5153 DB connectors












c) Rated 600 V



b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable


541 Raceway design

542 Routing











552 Metallic cables



a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping

57 Handling



591 Ethernet cables

592 USB cables

593 Other cables





e) Cable selection






6 Fiber-optic cable


2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






62 Fiber types












622 Multimode fiber

623 Plastic fiber








627 Ribbon cables

628 Overall jackets










6211 Terminations


64 Cable selection

641 Fiber type
















644 Cable jacket





5) Other


a) Future expansion








6511 Raceway



6514 Patch panels

6515 Splicing

652 Routing













71 General




732 Voltage rating






























C1 Conductor

C11 Material

C12 Size

C13 Construction

C2 Ampacity



C3 Voltage drop

C31 Cable impedance

C311 DC resistance

C312 AC resistance






C313 Reactance

C32 Load


C5 Insulation

C51 Voltage rating





C6 Jacket

C61 Material

C62 Markings

C7 Attenuation



D1 Pre-design



D4 Site conditions






E2 Conduit






E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





E41 Dropouts

E42 Covers

E43 Grounding

E44 Identification

E45 Supports

E46 Location

E5 Wireways


E61 Direct burial

E62 Cable tunnels


E631 Floor trenches

E632 Raised floors


F1 Length

F2 Turns


F4 Fire impact



G11 Switching arcs





G13 Lightning







a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing


a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability
















G362 Coaxial cables






I3 Separation



J2 Design limits



J23 Jam ratio












K1 Storage



L1 Installation



L4 Training cables



M1 Purpose

M2 Tests


N1 General

N2 Inspections


N4 Maintenance


O1 General




O32 Insulation

O33 Voltage rating




O5 Cable sizing



O5111 Ampacity

O5112 Voltage drop



O512 Close coil


O5131 Ampacity

O5132 Burden



O514 Motor supply

O5141 Ampacity

O5142 Voltage drop




O5151 Ampacity

O5152 Voltage drop





O521 Motor supply

O5211 Ampacity

O5212 Voltage drop





O5231 Ampacity

O5232 Voltage drop



O53 Transformer




O5331 Ampacity

O5332 Voltage drop




O541 Ampacity

O542 Voltage drop




O551 Ampacity

O552 Voltage drop




O561 Ampacity





O571 Ampacity

O572 Voltage drop




O59 Cable summary




O63 Raceway sizing



O642 Jam ratio


O6431 Section 1

O6432 Section 2

O6433 Section 3

O6434 Section 4


O645 Cable summary


P1 General









P32 Insulation





P33 Voltage rating







P5 Cable sizing



P5111 Ampacity

P5112 Voltage drop



P512 Close coil


P5131 Ampacity

P5132 Burden



P514 Motor supply

P5141 Ampacity

P5142 Voltage drop




P5151 Ampacity

P5152 Voltage drop





P521 Motor supply

P5211 Ampacity

P5212 Voltage drop





P5231 Ampacity

P5232 Voltage drop



P53 Transformer




P5331 Ampacity

P5332 Voltage drop




P541 Ampacity

P542 Voltage drop




P551 Ampacity

P552 Voltage drop




P561 Ampacity

P562 Voltage drop




P571 Ampacity





P581 Ampacity

P582 Voltage drop



P59 DC battery

P591 Ampacity

P592 Voltage drop




P511 Cable summary




P63 Raceway sizing



P642 Jam ratio


P6431 Section 1

P6432 Section 2

P6433 Section 3

P6434 Section 4


P645 Cable summary



Notice to users



Copyrights




Errata


Patents



iv

1

2

34567

8

910111213

14

151617181920212223

24

252627

28

2930313233343536




v

1234567


Participants

















Member Emeritus






vi

1

2

34

5678

91011

121314

15

1617

18

192021

222324

252627

28

2930

31

32333435

363738

394041

424344

4546

47

4849505152535455

56


Introduction







vii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Contents



3 Definitions2






viii

1

234

5

6

789

1011121314151617181920

2122232425262728293031

3233343536373839404142

43444546










ix

123456789

10111213141516171819202122

23

24

252627282930313233

3435363738394041

42434445464748














x

12345

6789

10

11121314

1516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

3233343536

37383940414243

4445





xi

12345

67





1 Overview


11 Scope


12 Purpose



1

1

2

3

45678

910111213

14

151617181920

21

222324

25

2627























2

12

345

6

78

9

10111213

14

1516

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

27

28

29

30

12















41 General






3

1

23

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

16

17181920212223

242526

27282930

313233












4

12

34

5

6

789

10111213

14151617181920

212223242526

272829303132

3334353637









5

12345678

91011121314

1516

1718

192021

222324252627












6

12

345678

91011

1213141516

17181920212223

2425262728293031

3233

34353637

38394041













7

1

2

34

56789

10

111213141516171819

202122

232425262728

293031

32

3334353637383940














1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation




8

1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24


51 General






















coaxial cables


c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


9

1

2

3456

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

29

30

31

32

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814









10

123456

789

10111213

1415161718192021

22232425262728293031

323334353637383940414243444546

474849

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814













11

1234

56789

10111213

141516

1718192021222324

2526272829303132333435

36373839

40

41

42

4344









12

123456

789

1011

121314151617181920

21222324252627282930

3132333435363738

3940414243




1

2 4 MHz 4 Mbps

3 16 MHz 10 Mbps

4 20 MHz 16 Mbps

5 100 MHz

5e 100 Mhz

6 250 MHz

6A 500 MHz


No standard exists


level 1

Less than 1 MHz


No standard exists



TIAEIA-568-C





TIAEIA-568-A











TIAEIA-568-C




10GBaseT


TIAEIA-568-C




13

1

2




a) An outer jacket











14

1

23456

78

9

10

11

12

131415161718

19202122232425

262728293031

32

33














15

1

234

56789

101112

13

14

15

1617181920

21222324

2526272829303132333435









16

123456789

1011

121314151617

181920212223242526272829

3031323334353637383940

414243

4445













17

12

3

456789

1011121314

1516171819

20212223

2425

26


Common Name














18

1

2

345

67

8

9101112131415161718192021

222324

252627

2829

303132

















c) Rated 600 V




19

12

3

4567

89

101112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324252627

28

29

30

31

32333435

3637

Zook Adam 031014








b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable





20

1234567

89

10

11

12131415

161718

19

20

21

22

23242526

272829303132333435

363738394041












21

1234567

8

9

1011121314

15161718

192021222324

252627

2829303132

33343536373839404142

Zook Adam 030814





















22

123

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

141516

1718

19

20

212223

2425

26272829303132

333435
















23

12

3

4

56

7

89

10

1112

1314

15161718

1920

21222324252627

2829303132333435

36373839












a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping



24

12345

6

789

1011

121314

15

161718

19

2021222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

Zook Adam 030814
Zook Adam 030814



57 Handling












25

1234567

8

91011121314

15

16

171819

20212223

242526

27

28

2930

313233343536

Zook Adam 031014



















e) Cable selection







26

1234

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

151617

1819202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32



6 Fiber-optic cable



2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920212223

242526272829

3031323334

3536

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814









breaking







62 Fiber types




Table 2G655C G655D

TIA NA 492AAAA




Core μm NA 625 50 50 50 9 9


28

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

1617

18

192021

22



NA 8501300

8501300

8501300

8501300

13101550

1310 1383 1550


NA 200 500 1500 3500 NA NA


NA 500 500 500 500 NA NA


NA Not specified

Not specified

2000 4700 NA NA


NA 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000


NA 275 550 550 1000 2000 2000


NA 33 82 300 550 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000


NA Not supported

Not supported

100 150 2000 2000













29

1

23456789

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21















30

1

2

3456789

101112

13141516

17

181920212223242526272829

303132

3334353637

3839

Zook Adam 030814

















31

1234567

89

1011121314151617

18192021

22

232425262728293031323334

35363738

3940

41

42

43

44
















32

123

456789

10111213

1415

16171819202122

232425

262728

29303132

333435

36373839404142















33

12345

6789

10

1112

1314151617181920212223242526272829303132

333435363738

3940

41

42

43

44

Zook Adam 010414



















34

1

2

3

4

56789

1011

12131415161718192021222324252627282930313233

3435363738

3940

4142434445















35

1

23

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19202122

2324252627

2829303132

3334

3536373839

40414243




Acronym



1 IEC 61754-22 FOCIS 2

EIATIA-604-2


Rare X 25



1 IEC 61754-42 TIA-568-A3 FOCIS 3

EIATIA-604-3


25



1 IEC 61754-182 FOCIS 12

EIATIA-604-12


X 245times44 mm


1 IEC 61754-202 FOCIS 10

EIATIA-604-10


X X 125


1 IEC 61754-132 FOCIS

EIATIA-604-4


X 25


X X Varies


X 22






36

1234

5

6

7

89

10

111213

14

15161718






64 Cable selection


a) Fiber type



d) Cable jacket

e) Terminations




37

1234567

89

10111213

14151617

181920212223

24

25262728

29

30

31

32

33

3435

363738

Craig Preuss 030814
116725 030814





specifications





above













38

123

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

192021222324

252627

28293031

323334

353637



5) Other





a) Future expansion














39

123

4567

89

1011121314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

293031

3233

343536

3738

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














40

1234

56789

10

111213141516

171819

202122

2324

25262728

293031

32

3334353637

38394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414














41

123456789

10

1112

1314

15161718192021

2223

24252627

28

293031

323334

353637383940

414243

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 030814













42

12

34567

89

1011

121314

15

1617

18192021222324252627

282930313233

3435363738394041

424344

Zook Adam 010414














43

12

345

6

789

101112

131415161718192021

222324252627

282930

31323334

35

363738

394041

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414















44

123

45678

9101112

1314

15

161718192021

2223

24

2526272829

30313233

34353637

383940

Zook Adam 010414
Zook Adam 010414

















45

12

34

567

8

9

10

11121314151617

1819

20

212223242526

272829303132

33343536

373839

4041








71 General









46

1234

56789

1011

12

13

1415

16

17181920

212223

2425

26

27282930

3132

33

Adam Zook 040713
Zook Adam 010414












47

1

23

456789

10

11

12

13

14151617

181920

21


















48

1

2

3

4

567

89

101112

13

1415

16

1718

192021

22

2324

25

262728293031














49

1

2

345

6789

101112131415

1617181920

21222324252627

28

29

3031

32

3334353637



















50

1

2

3456

7

89

10

1112131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26


Annex A

(informative)

Flowchart




START


Cable Selection










Considered




Installation

Acceptance Testing


Finish






Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes


Annex B

Annex C

Annex D

Annex E

Annex F

Annex G

Annex H

Annex I

Annex J

Annex G

Annex K

Annex L

Annex M

Annex N

No

No

No

No

1

2

3

45

678

12


Annex B

(normative)












1

2

3

4

567

89

10

11121314

1516

1718

1920212223242526272829

303132333435

363738394041

12





Parameter M1 M2 M3





















1234567

89

10111213141516171819202122

2324

12




Crush (TSB-1852009)









Impact (ISO 24702-2006)

















123

4567

8

12

















Parameter I1 I2 I3





guideline






1

23

12



guideline







Parameter C1 C2 C3

Ambient temperature






123456

7

89

10

1112131415

1617

12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













IEC 61131-2












12


Parameter C1 C2 C3













Parameter E1 E2 E3








123

45

12








IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326





IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-2-5IEC 61131-2







IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-1 IEC 61000-6-2IEC 61326








12







12345678

91011

1213141516171819202122

12


Annex C

(normative)



C1 Conductor


C11 Material










1

2

3

456789

10

111213

14

15161718

19202122

23242526

272829

30

3132

3334

3536

12


C12 Size




C13 Construction




Class Use




B 7 19 37C 19 37 61D 37 61 91G 49 133 259H 133 259 427K 41 (14 AWG)

65 (12 AWG)- -


1

2345

6

78

9

10111213

141516171819

20

21

12


C2 Ampacity












1

2

3456

789

101112

13141516171819

2021222324

25262728

293031

32333435363738

394041

42434445

12







C3 Voltage drop




where




where





123

4

56

789

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

202122232425

26

27

282930313233

34

12






C31 Cable impedance




Conductor size Rdca

(mΩm)Rdca

(Ω1000prime)

Numberof

conductors

90 degCampacity

(A)




18 1620 2608 795 2 14 84 0330 102 04004 112 97 0380 113 04457 98 114 0450 131 051512 7 157 0620 173 068019 7 183 0720 198 0780

16 2580 1637 499 2 18 90 0355 107 04204 144 104 0410 121 04757 126 123 0485 147 058012 9 169 0665 185 073019 9 197 0775 213 0840

14 4110 1030 314 2 25 97 0380 113 04454 20 112 0440 128 05057 175 132 0520 157 062012 125 183 0720 199 078019 125 213 0840 240 0945

12 6530 650 198 2 30 107 0420 123 0485


1234

567

89

101112

131415161718

19

20212223

2425

26

12


4 24 123 0485 147 05807 21 156 0615 171 067512 15 203 0800 230 090519 15 248 0975 264 1040

10 10 380 407 124 2 40 119 0470 136 05354 32 146 0575 163 06407 28 175 0690 191 075012 20 240 0945 257 1010

8 16 510 255 078 1 55 71 0280 104 04102 55 160 0630 177 06953 55 170 0670 185 07304 44 187 0735 203 0800

6 26 240 161 049 1 75 89 0350 114 04502 75 180 0710 197 07753 75 192 0755 208 08204 60 211 0830 237 0935

4 41 740 101 031 1 95 102 0400 127 05002 95 206 0810 232 09153 95 230 0905 245 09654 76 251 0990 268 1055

2 66 360 0636 0194 1 130 118 0465 150 05902 130 248 0975 263 10353 130 263 1035 279 11004 104 290 1140 305 1200



C311 DC resistance



μΩm (μΩft) (C4)

where



1234567

89

10

111213141516

17

18

192021

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 042213









(size in cmil)

Copper (100 IACS)



ρ1


α 1 000403 degC 000403 degC 0 00224degF



(Ω) (C5)




A=ρ1L


mm2 (cmil) (C6)

C312 AC resistance



where



123456

7

89

10

11121314151617

18

19

202122

23

24

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 050213
check





Y cs=11

( Rdc

3 28k S+13 124

Rdc k Sminus25 27

( Rdc kS )2 )

2

(C8)

Y cs=11

( Rdc

kS+ 4

Rdc kSminus 256

( Rdc k S)2 )

2

(C9)

where





Y cp= f ( xp)( DC

S )2 ( 1 18

f ( xp )+0 27+0 312( DC

S )2)

(C10)





123

4

56789

10

11

12

13

14

15

17

18

19

20212223

24

12


where



For metric units

f ( xp)=11

( Rdc

3 28 k p+13124

Rdck pminus25 27

( Rdc k p )2 )

2

(C11)

For imperial units

f ( xp)=11

(Rdc

k p+ 4

Rdc k pminus 256

(Rdc k p )2)

2

(C12)





Y sc=RS

Rdc ( XM2

X M2 +RS

2 )(C13)

where



For metric units


1

2345678

9

10

11

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

222324252627

28

12


X M=173 6 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩm) (C14)

For imperial units

X M=52 92 log10( 2 SDSM )

(μΩft) (C15)

where




For metric units


Rdc (C16)

For imperial units


Rdc (C17)

where


C313 Reactance


For metric units


1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

15

16

17

18

19

2021

22

2324252627

28

12


X=2 πf (0 4606 log10( S rC )+00502 )

(μΩmphase) (C18)

For imperial units

X=2 πf (0 1404 log10( S rC )+0 0153 )

(μΩftphase) (C19)

where





C32 Load




A

A

C

B

B Right Triangle

C

A

C Symmetrical Flat

C

B

C

A B

D Cradle

B

1

2

3

4

5

678

910

11

121314151617

12











log10(T 2+K o


where



Conductor type K0



For metric units

A=I SC

radic486 9tF

log10(T 2+K0

T 1+K0)

mm2 (C21)

For imperial units


1

2

3

456

789

10

11

121314151617

18

192021

22

23

24

12


A=I SC

radic 0 0125tF

log10( T2+K0

T1+ K0)

cmil (C22)





C5 Insulation


C51 Voltage rating







1

2345

6

7

8

9101112

13

141516

17181920

21

222324

252627282930

12

Adam Zook 040913
Adam Zook 100913









C6 Jacket


C61 Material


C62 Markings


C7 Attenuation



12

3

45

6

789

10

1112

13

141516

17

18192021222324252627

28

293031

32

333435

12





1

23456

12


Annex D

(informative)


substation


D1 Pre-design









a) Revenue meters









1

2

3

4

5

6

789

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

2728

12







D4 Site conditions

















1

23

4

56

78

9

1011

12

13

1415

1617

18192021

2223

2425

2627

2829

30

31

32

33

34

12














1

2

34

56

7

89

10

11

1213

1415

1617

1819

12


Annex E

(normative)











times100 (E1)



1

2

3

456

789

101112

131415

1617

1819202122

23242526

27

2829

30

3132

12


E2 Conduit












1

2

3456

789

1011

121314

151617181920212223

242526

272829303132333435

3637

383940

4142434445

12

















123

456

789

1011121314

15

16

1718192021222324

2526

2728293031

3233

343536

3738

39

40

12





















12345

67

89

10

1112

131415

16

1718

19

20

2122

2324

25

26

2728

293031

32

3334

35363738

12














E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





12

3

45

678

910

11

1213

14151617

18

19

2021

2223

24

25

262728293031

3233

3435

12

















1

2345

67

89

1011

12

1314

151617181920

21222324252627

2829

3031

32

33343536373839

40414212





E41 Dropouts



E42 Covers




E43 Grounding


E44 Identification



1234

5678

9

10

1112

1314151617

18

1920

2122

2324

25

26272829303132

33

3435

12


E45 Supports


E46 Location


E5 Wireways




E61 Direct burial






E62 Cable tunnels



1

234

5

6

7

89

101112131415

16

1718

19

2021

222324

25262728

29

303132

33

34

12











123

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

1516

171819

202122232425

12




E631 Floor trenches




E632 Raised floors




123

4567

8

91011

12131415

1617

18

1920

21

12


Annex F

(normative)

Routing





F1 Length


F2 Turns






1

2

3

456789

1011

12131415

161718

19

20

212223

24

2526272829

30

3132333435

3637

12

Adam Zook 041713
Zook Adam 020914
Zook Adam 020914








F4 Fire impact




12

3456789

1011121314

151617

18192021

222324

2526272829

30

313233

34353637

12

Adam Zook 041713


Annex G

(normative)





G11 Switching arcs











1

2

3

456

7

8

9

1011121314151617

1819

20

21

22

23

24

252627282930

313233343536

12







G13 Lightning












12

345

678

9

1011

12

13141516

17

18

19

20

2122232425

262728293031

32

333435

36373839

12











1234567

8

910111213141516171819

2021222324

2526272829

30

3132333435363738394041424344

45464748

12



a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing









a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability


123456

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516

1718

192021

22232425

26

2728293031323334

35

36

37

38

39

12












1234

5

6

7

89

1011121314

15161718192021222324

252627

28293031323334

353637383940

12
















1

23

456789

10

1112131415161718

19

20

212223

2425262728

2930

31

323334

353637

38

12















12

3

4567

89

101112

13

14151617

18

192021222324

25262728

293031323334353637383940

41

42

12















1

23

4

56789

10111213

141516

1718

1920

21

2223

24252627282930

31323334353637

38394041

12















1

23456789

101112

13

14

15161718

192021

222324

25

26272829

30

3132

3334353637383940

414212

















1

23456789

10

11121314151617

1819

20

2122

232425

2627

28

293031

32

333435

3637

3839404112






G362 Coaxial cables






12

3456

789

101112

1314

15

16171819

2021222324

25

2627282930

12


Annex H

(normative)

















1

2

3

4567

89

1011

12

1314151617

12


Annex I

(normative)









I3 Separation





1

2

3

4

56789

10111213

1415161718

19

2021222324

25

262728293031

32

333435

3637

38

12

Zook Adam 010414







1

23

456

789

10

12


Annex J

(normative)









J2 Design limits




T cond=KtimesA (J1)

where




1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

12131415

16171819

20212223

24

25

26

2728

29

30

31

32333412











where








P=T 0

r (J5)106


12345

6

789

10

11121314

1516

1718

19

20

212223242526

2728

29

303132

33

3412



P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J6)


P=T 0

2 r (J7)


P=(3cminus2)T0

3 r (J8)

where




J23 Jam ratio



Dd

gt3 0



1

2

34

5

67

8

9

1011121314

1516

171819202122

23

242526272829

30

31

3212

Adam Zook 042413
Same as J6


Dd

lt2 8


2 8le Dd

le3 0








In SI units

T = Lmgfc (J9)

where



In English units

T = Lwfc (J10)

where


1

2

3

4567

8

910111213

14

151617

18

192021

22

23

24

2526272829303132

33

34

12








c=1+ 43 ( d

Dminusd )2

(J11)


c= 1


2

(J12)


c=1+2( dDminusd )

2

(J13)

where




12345

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819202122

12







where



12

3

45

6

7

8

9

12





where







AB

C D E

F G

Riser Pole

Substation Manhole


H

1

23

4

5

6789

101112131415

16

171819

2021

2223242526

12




Fill=sumCablearea

Racewayareatimes100

(J17)


Fill=3 π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (10 232 )

2 times100=47 98

98


Fill=3π ( 4 09

2 )2

π (12 822 )

2 times100=30 5



JamRatio=1 05 D

d (J18)

where



4 09=3 29



1

23

4

5

6

789

10

11

1213

14

15

161718

19

20

212223

12

Adam Zook 041813




Tcond = K middot A

Tcond = (525)(381) = 20 kN (4500 lb)











c= 1


2minus1 13


TD = (152)(8)(981)(05)(113) = 673 kN (1518 lb)

TE = TDecfθ

where



TE = 673 e(113)(05)(45)(001745)


1

23

4

5

6

78

9

101112

13

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

23

24

25

26

272829

30

12


TE = 673 e04437

TE = 105 kN (2366 lb)

TF = TE + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TF = 105 + 133

TF = 118 kN (2670 lb)

TG = T Fecfθ

TG = 118e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TG = 118 e04437

TG = 184 kN (4161 lb)

TH = TG + (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TH = 184 + 266

TH = 211 kN (4768 lb)


P=(1 13)(18 400 )

(2 )(3 810 )=

274 kN (188 lbft) 1

P=( 113 x 18400)(2 x 3800) =274 Nmm = 2740Nm = 274 kNm

This is acceptable


TG = Lmgfc

TG = (60)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TG = 266 kN (607 lb)

TF = TGecfθ

TF = 27e04437

TF = 42 kN (946 lb)

TE = TF + (30)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TE = 42 + 13

TE = 55 kN (1250 lb)

TD = 55ecfθ


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2912

Adam Zook 180413


TD = 55e(113)(05)(45)(001745)

TD = 55e04437

TD = 86 kN (1948 lb)

TC = TD + (152)(8)(981)(05)(113)

TC = 86 + 67

TC = 153 kN (3466 lb)

TB = 153ecfθ

TB = 153e(113)(05)(90)(001745)

TB = 153e08873

TB = 372 kN (8417 lb)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11121314

12


Annex K

(normative)

Handling



K1 Storage










1

2

3

45

678

9

101112131415

161718

19

20212223

242526

2728

2930

3132

12


Annex L

(normative)

Installation


L1 Installation












1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

1213

14151617

181920

2122

2324

2526

27282930

31323334

35363738

12













DegreesCelsius

DegreesFahrenheit



12

345

67

89

1011

121314

1516171819

2021

2223242526

2728

29

3031

12









AWG or kcmil ft m




L4 Training cables









1

23

4567

89

10

11

1213

14

1516

17

181920

21

22

2324

2526

12










1234

5678

910

1112

13

141516

1718

12


Annex M

(normative)

Acceptance testing


M1 Purpose


M2 Tests







Lengthm (ft)

RMΩ

305 (100) 16610 (200) 8914 (300) 53122 (400) 4152 (500) 32


1

2

3

45

6

789

1011

12

131415

161718

1920212223242526

272829

30

31

12


183 (600) 27213 (700) 23244 (800) 2274 (900) 18305 (1000

)16



1

23

4

12


Annex N

(normative)




N1 General



N2 Inspections





1

2

3

456789

1011

12

13141516

17181920212223

24

252627

282930313233

34353637

12









N4 Maintenance





1

23456

789

101112131415

1617181920

212223

242526272829

3031

32

33343536

3738

394041424344

12




123

12


Annex O

(informative)


O1 General









Parameter Value



Parameter HV LV



1

2

3

4

567

8

91011121314

151617

1819

202122

232425

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 050213
Adam Zook 050213



Parameter Value




















1

2

3

4

12

Adam Zook 050213
15
Adam Zook 050213
58





Refer to C11



O32 Insulation

Refer to C5



12

3

4

5

678

91011

12

13

1415161718192012




O33 Voltage rating









Refer to Annex F





1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13141516

17

1819

20

21

22232425

262728293031

3233

12




12

12




12

3

12



EquipmentLength

(See note)

m ft



O5 Cable sizing






1

2

3

4

5

67

8

910

12


O5111 Ampacity





O5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V10 A

= 0525 Ω




104 at 75 degC

= 9030 cmil




= 39698 mΩm


= 429 V


1

23

4

5678

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Refer to C4








A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 1 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 3699 cmil




O512 Close coil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

17

1819

20

2122

232425

26

27282930

12


O5131 Ampacity





O5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 099 Ω



= 4789 cmil



Refer to C4



1

23

45

6

789

10

1112

1314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2223

24

2526

27

28

29

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 73 cmil




O514 Motor supply


O5141 Ampacity




O5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 10 A


12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

1415

16

1718

19

202122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12


= 06 Ω




= 7901 cmil




= 42289 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 110 V




Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05


1

2

3

45

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12


= 5549 cmil






O5151 Ampacity




O5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V98 A

= 0549 Ω




1

23

4

56

7

8

9

1011

12

131415

16

171819

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12



= 8641 cmil




= 42289 mΩm



A = 45 V or 38


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

2627

28

2930

12




O521 Motor supply


O5211 Ampacity





O5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω





12

3

4

5678

9

101112

1314

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

2930

12


= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 3399 cmil






= 1068 mΩm


= 50 V


= 111 V



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






O5231 Ampacity




O5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



1

234

56

7

8

9

10

111213

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 59836 mΩm


= 017 V or 014


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12131415

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12


O53 Transformer









O5331 Ampacity




O5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 120 V


1

2

345

67

8

910

11

1213141516

1718

19

20

21

222324

25

26

27

28

29

30

12



Rdc = Rac = 120 V 36 A

= 0332 Ω



= 10 003 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil






= 14891 mΩm


= 457 V or 19


12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

12




O541 Ampacity




O542 Voltage drop




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 1075 cmil





1

2345

6

78

9

101112

13

1415

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






= 1068 mΩm




O551 Ampacity



O552 Voltage drop





= 08342 mΩm


= 31 V or 13



1

234

5

6

7

8

9

101112

13

14

151617

18

19

202122

23

2425

26

27

28

2930

12



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 4944 cmil







O561 Ampacity






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

151617

18

1920212223

24

25

262728

29

30

12




= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 193 A

= 2795 Ω



= 2827 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil






1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

12



= 672 mΩm


= 234 V or 19 (234120 times 100)



O571 Ampacity



O572 Voltage drop




= 120 V


Rac = 120 V 444 A

= 027 Ω



= 12 356 cmil



Refer to C4


12

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

121314

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

27

28

29

12







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 15 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 5549 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

111213

14

1516171819202122

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

34567

89

10

11121314

12



O59 Cable summary



EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)







123

4

56

7

8

910

11

1213

12




O63 Raceway sizing

















1

23456

7

89

101112

13

14

151617

18192021

22

12








where






(cmil)

2 12 2 580 (16 AWG) 61 920 10 61 9201 2 26 240 (6 AWG) 52 480 10 52 480


1

23

4

567

89

10

11

12131415161718

19

12


3 4 6 530 (12 AWG) 78 360 06 47 016



= 1673 = 17 kN (376 lb)



O642 Jam ratio




Dd = 7512 = 625










O6431 Section 1



1

23

4

5

67

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

2526

27

2829

12



Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

O6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc

For this case

L = 38 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 1673 N


123456

7

8

9

1011

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526

27

28

29

30

12


= 243 N

O6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

O6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041

= 557 N




1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

222324

2526

12





= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


O645 Cable summary




Maximumpulling

tension (kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



1

2345

6

7

8

9

10

1112131415

16

12




1

12


Annex P

(informative)


P1 General










Parameter Value




1

2

3

4

56

7

8

910111213141516171819

2021

2223

24252627

282930

31

12




Parameter HV LV TV





Parameter Value

DC system




Fault level 3 kA



Voltage 208120 V

Load 500 kVA





Trip coil


(dc) 105 A Total

Close coil


(dc) 105 A Total




1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413
agaetz 061413
Review for need
agaetz 100913
Match O


Parameter Value

10 48 A Total

AC load










128 A run 125 V (dc) 10

134 A run 120 V(dc)

AC load





CTs

30005 A C800 RF8

12005A C400 RF133

Trip coil

Trip 1 59 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 21 Ω

Trip2 170 A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 20 Ω

Close coil

28A 125 V(dc) 10

Inrush 883 Ω



AC load




12

sshelton 061413
Ditto
sshelton 061413


Parameter Value

Transformer

CTs

High 12005 C800

Low 20005 C800

Tertiary 30005 C800

Cooling fan motors

12 746 W 208 V(ac)

FLC 32 ALRC 1109 A






Motor


90 V(dc) minimum


Status points 3

Voltage transformer













1

2

12

sshelton 061413
Ditto







Refer to C11




1

23

4

5

6

7

89

10

1112

12



Refer to XX



Refer to XX



Refer to XX


Refer to XX

P32 Insulation


Refer to C5





Refer to XX



1

2

34

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819202122

23

2425

26

27

28293031

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input
Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input






Refer to XX





Refer to XX

P33 Voltage rating





123

4

5678

9

10

11121314151617

18

192021222324

25

26

27

28

293031

3233343536

12

Adam Zook 080813
Need comm input














Refer to Annex F





1

2

34567

89

10111213

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24252627

282930

31323334

12




12

12




12

3

12



Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)












345kV CCVT (345CCVT1) 82 269

345kV CCVT (345CCVT2) 52 171

345kV CCVT (345CCVT3) 81 266

345kV CCVT (345CCVT4) 75 246





345kV Reactor (345REA1) 155 509





1

2

12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)



















138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 82 269

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 70 230

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 52 171

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 45 148

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 40 131


12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 33 108

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 60 197

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 76 249

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 36 118





15kV PT (15PT1) 55 180

15kV PT (15PT2) 67 220
















12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)


























12


Equipment

Length

(See NOTE)

(m) (ft)






DC Panel Main 5 16

AC Panel Main 10 32



P5 Cable sizing





P5111 Ampacity





1

2

34

5

67

8

910

11

12131415

12



P5112 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 525 V


Rac = 525 V105 A

= 05 Ω




75 degC

= 20 017 cmil





= 1673 mΩm


= 40 V


Refer to C4







12

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12




A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)]05

A = 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)]05

A = 11 049 cmil




P512 Close coil





P5131 Ampacity






123

4

5

6

78

9

10

1112

13

1415

161718

19

20212223

24

2526

2728

29

303132

12


P5132 Burden




= 1 Ω




= 299 Ω



= 3347 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0(T1 + K0)] 05

= 20 A (001252) log 10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 573 cmil



1

23

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

282930

12




P514 Motor supply


P5141 Ampacity




P5142 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 6 V


Rac = 6 V 48 A

= 0125 Ω




= 80 068 cmil





1

2

3

45

6

78

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

26

27

2829

12


= 0416 mΩm

Vdrop = IR cos θ


= 455 V


Vmotor = 120 V ndash 455 V = 11545 V



Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







1

2

3

4

56

7

89

10

11

12

1314

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

2324

25

2627

28

2930

12


P5151 Ampacity




P5152 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V519 A

= 0116 Ω




= 8641 cmil




= 0416 mΩm




1

23

4

567

8

91011

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19

20

21

2223

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


A = 487 V or 40


Refer to C4







A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil







P521 Motor supply



1

2

3

4

5

6

78

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1617

18

19202122

23

24

25262728

12

Adam Zook 080813


P5211 Ampacity





P5212 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 58 V


Rac = 58 V 23 A

= 2552 Ω




= 1617 cmil



Refer to C4





1

234

56

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil






= 266 mΩm


= 125 V


= 11475 V






123

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

1213

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

232425

2627

12



P5231 Ampacity




P5232 Voltage drop

Refer to C3



= 60 V


Rac = 60 V033 A

= 228 Ω




= 181 cmil



Refer to C4






1

2

3

4

567

8

9

10

11

12

1314

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12

Adam Zook 080813



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil





Rac = Rdc


= 1052 mΩm


= 003 V or 0027

P53 Transformer









1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

1920

21

22232425

26

27282930

12

Adam Zook 080813




P5331 Ampacity




P5332 Voltage drop


Refer to C3



= 104 V


Rdc = Rac = 104 V 539 A

= 019 Ω



= 40 200 cmil



Refer to C4




12

34

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12





A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (001250033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 0661 mΩm


= 62 V or 298



P541 Ampacity




P542 Voltage drop



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16171819

20

2122

23

242526

27

2829

12




= 069 V


Rdc = Rac = 069 V 036 A

= 192Ω




= 3750 cmil








= 1068 mΩm


= 82 VA




1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

2526272829

12

Adam Zook 061413
check


P551 Ampacity



P552 Voltage drop





= 0015 mΩm


= 319 V or 15



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(41 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil



1

2

345

6

7

89

10

11

1213

14

15

16

1718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

12






P561 Ampacity



P562 Voltage drop




= 414 V


Rdc = Rac = 414 V 924 A

= 448 Ω



= 5879 cmil



Refer to C4




1

23

4

567

8

9

101112

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






A = Isc 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0) ] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36829 cmil






P571 Ampacity







= 60 V


Rac = 60 V 386 A


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516

17

18

192021

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 1554 Ω



= 8983 cmil



Refer to C4






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [ (T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345)(75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil






= 1052 mΩm


= 129 V or 108 (129120 times 100)


1

2

34

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1819

20

2122

23

24

25

26

27

12




P581 Ampacity



P582 Voltage drop




= 104 V


Rac = 104 V 444 A

= 0234 Ω



= 22 886 cmil



Refer to C4






1

234

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12



A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 10 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 36 829 cmil




P59 DC battery


P591 Ampacity




P592 Voltage drop



= 315 V


Rac = 315 V 25 A

= 0126 Ω



= 3484 cmil


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9101112

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12






= 1068 mΩm


= 267 V


V = 105 V ndash 267 V

= 10233 V



= 1233 V

Rdc = 1233 V105 A

= 117 Ω



= 8554 cmil



Refer to C4



12

3456789

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2425

26

2728

29

30

31

12






A = ISC 00125 tF log10 [(T2 + K0)(T1 + K0)] 05

= 3 kA (00125 0033) log10 [(250 + 2345) (75 + 2345)] 05

= 11 049 cmil







1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1213141516171819

12






Remote PC

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

EMS Master Station

Modem

4 Wire Phone Cable

Port Switch

22 AWG

Dia

l -up

Circ

uit

Ded

icat

ed

Circ

uit


22 AWG

22 AWG

HUBCAT5Ethernet

HMI PCNIC

NIC

CAT5Ethernet


22 AWG


22 AWG


22 AWG


Interpose Relays

24 AWG

Interpose Relays

24 AWG


22 AWG

IED IED IED

24 AWG 24 AWG





24 AWG

22 AWG

22 AWG

12

345678

91011

1213

12




P511 Cable summary



Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


















12

345

6

78

9

12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


























12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)



138kV CCVT (138CVT1) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT2) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT3) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT4) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT5) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT6) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT7) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT8) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT9) 2 2x4C14

138kV CCVT (138CVT10) 2 2x4C14





15kV PT (15PT1) 1 1x4C14

15kV PT (15PT2) 1 1x4C14





EquipmentTotal

numberof

cables

Cables(qty x type)


12


Equipment

Total

number

of

cables

Cables

(qty times type)


2times4C14



























1

23

4

56

7

89

101112

12


P63 Raceway sizing













area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size








Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


1

23456

7

8

91011

12131415

16

12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size


Bank 1754 2193 100 mm x 75 mm


Bank 3844 4805 150 mm x 75 mm
























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size




























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size





























12



area (mm2)

Ultimate cable

area (mm2)

Selected raceway

size






Tmax = K f n A

= K Aeff (P1)

where



1

23

4

567

8

9

10

11121314

12





(cmil)

Total area A

(cmil)f

Aeff

(cmil)

1 2 663602 (6 AWG) 132 720 10 132 7201 2 4110 (14 AWG) 8220 10 822010 4 4110 (14AWG) 164 400 06 98 640



= 292633 = 029 kN (66 lb)



P642 Jam ratio




Dd = 75108 = 694








123

4

5

67

8

9

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

12





P6431 Section 1


Tin = m g


= 50 N


Tout = Tine fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 50 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 50 e041

= 757 N

P6432 Section 2


Tout = Tin + Lmgfc


1

23

45

6

789

1011121314

15

16

17

1819

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

12


For this case

L = 15 m

m = 17 kgmg = 98 ms2

f = 02



= 757 + 660 N

= 1417 N

P6433 Section 3


Tout = Tin e fcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 243 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 243 e041

= 3679 N

P6434 Section 4


Tout = Tin efcθ

For this case

f = 02


θ = π2 radians

Tout = 3679 e(02)(132)(π 2)

= 3679 e041


1

2

34

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

12


= 557 N






= 132 (17 kN)(2 times 045 m)

= 2494 kNm


P645 Cable summary




of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to T1 14

Conduit to T2 14






1

234

56

7

89

1011

12

13

14

15

16

1718192021

22

12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)







Conduit to FO JB5 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1

Conduit to LT1 1

Conduit to FO JB6 1






Conduit to 138CT1 1

Conduit to 138CT2 1

Conduit to 138CB1 8

Conduit to 138CB2 8

Conduit to 138CB3 8

Conduit to 138CB4 8

Conduit to 138CB5 8

Conduit to 138CB6 8

Conduit to 138CB7 8

Conduit to 138CB8 8


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to 138CB9 8
















Conduit to FO JB3 1

Conduit to FO JB4 1

Conduit to FO JB2 1

Conduit to FO JB1 1

Conduit to 15PT1 2

Conduit to 15PT2 2

Conduit to 15CB1 6

Conduit to 15CB2 6

Conduit to FL3 1


12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)


Conduit to FL2 1


Conduit to FL7 1


Conduit to FL6 1


Conduit to FL11 1


Conduit to FL10 1


Conduit to FL15 1


Conduit to FL14 1


Conduit to FL21 1



Conduit to FL22 1



Conduit to FL25 1


Conduit to FL24 1



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)

Conduit to FL27 1




Conduit to FL31 1

Conduit to FL33 1


Conduit to FL34 1


Conduit to FL37 1


Conduit to FL39 1

Conduit to FL40 1


Conduit to YOUT1 1

Conduit to YOUT2 1


of cables


(kN)


Pullingtension

(kN)



12



of cables

Maximum

pulling

tension (kN)

Total cable

mass (kgm)

Pulling

tension

(kN)



1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12


Annex Q

(informative)

Bibliography





















1

2

3

456

7

89

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

222324

2526

272829

303132

33

34

35

3637

38

3940

41

12
























1

234

56

789

1011

1213

141516

171819

2021

2223

2425

2627

282930

3132

333435

3637

3839

40

4142

4344

45

12




























12

34

56

78

91011

1213

14

1516

17

1819

2021

22

2324

2526

2728

29

3031

3233

34

3536

37

38

3940

41

4243

12



























12

34

5

67

89

1011

1213

14

1516

17

18

19

2021

2223

2425

2627

2829

3031

3233

3435

3637

3839

4041

424344

12



























12

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

1112

1314

1516

1718

19

20

2122

232425

26

272829

3031

3233

343536

3738

3940

4142

12












12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

12




1 Overview

11 Scope

12 Purpose




41 General




4311 CT circuits

4312 VT circuits





432 Voltage rating













1) General


3) Cable selection



6) Cable pulling

7) Handling

8) Installation



51 General









c) Ethernet cables

d) Coaxial cables


512 Serial cables






5123 USB cables

513 Ethernet cables

514 Coaxial cables

a) An outer jacket







515 Terminations


5152 Terminals

5153 DB connectors












c) Rated 600 V



b) Serial cable

c) Ethernet cable

d) Coaxial cable


541 Raceway design

542 Routing











552 Metallic cables



a) Conduit size




e) Cable weight

f) Number of cables

g) Conduit material

h) Lubricants


j) Firestopping

57 Handling



591 Ethernet cables

592 USB cables

593 Other cables





e) Cable selection






6 Fiber-optic cable


2) Fiber types


4) Overall jackets

5) Terminations


7) Cable selection



10) Cable pulling

11) Handling

12) Installation



61 General






62 Fiber types












622 Multimode fiber

623 Plastic fiber








627 Ribbon cables

628 Overall jackets










6211 Terminations


64 Cable selection

641 Fiber type
















644 Cable jacket





5) Other


a) Future expansion








6511 Raceway



6514 Patch panels

6515 Splicing

652 Routing













71 General




732 Voltage rating






























C1 Conductor

C11 Material

C12 Size

C13 Construction

C2 Ampacity



C3 Voltage drop

C31 Cable impedance

C311 DC resistance

C312 AC resistance






C313 Reactance

C32 Load


C5 Insulation

C51 Voltage rating





C6 Jacket

C61 Material

C62 Markings

C7 Attenuation



D1 Pre-design



D4 Site conditions






E2 Conduit






E3 Cable tray

E31 Tray design





E41 Dropouts

E42 Covers

E43 Grounding

E44 Identification

E45 Supports

E46 Location

E5 Wireways


E61 Direct burial

E62 Cable tunnels


E631 Floor trenches

E632 Raised floors


F1 Length

F2 Turns


F4 Fire impact



G11 Switching arcs





G13 Lightning







a) Cable routing



G21 Cable routing


a) Shield diameter

b) Shield thickness


d) Frequency

e) Permeability
















G362 Coaxial cables






I3 Separation



J2 Design limits



J23 Jam ratio












K1 Storage



L1 Installation



L4 Training cables



M1 Purpose

M2 Tests


N1 General

N2 Inspections


N4 Maintenance


O1 General




O32 Insulation

O33 Voltage rating




O5 Cable sizing



O5111 Ampacity

O5112 Voltage drop



O512 Close coil


O5131 Ampacity

O5132 Burden



O514 Motor supply

O5141 Ampacity

O5142 Voltage drop




O5151 Ampacity

O5152 Voltage drop





O521 Motor supply

O5211 Ampacity

O5212 Voltage drop





O5231 Ampacity

O5232 Voltage drop



O53 Transformer




O5331 Ampacity

O5332 Voltage drop




O541 Ampacity

O542 Voltage drop




O551 Ampacity

O552 Voltage drop




O561 Ampacity





O571 Ampacity

O572 Voltage drop




O59 Cable summary




O63 Raceway sizing



O642 Jam ratio


O6431 Section 1

O6432 Section 2

O6433 Section 3

O6434 Section 4


O645 Cable summary


P1 General









P32 Insulation





P33 Voltage rating







P5 Cable sizing



P5111 Ampacity

P5112 Voltage drop



P512 Close coil


P5131 Ampacity

P5132 Burden



P514 Motor supply

P5141 Ampacity

P5142 Voltage drop




P5151 Ampacity

P5152 Voltage drop





P521 Motor supply

P5211 Ampacity

P5212 Voltage drop





P5231 Ampacity

P5232 Voltage drop



P53 Transformer




P5331 Ampacity

P5332 Voltage drop




P541 Ampacity

P542 Voltage drop




P551 Ampacity

P552 Voltage drop




P561 Ampacity

P562 Voltage drop




P571 Ampacity





P581 Ampacity

P582 Voltage drop



P59 DC battery

P591 Ampacity

P592 Voltage drop




P511 Cable summary




P63 Raceway sizing



P642 Jam ratio


P6431 Section 1

P6432 Section 2

P6433 Section 3

P6434 Section 4


P645 Cable summary


IEEE Standards - draft standard template · Web viewAs defined in IEEE Std. C37.93 and IEEE Std....

Documents

Transcript of IEEE Standards - draft standard template · Web viewAs defined in IEEE Std. C37.93 and IEEE Std....